0 penilaian0% menganggap dokumen ini bermanfaat (0 suara)
102 tayangan228 halaman
Studio4, LLC makes no guarantees for passing the LEED Green Associate examination. This study guide is intended to be used as a supplement to the study materials as recommended by the U.S. Green Building Council and the Green Building certifcation institute.
Studio4, LLC makes no guarantees for passing the LEED Green Associate examination. This study guide is intended to be used as a supplement to the study materials as recommended by the U.S. Green Building Council and the Green Building certifcation institute.
Hak Cipta:
Attribution Non-Commercial (BY-NC)
Format Tersedia
Unduh sebagai PDF, TXT atau baca online dari Scribd
Studio4, LLC makes no guarantees for passing the LEED Green Associate examination. This study guide is intended to be used as a supplement to the study materials as recommended by the U.S. Green Building Council and the Green Building certifcation institute.
Hak Cipta:
Attribution Non-Commercial (BY-NC)
Format Tersedia
Unduh sebagai PDF, TXT atau baca online dari Scribd
from our ancestors ...we borrow it from our children LEED Illustrated Green Associate Study Guide A Study Guide for Green Building and LEED Core Concepts and the LEED Green Associate Exam Process SUSTAINABLEIDEALS iii Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | LEED Illustrated Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Edition Addenda: 02 November, 2009 NOTICE DISCLAIMER THIS STUDY GUIDE IS PROVIDED BY Studio4, LLC ON AN AS IS BASIS. Studio4, LLC MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AS TO THE INFORMATION, CONTENT, MATERIALS OR PRODUCTS INCLUDED IN THIS DOCUMENT. TO THE FULL EXTENT PERMISSIBLE BY APPLICABLE LAW, Studio4, LLC DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Studio4, LLC WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND ARISING FROM THE USE OF THESE MATERIALS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, AND CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. The materials herein are intended to be used as supplemental study materials for preparation of the LEED Green Associate examination. This study guide should be considered as a supplement to the study materials as recommended by the U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) and the Green Building Certifcation Institute (GBCI). Studio4, LLC makes no guarantees for passing the LEED Green Associate examination. COPYRIGHT All content included in this study guide is the property of Studio4, LLC and is protected by U.S. copyright laws. You are not permitted to modify, distribute, reproduce, publish, transmit or create derivative documents from any material in this document for any private, public or commercial purposes. You may download a copy of the study guide for personal, non-commercial use, provided that you do not remove any copyright, trademark or other proprietary notices from the downloaded materials without prior written approval from Studio4, LLC. USGBC and U.S. Green Building Council are trademarks owned by U.S. Green Building Council, Inc. (USGBC) GBCI and Green Building Certifcation Institute are trademarks of Green Building Certifcation Institute (GBCI). LEED is a registered trademark of USGBC, used by GBCI under license from USGBC. Studio4, LLC and LEED Illustrated are not afliated with, or endorsed by, USGBC, GBCI or LEED. The content of this study guide is the copyrighted property of Studio4, LLC. LEED Illustrated is the trademarked property of Studio4, LLC. All other trademarks in this study guide are the property or their respective owners. If any person or entity believes this document contains copyrighted materials without their permission, please contact Studio4. Studio4, LLC Larry C. Sims principal SUSTAINABLEIDEALS SUSTAINABLEIDEALS SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Green Associate Study Guide Table of Contents Notice Disclaimer Copyright C H A P T E R | 1 1 Introductory conversations into sustainable design and construction and the associated benefts of the roles of the LEED AP and LEED rating sysems Introduction 1 About this Study Guide 2 Commentaries: the Value of LEED 2 Why Bother with LEED Certifcation? 3 LEED vs Green 4 Integrated Design Process 5 Green Trend Forecasting 6 C H A P T E R | 2 7 An analysis between conventional construction techniques versus green building strategies and the environmental impacts associated with each Green Building 7 Why Green Building 8 Green Buildings 9 Green Building Core Principles 9 Life Cycle Assessment 10 Integrative Design Approach 10 Green Building Costs 11 Hard Costs 11 Soft Costs 11 Life Cycle Costs 11 Green Building Benefts 12 Economic Benefts 12 Health and Community Benefts 12 Environmental Benefts 12 Harvard University Ofce of Sustainability Green Building Resource 12 C H A P T E R | 3 15 A review of the U.S. Green Building Council, Green Building Certifcation Institute, LEED and the processes required for, and associated with, LEED certifcation USGBC and its Programs 15 USGBCs Mission 16 U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) 16 Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) 16 The Triple Bottom Line 16 SUSTAINABLEIDEALS SUSTAINABLEIDEALS SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Green Associate Study Guide Table of Contents Green Building Certifcation Institute (GBCI) 17 LEED Accreditation 17 LEED Certifcation 17 LEED Green Building Rating Systems: Project Types 18 LEED Rating Systems: Overview 18 LEED Reference Guides 20 Application and Certifcation Process 21 GBCI 21 LEED Online 21 Credit Scorecard 21 Credit Forms and Calculators 22 Charrette 22 Project Administrator 22 LEED AP 22 Rating System Structure 23 Prerequisite and Credit Structure 23 LEED 2009 25 Credit Harmonization 25 Credit Weightings 25 Carbon Overlay 25 Credit Interpretation Request (CIRs) 26 Minimum Program Requirements (MPRs) 27 Certifcation Process 28 Certifcation Process: General 28 Timeline and Project Design Phases 29 Certifcation Process: Overview 29 Certifcation Process: Detailed 30 Certifcation Process: LEED for Homes 33 USGBC/GBCI Logo Policies 33 The Appendix 34 Chapter Summary 35 Studio4 Ofce Project: the Program Narrative 38 C H A P T E R | 4 41 The goals of the Sustainable Sites credit category are to promote the following measures: select and develop a site wisely, reduce emissions associated with transportation, plant sustainable landscapes, protection of surrounding habitats, manage stormwater runof, reduce heat island efects and eliminate light pollution Sustainable Sites (SS) 41 Credit Matrix 42 Site Related Boundaries 42 Building Footprint 42 Development Footprint 42 SUSTAINABLEIDEALS SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Green Associate Study Guide Table of Contents Property Boundary 42 Project Boundary 42 LEED Project Boundary 42 Introduction 43 Transportation 43 Site Selection 45 Site Design and Management 46 Low Impact Development (LID) 48 Stormwater Management 48 Heat Island Efect 50 Light Pollution Reduction 52 Development Density and Community Connectivity 53 Full Time Equivalents (FTEs) 55 Chapter Summary 56 Studio4 Ofce Project: Sustainable Sites 58 C H A P T E R | 5 69 The goals of the Water Efciency credit category are to promote the following measures: monitor water consumption performance, reduce indoor potable water consumption, reduce water consumption to save energy and improve environmental well being, practice water efcient landscaping and, in Schools, use water efcient processes as a teaching tool Water Efciency (WE) 69 Credit Matrix 70 Introduction 70 Water Type Defnitions 70 Reducing Indoor Potable Water Consumption 71 Reducing Water to Save Energy and Improve Environmental Well Being 71 Practicing Water Efcient Landscaping 71 In Schools, Use Water efcient Processed as a Teaching Tool 71 Water Efcient Strategies 71 Chapter Summary 74 Studio4 Ofce Project: Water Efciency 75 C H A P T E R | 6 79 The goals of the Energy & Atmosphere credit category are to promote three kinds of activities: tracking a buildings energy performance through design, commissioning and monitoring, managing refrigerants to eliminate CFCs and using renewable energy Energy and Atmosphere (EA) 79 Credit Matrix 80 Introduction 80 Energy Demand 81 Energy Efciency 82 Energy Simulation 83 SUSTAINABLEIDEALS SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Green Associate Study Guide Table of Contents Managing Refrigerants to Eliminate CFCs 84 Renewable Energy 85 Ongoing Energy Performance 87 Building Commissioning 87 Monitoring and Verifcation 88 Chapter Summary 89 Studio4 Ofce Project: Energy and Atmosphere 90 C H A P T E R | 7 97 The goals of the Materials and Resources credit category are to promote the following measures: select sustainable materials, practice waste reduction, reduce waste at its source and the reuse and recycling of materials Materials and Resources (MR) 97 Credit Matrix 98 Introduction 98 Sustainable Materials Selection 98 Waste Reduction Practices 99 Waste Reduction at its Source 99 Reuse and Recycling 99 Waste Management 99 Calculating Material Costs 100 Materials and Resources Credit Metrics 100 Sustainable Material Selection Strategies 100 Storage and Collection of Recyclables: 100 Building Reuse: Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof 100 Building Reuse: Maintain Interior Nonstructural Elements 100 Materials Reuse 100 Recycled Content 101 Regional Materials 101 Rapidly Renewable Materials 101 Certifed Wood 101 Consider purchasing third party certifcation sustainable products 101 Life Cycle Impacts 101 Chapter Summary 102 Studio4 Ofce Project: Materials and Resources 103 C H A P T E R | 8 107 The goals of the Indoor Environmental Quality credit category are to promote the following measures: improving ventilation, managing air contaminants, specifying less harmful materials, allowing occupants to control desired settings and to provide daylight and views Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ) 107 Credit Matrix 108 Introduction 108 SUSTAINABLEIDEALS SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Green Associate Study Guide Table of Contents Ventilation Improvement 109 Air Contaminant Management 109 Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) 109 Carbon Dioxide (CO 2 ) 109 Particulate Matter 110 Material Selection Decisions 110 Occupant Control of Systems 110 Daylight and Views 110 Core & Shell (CS) 110 Schools 110 Chapter Summary 111 Studio4 Ofce Project: Indoor Environmental Quality 113 C H A P T E R | 9 121 The Innovation in Design credit category awards bonus points for projects that use new and innovative technologies and strategies to improve a buildings performance and for including a LEED Accredited Professional on the team Innovation in Design (ID) 121 Credit Matrix 122 Introduction 122 ID Credit 1: Innovation in Design 123 Innovation in Design (Innovative Performance) 123 Exemplary Performance 123 Rating System ID Points 124 ID Credit 1: Innovation in Design 124 Path 1: Innovation in Design (Innovative Performance) 124 Path 2: Exemplary Performance 124 ID Credit 2: LEED Accredited Professional 124 ID Credit 3: The School as a Teaching Tool 124 Studio4 Ofce Project: Innovation in Design 125 C H A P T E R | 1 0 127 USGBC has identifed environmental concerns that are important for every region of the country and ofers bonus points for credits that address those regional priorities Regional Priority (RP) 127 Credit Matrix 128 Regional Priority Credits 128 Studio4 Ofce Project: Regional Priority 129 Studio4 Ofce Project: Certifcation Summary 131 SUSTAINABLEIDEALS SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Green Associate Study Guide Table of Contents C H A P T E R | 1 1 133 The LEED Green Associate accreditation is for professionals who want to demonstrate green building expertise in non-technical felds of practice denoting basic knowledge of green design, construction, and operations LEED Green Associate Exam 133 Study Materials 134 Getting Started 135 Examination Eligibility Requirements 135 Applying for the Exam 135 Registration and Scheduling 136 LEED Green Associate Application and Exam Fees 136 Testing Rules & Regulations 136 One Month Before Your Exam 137 One Week Before Your Exam 137 The Day of Your Exam 137 Examination Format 137 Miscellaneous 137 Passing the Exam 138 Failing the Exam 138 Certifcates 138 Exam Specifcations 138 LEED Credentialing 140 5 Things Every Candidate Should Know 141 Examination Question Format 141 C H A P T E R | 1 2 143 A directory of the seven primary areas of study recommended for preparation of the Green Associate examination The Seven Domains 143 1. Synergistic Opportunities and LEED Application Process 144 2. Project Site Factors 146 3. Water Management 146 4. Project Systems and Energy Impacts 146 5. Acquisition, Installation, and Management of Project Materials 147 6. Stakeholder Involvement in Innovation 147 7. Project Surroundings and Public Outreach 147 C H A P T E R | 1 3 149 Acronyms, abbreviations and defnitions that may be unfamiliar or have specifc meanings in the context of sustainability and green building Acronyms & Glossary of Terms 149 Acronyms & Abbreviations 150 Glossary of Terms 154 SUSTAINABLEIDEALS SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Green Associate Study Guide Table of Contents C H A P T E R | 1 4 181 Green resource links, charts, processes, fees, credit interactions, referenced standards and miscellaneous support information Appendix 181 Green Resources 182 Websites 182 Publications 182 Blogs 182 USGBC & GBCI Responsibilities 183 Six Steps to Certifcation 184 Project Checklist Sample 185 Credit Form Sample 186 Project Certifcation Fees 187 Application Submittal Process 188 Split Review 188 Combined Review and Appeal Process 189 Commissioning Process 190 Commissioning Authority 190 Tasks and Responsibilities 191 Referenced Standards 192 Credit Interactions 202 Reference Guides 212 LEED Rating Systems: Detailed 213 LEED for New Construction (NC) 213 LEED for Core & Shell (CS) 213 LEED for Commercial Interiors (CI) 214 LEED for Schools 214 LEED for Healthcare 214 LEED for Retail 215 LEED for Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance (EB O&M) 215 LEED for Homes 216 LEED for Neighborhood Development (ND) 216 SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 1 Introduction P ersonal involvement with sustainable ideals is a noble cause, regardless the philosophical diferences we may have with regard to the issues at hand and how these issues are best addressed. Being committed to our sustainable goals in a responsible manner can deliver a process of educated dialog that will help safeguard the environment for this generation and beyond. About this Study Guide Commentaries: the Value of LEED Why Bother with LEED Certifcation LEED vs Green Integrated Design Process Green Trend Forecasting C H A P T E R | 1 SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 2 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | Introduction About this Study Guide It is important to become familiar with the information available on the USGBC and GBCI websites and take advantage of information that cannot be thoroughly covered by third party study materials. Throughout this guide are references and links to specifc areas on the USGBC and GBCI websites where current and pertinent information can be located. The USGBC has made a commitment to see that LEED processes and information highway are frequently updated to meet ever changing demands. As such, it is important for us to be connected in order to be current. The frst page of the Appendix has a listing of USGBC and GBCI websites as well as links to additional green information and resource sites. The Seven Domains chapter addresses each of the specifc subject matter outlined in the Green Associate Candidate Handbook as being required areas for study. To assist in understanding green building and LEEDs relationship with sustainability, a project was developed that progressively builds at the end of each of the sustainable category chapters. The intent of creating a project from site selection to credit selection is to present a broad overview of the integrated design approach for achieving credits in order to produce a cost efective, high performance building. This project will address many of the sustainable items discussed in the related chapter and provide an illustrated and expanded explanation of strategies and how they are implemented. The Studio4 Ofce Project is introduced at the conclusion of the USGBC and its Programs chapter and continues at the conclusion of each LEED category chapter. Commentaries: the Value of LEED Most likely, we will continue for many years the debate as to the extents of global warming and carbon footprints or the efects of population and development growth on the environment. Consider the environmental consequences of an owners decision as to the location of a new facility for their business. What if the owner decides to build in a location remote of any existing supporting infrastructures such as housing, mass transportation and community services like restaurants, gas stations, churches, post ofces and grocery stores? The negative impact to natural resources such as forestry, fossil fuels and fresh water supplies could be profound. But what if the owner decided, instead, to relocate to an existing facility or construct a new building in a densely populated area? Housing, mass transportation and community services already in place would substantially reduce the burden on our natural resources. Even on a personal level, with minimal efort or initial cost, we can make a diference in helping to preserve our natural resources. Recycling, automobile efciency and travel habits along with water efcient landscaping and fxtures alone are easy and efective places to begin. There can be no argument that we must become more educated in our understanding how everyone can make a diference contributing both individually and collectively to the conservation of our natural resources, while providing more efcient and healthier places to work, live and play. Regardless our position, we all must realize the consequences of standing by the wayside and doing nothing. The following four pages in this chapter are commentaries by professionals in the feld of sustainability and are presented here to ofer a precursor to understanding the world of sustainability and the contribution of LEED to the delivery of high performance buildings. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 3 Introduction Why Bother with LEED Certifcation? Part one: Intrinsic Benefts Building owners often question the additional time and expense involved with registering a building for Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED (Registered)) certifcation through the United States Green Building Council (USGBC), versus just simply including green features in a project. There are several reasons why owners choose to have their buildings certifed through the various LEED Rating Systems. Some building owners feel that environmentally, it is the right thing to do. Others make the decision to pursue LEED due to requirements of their own governing body. Still other building owners pursue a fnancial incentive ofered through their local government or parent organization. Essentially, there are three general reasons why building owners should seek Certifcation: commitment, legitimacy, and marketability. Commitment. By registering your project with the USGBC you are committing to design and construct your building to the standards and requirements outlined by the LEED Rating System. Your design team and your buildings contractor are then committed to integrating those design features to ensure that your building is more durable, healthy and more energy efcient. Through the rigors of budget, programming, or other project challenges, these green features will remain because you and your team decided to produce a building that merits LEED Certifcation and national recognition for its sustainability. Legitimacy. In the face of widespread green washing (i.e.: the attempt by businesses or individuals to mislead consumers as to the environmental practices of a company or the environmental benefts of a product or service), LEED Certifcation tells your peers, clients and customers, that your buildings sustainable features have been verifed by a third party to promote energy conservation, to ensure a healthier indoor environment and to reduce its impact on the environment. LEED is a consensus-based system, meaning one that was commented and voted upon by the USGBCs diverse membership. It ensures that your project team didnt just invent the green requirements on your own or design your project to some arbitrary defnition of sustainability. Instead, thousands of professionals (there are over 100,000 LEED Accredited Professionals within the USGBC) collaborated, discussed and agreed upon these requirements. Marketability. A LEED Certifed headquarters, branch ofce, retail location, or elementary school is a strong marketing tool to show the community that your organization is committed to something greater than itself. It demonstrates that you were willing to make the extra efort to not only include those features, but also to have them confrmed - better yet Certifed - by a nationally and internationally recognized leader in the feld. The LEED Rating System is a tool that can help create a space that will enhance your employees, clients, or students everyday environment while reducing operating and maintenance costs as well as decreasing its impact on the environment. LEED Certifcation demonstrates how it was accomplished. Michael Senger, LEED AP, is a Mechanical Engineer with Heapy Engineering. Involved in over 100 LEED projects and with +50 LEED Accredited Professional on staf, Heapy Engineering is one of the leading sustainable design frms in the country. Michael is also a Board Member of the Cincinnati Regional Chapter of the USGBC. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 4 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | Introduction LEED vs Green Three years ago, my team of graduate engineering students was presenting the energy, environmental, and economic analysis for the construction of a net-zero energy building. The client patiently listened, asked questions, and then dictated a verdict... we had the fnancial green light. Years of analysis, research, and calculations had paid of. Next, we assembled a professional design team to take the project from concept to concrete. The house would have it all: net-zero energy use, a sustainable project site, low water use, and sustainable materials. The idea of LEED certifcation was brought up and immediately dismissed by the team. Why would our building need such a stamp of approval when we knew just how good the design was? No one knew just how wrong we were. Throughout the various stages of design, our student team lamented as the green features were removed. Once completed, the building would retain its net-zero energy status, but had lost all other important green features. My current projects are larger and more expensive than that small house. But, the values of the lessons learned during my fnal years as a graduate student are greater than any that I have learned. I have come to realize the true value of the LEED rating system as a necessity to truly attain sustainable (green) design. During my career, I have seen project teams make 70% of the design decisions while spending just the frst 1% of the design budget. Thus, it becomes a daunting task to retroactively set project goals ... specifcally sustainability goals. The less prominent the goal, the more likely the feature necessary to attain that goal will fall by the wayside or be value-engineered from the project. The LEED Rating System is a tool that a design team uses in order to insure that a projects green features are properly designed, constructed, and accounted for. Human error pervades the construction process. Examples of such errors include ordering the wrong product, calculation mistakes, or forgetting a step in a process. The LEED process, by no means ensures a perfect building. However, many portions of the LEED process act to signifcantly decrease such errors. One of the most prominent examples is the Commissioning process, which is a service that all owners will beneft from, regardless of project scope, size, or cost. Once the entire project has been completed, the owner asks, What insures that I now own and operate a green building? If the project has achieved LEED Certifcation, the team can be certain of their answer. The entire project team knows which goals have been successfully achieved, how much energy and water the building should save, and what type of indoor environment has been created for the building occupants. A holistic perspective is necessary to grasp the true impact of a third-party rating system such as LEED. The LEED Rating system has two major components. First, LEED promotes general sustainability oriented features such as bike racks and daylighting. Second, LEED is a group of best-practice codes and standards compiled to infuence the construction industry. When projects pursue LEED Certifcation, the market is driven to provide goods and services that attain the standards that have been chosen. Each LEED-Certifed project strengthens the green building movement, pushes for products that are less impactful on people and the environment, and enables property owners to truly know just how green their building is. Greg Rafo, LEED AP, is with Heapy Engineering SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | 5 Introduction Integrated Design Process The built and natural environments are inextricably and vitally linked. To create a high performance / sustainable facility, a collaborative design approach is essential for a successful outcome. The Integrated Design Process fosters knowledge-sharing among signifcant stakeholders during the development of a holistic design and leads to increased project value. These stakeholders should be comprised of the owner group, key users, facilities directors, programmers, real estate managers, architects, commissioning agents, civil engineers, planners, mechanical engineers, interior designers, structural engineers, construction managers, electrical engineers, plumbing designers, landscape architects, and / or key specialty consultants. The General Contractor and / or the Construction Manager should also be included in this process to encourage the sharing of cost, scheduling and construction knowledge. This will also familiarize the contractor with the construction intent resulting in a more accurate bid and more efcient construction period. During the traditional approach, design and construction professionals work somewhat independently on their respective area of expertise. One of two things can happen when consultants are added to the design process midstream. The new team member shares expertise that changes the project late in the process, requiring more time, efort and money to back track; or more commonly, the team decides not to pursue the new approach. In either case, the project and the owner sufer a consequence. Value Engineering during design and construction becomes the norm, which leads to value loss. The Integrated Design Process deviates from this traditional approach as it leverages the collective expertise as early as the pre-design phase, where the highest potentials and greatest values are realized. Value engineering tends to generate project cuts, which successfully lessen the construction costs, but usually lessen the true value. The Integrated Design Process is vital to a successful work process, which can lessen the damages of value engineering. By bringing all the stakeholders to the design process early, intensive analysis and in-depth investigations can discover complementary and innovative project goals and design strategies when change costs less. This Integrated Design Team establishes project goals together while engaging in a productive exchange of ideas. The team understands, applies and tests these goals throughout the design process. Stakeholders share their knowledge in multi-day charrette (brainstorming) formats; trade-ofs and connections are recognized. Problems are reframed and better solutions are generated by creating an innovative and collaborative environment where each opinion matters. The entire team establishes and meets the project goals, objectives and major solutions. These charrettes frequently become rather lively and informal without jurisdiction. They are investigatory by nature, thoughtfully critiqued and leverage the expertise and resources of the team. Connections are made that typically are not immediately understood, such as how paint color impacts the mechanical load or how building orientation afects human productivity. Sometimes the most efective solutions have the lowest construction cost implications and might be undiscovered in a traditional design process. By utilizing the Integrated Design Process, deep curiosity, thorough analysis and strategic, technical problem solving prevail, leading to a more comprehensive, cost efective and sustainable facility. Chad Edwards, RA, LEED AP, is an Associate at Emersion Design (www.emersiondesign.com) and serves on the USGBC Cincinnati Regional Chapter Board of Directors. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 6 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 | Introduction Green Trend Forecasting Over the course of the last 8 years, Green talk has infltrated everything. The number of Green Building articles in newspapers has jumped from around 1,000 per year in 2000 to more than 9,000 in 2007. More cities and states are adopting green building incentives and policies (like Cincinnati and Ohio). Much of this has been attributed to the U.S. Green Building Councils LEED Rating system and its success. The USGBC has had a huge impact on the building industry as membership in the organization has grown by 50% every year for the last ten years. But there is something much larger at work in our world than the impact of LEED. Companies ranging from Wal-Mart to Starbucks are touting their sustainability initiatives, and it isnt just limited to the United States. There are now Green Building Councils in twelve countries on fve continents. Somewhere along the way, green has crossed the line between a fad and a movement. Motivations for companies going green vary widely, and aside from the obvious motivation of saving the planet, many organizations have gone green to save money, or even to simply improve their public image. Still others have started talking green just to ride the wave of dollars following as customers seek greener products, vehicles, homes, and ofces. So whats next? Amidst the green buzz, here are several trends in the green movement that visionary businesses should be preparing for. The frst green trend and the reason LEED has been successful, is third party verifcation. In a time when Chevron and BP make commercials about their sustainability missions, and green-washing claims like all natural are everywhere, it is important to have verifable defnitions for what green really is. For buildings, that is LEED, but there are many other important third party verifcations for the rest of our lives and businesses. The International Organization for Standardization is developing the 14000 series of ISO standards to defne vocabulary and validate processes for product manufacturing and environmental impact management. The second trend related to going green is rising energy costs. This should go without saying, but energy will only get more expensive before and if it ever gets cheaper. A comparison between investing the same amount of money in the S&P 500 or in energy efciency for your building puts it all in perspective. Over the last ten years, the S&P 500 Index Fund has increased 36.8% while energy costs have risen 300%. The phrase Blue collar jobs to Green collar jobs is one of the hottest topics for politicians, and represents the third trend. With the global push for sustainability, the need for solar panel manufacturing and installing, wind turbine manufacturing, green product manufacturing, and an endless list of sustainable business opportunities justifes the name the Next Industrial Revolution. Finally, savvy businesses recognize that by embracing sustainability at their core, employees will be proud to work there. When your job and your company is about more than just making widgets, a sense of loyalty and pride is inevitable, and as Generation Y takes hold in the workforce, with their notorious job-hopping tendencies, it is even more important for employers to recognize the recruitment potential of going green before their competitors do. Shawn Hesse, of Emersion Design, is the 2008 Chair of the USGBC Cincinnati Chapter SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 7 Green Building C H A P T E R | 2 Annually, buildings consume more than 30% of the total energy and more than 60% of the electricity used in the U.S. Each day 5 billion gallons of potable water are used to fush toilets. Green building practices can substantially reduce negative environmental impacts through high performance, market leading design, construction and operations practices. Green operations and management reduces operating costs and increases workers productivity by improving indoor air quality. Why Green Building Green Building Core Principles Green Buildings Green Building Core Principles Life Cycle Assessment Green Building Costs Green Building Benefts Harvard University Ofce for Sustainability SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 2 | 8 Green Building Why Green Building Legitimate question! Or, perhaps, better to ask Why not Green Building? Often an answer to a question is better understood when presented in the reverse. Simply, conventional building methods are not sustainable. They use too much energy, create too much waste and are not conducive to acceptable levels of satisfactory occupant health and comfort. The cumulative impact of the design, construction and operation of built environments has profound implications for human health, the environment and the economy. With conventional development and construction practices: Clearing of land for development often destroys wildlife habitat Extracting, manufacturing and transportation materials contribute to the pollution of water and air, the release of toxic chemicals and the emission of greenhouse gases Building related transportation contributes to a wide range of impacts associated with vehicle use, energy consumption and harmful environmental efects In the U.S., conventional buildings account for a high portion of resource use and waste generation: 14% of potable water consumption 30% of waste output 38% of carbon dioxide emissions 40% of raw material use 24% to 50% of energy use 72% of electrical consumption By defnition, sustainability is the ability of the current generation to meet its own needs without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their needs. With the projected population growth coupled with the vast amount of resources that our buildings consume, we are going to have to get a lot smarter about how we build. The goal of sustainable design, or green design, is to create high performance buildings that result in minimal environmental impact, reduced infrastructure and efcient building operations. Green buildings lead to increased facility assets, increased worker productivity and reduction in risk management. Federal, state and local governments are adopting more sustainable building practices. Government agencies, utility companies and manufacturers increasingly ofer fnancial incentives to developers and owners to enhance the environmental performance of their buildings. Studies on green building performance have shown substantial average savings and Improvements: 13% lower maintenance costs 26% less energy usage 27% higher levels of occupant satisfaction 33% lower carbon dioxide emissions Now, Why Green Building? SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 2 | 9 Green Building Green Buildings Green building is an integrative efort to transform the way built environments are designed, constructed and operated. The scope of green building reaches from the earliest stages of planning to beyond the end of a structures life. Utilizing a holistic, or whole building, approach to the design and construction, green building produces high performance by focusing on sustainable categories as defned by LEED. With an integrated and holistic approach, the interaction, or synergies and trade-ofs, between construction strategies is managed to provide maximum performance results. LEED channels green design through sustainable categories as determined by the environmental issues being addressed. The seven categories of LEED: Sustainable Sites (SS) Water Efciency (WE) Energy and Atmosphere (EA) Materials and Resources (MR) Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ) Innovation in Design (ID) Regional Priority (RP) The sustainable Categories of LEED Green Building Core Principles Optimize site selection to preserve green space and minimize transportation impacts Orient building to take maximum advantage of sunlight and micro-climate Use energy as efciently as possible Maximize the use of renewable energy Use water as efciently as possible Minimize waste water and run-of Minimize materials impacts by using green products Design for a healthy indoor environment SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 2 | 10 Green Building Life Cycle Assessment Sustainability is a process of continuing improvement that begins at the inception of an idea and continues until the project reaches the end of its life, is dismantled and its parts recycled. The study of this process, known as life cycle assessment, encompasses planning, design, construction, operations and ultimately retirement and renewal. The analysis considers the building along with its materials and components, from their extraction, manufacture and transport, to their use, reuse, recycling and disposal. Life cycle assessment informs the choice of building materials and systems and minimizes the negative impacts of the building and land use on people and the environment. In simpler terms: Product A may cost less and have a life expectancy of 5 years whereas Product B may cost a little more but have a life expectancy of 15 years, making Product B a better choice due to it having a better life cycle cost. Sustainable design requires an analysis of a building over its entire life. Life cycle cost analysis identifes which high performance building systems will save money over the life of the building. All of the building expenses that can be calculated are included in the analysis: I nitial costs (design and construction) Operating costs (energy, water, other utilities and personnel) Maintenance, repair and replacement costs Salvage value at the end of the buildings life Integrative Design Approach The building design process begins when the basic programmatic requirements for the project have been determined. A schematic design follows, formulating the basic theme that will be used to meet the project goals. During design development, the scheme is further refned into a design which is used for preparing the construction documents. Conventionally, the architect, engineers, contractors and others work independently of each other, with little or no coordination and communication between the diferent disciplines. This type of segregated design and communication limits integration and synergy opportunities, often leading to under/over designed systems. In an integrative design approach, all stakeholders, such as owners and facility managers, and design team members are brought into the project at the earliest stage to discuss the project goals and requirements. At various stages of the design process, reviews are conducted to verify that the owners requirements and goals are being met. Integrative design allows the stakeholders and design team to coordinate the design process so that each member is aware of all decisions made. This is critical as most decisions made relative to one discipline will have an efect on other disciplines. If the owner decides to omit day lighting controls, this will most likely cause a change to the building heat gain, requiring additional cooling capacity while also increasing the electrical loads and energy consumption. Likewise, a change to a vegetated roof will require the involvement of the architect, structural engineer, civil engineer, landscape architect and mechanical engineers. Integrative and holistic design and understanding synergies are essential to meeting the sustainable goals of a green building. All interested parties must be gathered early, communicate often and coordinate their eforts collectively to ensure success. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 2 | 11 Green Building Green Building Costs The general belief that green buildings add costs to new construction projects is often misunderstood. It is possible to design and construct green buildings with little or no extra cost. That becomes more challenging, however, as the bar is raised for aggressively green, super- efcient buildings. Many options are available to eliminate or minimize extra costs for green buildings. In many regions, state, local and utility company incentives are available to cover costs associated with green design services or reducing the cost of specifc energy efciency and renewable energy technologies and products. Importantly, by incorporating a holistic design approach that takes advantage of the interaction of building systems by optimizing systems (e.g. insulation), other systems can shrink or be eliminated (e.g. heating systems), ofsetting the optimization costs. Many scenarios can be formulated to determine the net cost of green buildings compared to conventional buildings. Any efort to reduce energy consumption or improve indoor air quality above code compliant baselines is considered an added cost. Alone, this can lead to a conclusion that green buildings cost more than conventional buildings. However, when considering eforts to conserve energy as part of an integrative design approach, these added costs are often ofset by new savings. For instance, if the amount of insulation in the building is increased, the size of the HVAC systems is reduced as is the amount of energy consumed. If windows are added in appropriate locations, the amount of daylighting into the building is increased, reducing the amount of artifcial lighting required. Daylighting also increases occupant satisfaction and performance. The cost of building green can be compared to the costs of same class conventional buildings when considering an integrative design approach. A 2007 public opinion survey conducted by the World Business Council for Sustainable Development found a consensus believed that green buildings add 17% to the cost of a building, whereas a survey of 146 green buildings found an average cost increase of less than 2%. In all types of construction projects, regardless if they are conventional or sustainable, there are 2 basic types of costs related to the project: the projects hard costs and soft costs. With LEED, a third cost element, life cycle costs, are used for the purposes of factoring into the analysis the true value of a building over its lifetime. Hard Costs: These costs are the expenditures for the actual construction phases of the project such as sitework, concrete, masonry, roofng, interior fnishes, etc. In general, these are the costs paid to the general contractor, subcontractors or material suppliers for direct construction related activities and materials. Soft Costs: These are costs for services outside the realm of what is done on the construction site. They include architectural and engineering fees, permit fees, legal and real estate fees, interest paid for the cost of doing the project, insurance, closing costs, etc. Life Cycle Costs: Synonymous with green building, cradle to grave costs that go beyond the initial construction costs to include operation and maintenance of the building after occupancy, demolition costs and reuse value at the end of the buildings life. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 2 | 12 Green Building Green Building Benefts Green buildings save energy, use less water, generate less waste and provide higher levels of indoor quality and comfort. Studies conducted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) found that Americans spend, on average, 90% of their time indoors where pollutant levels can be 2 to 100 times higher than outdoor levels. Green buildings also provide higher levels of occupant satisfaction with regards to air quality and lighting, where studies indicate signifcant gains with regards to occupant productivity. Economic Benefts Reduce operating costs Enhance asset value and profts Improve employee satisfaction and productivity Optimize life cycle economic performance Health and Community Benefts Improve air, thermal and acoustic environments Enhance occupant comfort and health Minimize strain on local infrastructure Contribute to overall quality of life Environmental Benefts Enhance and protect ecosystems and biodiversity Improve air and water quality Reduce solid waste Conserve natural resources Harvard University Ofce of Sustainability Green Building Resource http://green.harvard.edu/theresource/ http://www.greencampus.harvard.edu/theresource/new-construction/integrated-design/ documents/ID_checklist.pdf The Harvard University Ofce of Sustainability Green Building Resource website is a treasure cove of information about sustainability. From Green Building Guidelines, the Integrated Design Approach, Implementation Tools, Credit-by-Credit LEED Roadmap, Energy Modeling, Life Cycle Costing, Case Studies and more, few sources ofer or share more than Harvard about their LEED projects. The Integrated Design Approach is so critical to the success of sustainable projects that Harvard ofers the Integrated Design Checklist, Integrated Design 101 (10 page summary analysis) and Roadmap for the Integrated Design Process (114 page Summary Guide and Reference Manual). The following, taken from Harvards website, is a checklist of salient items relative to the Integrated Design Approach and is well worth promoting. If it is important, ask for it: Include integrated design, sustainability, occupant education & LEED goals in RFP language, interview questions, and Owners Project Requirements. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 2 | 13 Green Building Evaluate program needs: Work with building occupants and project team to assess an actual building program with space needs, and consider opportunities to share resources through adjacencies and providing communal amenities. By better understanding actual program needs, team members are more likely to work towards a common goal and create a successful project. Establish measures for success: Set measurable sustainability targets for energy, water, daylight, etc. and require reporting on progress towards goals as part of all design submissions. For successful designs, consider fnancial incentives such as passing on tax credits or sharing energy savings or coming in under GMP. Take advantage of available expertise: Include design charettes in Concept and Schematic Design that include representatives from all major stakeholders including members of the owners team, design team, construction team, and possibly vendors team. See HGCI sample agendas. Ask why: Question decisions made during building design and construction that were done based on rules of thumb or business as usual. Project teams should be prepared to look to alternatives to common strategies and develop solutions appropriate for their specifc project. Each project is unique and technologies are constantly changing, so very few decisions should be taken for granted. Model alternative building systems: Include energy modeling in Concept, Schematic, & Design Development with multiple parametric runs to evaluate major design decisions. Design for operations and maintenance: Identify & include operations representative in charettes, design meetings, and construction meetings. Provide comprehensive preventive maintenance plan and ensure efective training of operations and maintenance staf. Commission throughout project: Engage a commissioning agent in Schematic Design and include thorough verifcation of building performance and plans for continuous commissioning throughout buildings life. Consider life cycle costs: Identify Life Cycle Costing requirements early in design prior to selecting systems and require LCC results before making major design decisions. Utilize life cycle costs when evaluating systems rather than strictly frst costs. Consider alternative funding mechanisms: Make project team aware of local utility rebates, state and federal grant programs, power purchasing agreements and performance contracts and take advantage of these programs as appropriate. If the team is made aware of these opportunities early in the design process, they are more likely to suggest strategies to pursue these monies. Meter and verify performance: Identify measurement and verifcation requirements for the project and include operations staf and controls vendor in design process. Utilize lessons learned: Provide project team with access to and training for the High Performance Building Resource. Throughout the project, collect and share documentation including energy model fles, LCC results, evaluation of consultants and contractors, and success stories. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 15 USGBC and its Programs C H A P T E R | 3 USGBC, LEED and GBCI LEED Green Building Rating Systems: Summary Outline Description LEED Application and Certifcation Process Prerequisite and Credit Structure LEED Certifcation Process: Strategy: Timeline & Design Phases Overview & Detailed Submittal Review USGBC/GBCI Logo Policies Chapter Summary Studio4 Project: the Program Narrative T he U.S. Green Building Council promotes sustainability in how todays buildings are designed, built and operated through an integrative and holistic approach. The USGBC developed the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Rating Systems and Greenbuild. LEED is a comprehensive system of six interrelated standards covering all aspects of the development and construction process. Greenbuild is a green building conference that promotes the green building industry, including environmentally responsible materials, sustainable architecture, techniques and public policy. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 16 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs USGBCs Mission To transform the way buildings and communities are designed, built and operated, enabling an environmentally and socially responsible, healthy and prosperous environment that improves the quality of life U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) The U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) is a coalition of leaders from every sector of the building industry working to promote buildings that are environmentally responsible, proftable and healthful places to live and work. USGBC is a nonproft organization formed in 1993 whose members represent companies and organizations across the industry and include building owners and users, real estate developers, facility managers, architects, designers, engineers, general contractors, subcontractors, product and building system manufacturers, government agencies, nonprofts. The USGBC: Provides tools and expertise; Builds community; Provides forums for industry dialog; Educates the industry and the public; Stewards market transformation. Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) LEED is an acronym for Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design and was formed in 1998 by the USGBC as a third party certifcation program to defne and measure green buildings. LEED promotes a whole building approach to sustainability by recognizing performance in location and planning, sustainable site development, water savings, energy efciency, materials selection, indoor environmental quality, innovative strategies and attention to regional priority issues. The Triple Bottom Line LEED measures and enhances the design and sustainability of buildings based on the triple bottom line approach. The triple bottom line, as adopted by USGBC, establishes metrics and rating systems to measure and recognize buildings based on their performance in the three dimensions of sustainability: society, the environment and the economy. Projects certifed under LEED Rating Systems demonstrate that they have addressed elements that balance and enhance the three areas of the triple bottom line. Triple Bottom Line (TPL) components: Economic Prosperity : Economic bottom line that produces a long term, positive environmental impact Social Responsibility : Improving the lives of those with whom the building interacts Environmental Stewardship : Sustainable green practices Another way to look at TPL: People, Planet, Proft USGBC Guiding Principles: Promote the Triple Bottom Line Establish Leadership Reconcile Humanity with Nature Maintain Integrity Endure Inclusiveness Exhibit Transparency Triple Bottom Line SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | 17 U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs Green Building Certifcation Institute (GBCI) The Green Building Certifcation Institute (GBCI) was established in 2007 with the support of the U.S. Green Building Council to independently administer credentialing programs related to green building practices. GBCI manages all aspects of the LEED Professional Accreditation program, including examination development, registration and delivery. GBCI also oversees the development and implementation of a credential maintenance program (CMP) for LEED APs. USGBC handles the development of the LEED Rating Systems while GBCI administers all LEED project certifcation. LEED Accreditation Individuals are Accredited and become LEED Accredited Professionals by successfully testing at the level of accreditation sought: LEED Green Associate LEED AP+ Building Design & Construction (BD&C) LEED AP+ Interior Design & Construction (ID&C) LEED AP+ Operations & Maintenance (O&M) LEED AP+ Homes LEED AP+ Neighborhood Development (ND) Accreditation is available at three tier levels: Tier I : LEED Green Associate (demonstrates knowledge and skill in practicing green design, construction and development) Tier II : LEED+ Accredited Professional [BD&C] [ID&C] [O&M] [Homes] [ND] (extraordinary depth of knowledge in green building practices and specialization in a specifc feld) Tier III : LEED Fellow (TBD) LEED Certifcation Buildings are Certifed: A registered building is in the process of implementing LEED. A Certifed building has implemented LEED and received a review by the USGBC verifying the sustainability standards that were implemented. LEED Certifed (upper case C) is correct. Certifed Silver Gold Platinum Companies or products are neither accredited nor certifed Organizations can obtain membership to the USGBC national organization Individuals can become members of USGBC regional chapters SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 18 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs LEED Green Building Rating Systems: Project Types The LEED Rating System is a tool for design and construction professionals that encourages, evaluates and recognizes green buildings and neighborhoods with the ultimate goal of market transformation. LEED is fexible enough to apply to new and existing institutional, commercial and residential buildings. The LEED Rating Systems address the following types of projects: LEED for New Construction (NC) LEED for Core & Shell (CS) LEED for Commercial Interiors (CI) LEED for Schools LEED for Healthcare LEED for Retail LEED for Existing Buildings Operations & Maintenance (O&M) LEED for Homes LEED for Neighborhood Development (ND) For each rating system, green building strategies are divided into the following six categories: Sustainable Sites (SS) Water Efciency (WE) Energy and Atmosphere (EA) Materials and Resources (MR) Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ) Innovation and Design (ID) A seventh category, Regional Priority (RP), addresses regionally important environmental issues LEED Rating Systems: Overview LEED for New Construction (NC) New Buildings and Major Renovations New Buildings Ofces, institutional buildings (libraries, museums, churches, etc.), hotels, and residential buildings of 4 or more habitable stories Major Renovations Major HVAC replacement or modifcations Building core (major mechanical systems) & shell (building envelope and structural) renovation Project occupies greater than 50% of leasable space SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | 19 U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs LEED for Core & Shell (CS) Developer controls core (major mechanical systems) & shell (building envelope and structural) but not leasable tenant spaces Commercial ofce buildings, medical ofce buildings, retail centers, warehouses, institutional buildings and laboratory facilities Project occupies 50% or less of leasable area LEED for Commercial Interiors (CI) Tenant spaces primarily in ofce, retail, and institutional buildings Tenant spaces that do not occupy the entire building Designed to work hand in hand with LEED Core & Shell projects LEED for Schools Must be used for the construction or major renovation of an academic building on K12 school grounds Other projects on a school campus may qualify under 2 or more LEED rating system project scopes Nonacademic buildings on a school campus, such as administrative ofces, maintenance facilities or dormitories are eligible for either LEED for New Construction or LEED for Schools Projects involving postsecondary academic buildings or prekindergarten buildings may also choose to use either LEED for New Construction or LEED for Schools LEED for Healthcare Developed to meet the unique needs of the health care market Inpatient care facilities, licensed outpatient care facilities, and licensed long term care facilities, medical ofces, assisted living facilities and medical education & research centers. Addresses issues such as increased sensitivity to chemicals and pollutants, traveling distances from parking facilities, and access to natural spaces LEED for Retail Recognizes the unique nature of the retail environment and addresses the diferent types of spaces that retailers need for their distinctive product lines LEED for Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance (EB O&M) For the ongoing operations and maintenance of existing commercial and institutional buildings Solves building problems, improve building performance, and maintain and improve this performance over time SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 20 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs Reduces cost streams associated with building operations, reduces environmental impacts, creates healthier and more productive employee workspaces Encourages owners and operators of existing buildings to implement sustainable practices and reduce the environmental impacts of their building over their functional life cycles Certifes the operations and maintenance of the building and creates a plan for ensuring high performance over time Institutionalize a process of reporting, inspection and review over the lifespan of the building Requires three months of operational data for an initial certifcation Building construction must be complete for at least a three month span before LEED certifcation can be pursued LEED for Homes Promotes the design and construction of high-performance green homes Uses less energy, water and natural resources, creates less waste, and is healthier and more comfortable for occupants LEED for Neighborhood Development (ND) Integrates the principles of smart growth, urbanism and green building into the frst national system for neighborhood design and addresses the land use planning of an entire neighborhood, including buildings, infrastructure, street design and open space Multiple Certifcations Certain building types can achieve multiple rating systems: Buildings certifed under the NC, CS or Schools may also be certifed under EB O&M Buildings certifed under CS may also be certifed under CI LEED Neighborhood Development may earn additional points for construction or retroft of certifed buildings which are part of the development LEED Reference Guides LEED 2009 Reference Guides include detailed information on the process for achieving LEED certifcation, detailed credit and prerequisite information, resources and standards for the LEED 2009 rating systems and all other requirements as outlined in the Prerequisite and Credit Structure section of this chapter. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | 21 U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs Application and Certifcation Process GBCI Beginning April 27, 2009, the Green Building Certifcation Institute (GBCI) manages the review and verifcation process for projects seeking certifcation under the LEED Green Building Rating System. LEED Online LEED Online is the primary resource with which project teams with registered projects can manage the LEED Registration and Certifcation process and is available only to registered projects. Using LEED Online you can: Submit documentation to GBCI for review Document compliance with LEED Credit Requirements Coordinate resources among project team members Manage public facing project details Submit technical inquiries regarding LEED Credits Track progress towards LEED Certifcation Submit all required documentation Upload Credit Forms View and submit Credit Interpretation Rulings (CIR) Contact Customer Service View and respond to GBCI reviewer comments Only the Project Administrator has full, unrestricted rights to access and manage all parts of LEED Online Credit Scorecard (aka LEED Credit Checklist) The LEED Credit Scorecard is a tool used by the Project Team that lists all of the prerequisites and credits of the rating system being pursued: Should be initiated by the Project Team early during the charrette process Allows the Project Team members the ability to assess and track the credits they will attempt with an anticipated level of certifcation achievement - a preliminary credit review and tracking of potential or probable credits to go after Lists all prerequisites and credits for each category with columns for the Project Team to mark as Yes, ? or No A sample Scorecard is available for review in the Appendix. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 22 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs Credit Forms and Calculators (aka LEED Credit Templates, Letter Templates or Submittal Templates) Central to the certifcation process is the LEED Credit Form, an interactive tool that is accessed by the Project Administrator and invited Project Team members via LEED Online for the purpose of uploading documentation required to validate prerequisite and credit compliance. Each Credit Form will list the requirements for achievement as well as the documentation required for submittal and must be signed by the responsible Project Team member. For credits that require calculations, calculators are built in to indicate if the credit requirements have been met. In part, these Credit Forms: Streamlines the preparation of LEED applications Allows the Project Administrator to assign Project Team member responsibility Provides automatic calculation when required data is entered by a Project Team member A sample Credit Form is available for review in the Appendix. At the time of printing, v3 forms were not available. Charrette A LEED Charrette is a forum where those who can infuence project decisions meet and begin planning the project. As a gathering of all key stakeholders in the LEED certifcation process, a charrette facilitates agreement on project goals. By soliciting ideas, issues, and concerns early in the project process, it saves time and money and gives an early sense of collective enthusiasm with realistic goals and directions. Project Administrator The GBCI assigns the role of Project Administrator to the person who initially registers the project via LEED Online. This person is the main contact with the GBCI via LEED Online. Although it is advisable to select the Project Administrator during the charrette, this person can be replaced after registration. Provides project information when registering via LEED Online Invites Team Members for access to LEED Online Assigns credit responsibility to Team Members LEED AP Provides project coordination between all Project Team disciplines Knows the responsibilities and status of each Team Member Manages and reviews Project Team documentation prior to uploading to Credit Forms Knows which credits each member of the Project Team is responsible for Understands the entire certifcation process Coordinates codes and standards Must have a principle role in the project to be eligible for an Innovation in Design credit SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | 23 U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs Rating System Structure The LEED Rating Systems are comprised of categories, each of which contains prerequisite and credit green building strategies. Prerequisites are green building strategies in every sustainable category and are mandatory for LEED certifcation. As early as possible the Project Team should verify that all prerequisite requirements can be met. Prerequisites do not earn points and the project cannot receive certifcation if all prerequisites are not met. Credits are optional green building strategies in each category a project may elect to pursue. For any project to receive LEED certifcation, it must comply with every prerequisite and achieve a minimum number of credits. A project does not need to achieve each and every credit available. LEED prerequisites and credits work together as a fexible set of tools and strategies to accommodate the circumstances of the project. All LEED Rating Systems have 100 base points plus 6 Innovation and Design points and 4 Regional Priority points, for a total of 110 points, except LEED for Homes. LEED for Homes is based on a 125 point scale plus 11 Innovation and Design points. Projects achieve certifcation if they earn points according to the following levels: Certifed : 40 - 49 points Silver : 50 - 59 points Gold : 60 - 79 points Platinum : 80+ points Prerequisite and Credit Structure All LEED prerequisites and credits will have one or more requirements that must be met in order to be in compliance. The frst section of every prerequisite or credit will summarize the Intent, or goals, and the Requirements, or methods, strategies and/or standards required to achieve compliance for that prerequisite or credit. The content structure of all LEED prerequisites and credits is as follows: Intents Identifes the main sustainability goal or environmental beneft of the prerequisite or credit Requirements Specifes the criteria that satisfy the prerequisite or credit and the number of points available. Prerequisites must be achieved and credits are optional. Some credits have 2 or more compliance paths with cumulative points. Other credits have several options available for the project team to choose 1. Benefts and Issues to Consider The environmental damage that is being mitigated and economic considerations ofered by the prerequisite or credit SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 24 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs 2. Related Credits Lists credits that may be afected through synergies or tradeofs 3. Summary of Referenced Standards Standards, such as ASHRAE, ASTM and EPA that may be used as a requirement to achieve prerequisite or credit compliance For some prerequisites and credits, LEED will allow federal, state and or local laws or codes to over rule if they are more strict. However, it should be noted that federal, state and local laws or codes will always trump LEED required standards 4. Implementation Ofers suggestions for methods and strategies that can be used to achieve prerequisite or credit compliance 5. Timeline and Team Describes who should be involved with achieving prerequisite or credit compliance and when this task should occur. 6. Calculations Lists and explains formulas and calculations, if required, to achieve prerequisite or credit compliance 7. Documentation Guidance This important section lists and explains what documents are required to be uploaded to LEED Online demonstrating compliance and the person responsible for signing of on the prerequisite or credit 8. Examples Some prerequisites and credits have examples to demonstrate how compliance can be achieved 9. Exemplary Performance Many credits can earn additional points for exceeding the minimum credit performance. No prerequisites ofer Exemplary Performance points 10. Regional Variations LEED recognizes the regional diferences when trying to achieve credit compliance and ofers options for addressing those regional issues 11. Operations and Maintenance Considerations Guidance for implementing methods and strategies for operational and maintenance procedures 12. Resources Lists of websites and print media that can ofer additional information that may be benefcial to achieving prerequisite or credit compliance 13. Defnitions Lists of defnitions for terminology specifc to that prerequisite or credit SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | 25 U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs LEED 2009 Credit Harmonization Credits and prerequisites from all LEED commercial and institutional rating systems are consolidated and aligned, drawing on their most efective common denominators, so that credits and prerequisites are consistent across all LEED 2009 rating systems. Credit Weightings LEED 2009 credits have diferent weightings depending on their ability to impact diferent environmental and human health concerns. With revised credit weightings, LEED awards more points for strategies that will have greater positive impacts on what matters most energy efciency and CO2 reductions. Each credit is evaluated against a list of 13 environmental impact categories, including climate change, indoor environmental quality, resource depletion and water intake, among many others. The impact categories were prioritized, and credits were assigned a value based on how they contributed to mitigating each impact. The result revealed each credits portion of the big picture, giving the most value to credits that have the highest potential for making the biggest change. The credits are all intact; they are just worth diferent amounts. As a result, LEED 2009 will operate on a 100-point scale Carbon Overlay The USGBC is a signatory to the Wingspread Principles on a U.S. Response to Global Warming, a set of propositions signed by organizations and individuals declaring their commitment to addressing the issue of climate change. The Wingspread Principles call for efective action to reduce greenhouse gas emissions 60% - 80% below 1990 levels by mid-century. LEED rated buildings typically have lower greenhouse gas emissions than comparable conventional buildings, with some having greater reductions than others. Accordingly, the USGBC identifes and prioritizes LEED credits based on their relative value for greenhouse gas emissions reduction. This Carbon overlay is a quantitative index of the relative importance of individual credits. The score for each LEED credit is based on the carbon footprint for a typical LEED building. A buildings carbon footprint is the total greenhouse gas emissions associated with its construction and operation: Energy used in building systems Building related transportation Embodied emissions of water (electricity used to extract, convey, treat and deliver water) Embodied emissions of solid waste (life cycle emissions associated with solid waste) Embodied emissions of materials (associated with the manufacture and transport of materials) Carbon overlay is included in the LEED 2009 workbooks, including NC, EB O&M and ND SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 26 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs Credit Interpretation Request (CIRs) Occasionally during the process of analyzing prerequisite or credit compliance requirements, the Project Team may encounter instances where they are unclear whether their strategy for achieving the credit is appropriate. The Project Credit Interpretation Request (CIR) and ruling process is designed to allow Project Teams to obtain technical and administrative guidance on how LEED requirements, including Minimum Program Requirements, Prerequisites, and Credits, pertain to their projects. A CIR may be submitted at any time after the point in which a project is registered The CIR process must be completed using LEED Online Each CIR shall pertain to no more than one LEED requirement Shall not submit CIRs in the format of a letter. CIRs shall contain only the specifc inquiry and the essential background information necessary for a ruling. CIRs shall not contain in excess of 600 words or alternatively 4000 characters including spaces. Shall not submit attachments, cut-sheets, plans or drawings with any CIR Must submit the CIR inquiry and the ruling with the LEED application in order to ensure a complete review The credit language nor the minimum achievement thresholds can be changed at any time during the CIR process CIR rulings do not guarantee that a LEED MPR, prerequisite or credit will be satisfed or achieved All CIR rulings that are generated in response to a CIR submitted on or before June 26, 2009, and pertain to a pre-LEED 2009 Rating System, are precedent setting and will carry forth and apply to other pre-LEED 2009 projects submitted by the same Project Team and also be available as a ruling for other pre-LEED 2009 projects registered by other project teams All CIR rulings that are generated in response to a CIR submitted after June 26, 2009, for all rating systems including pre-LEED 2009 and current versions, will be project specifc. As a result, the ruling will only apply to the project for which the CIR was submitted. Accordingly, the CIR ruling will not be precedent setting and will not carry forth and apply to other projects submitted by the same Project Team nor be available as a ruling for other projects registered by other project teams The CIR database that was created for pre-LEED 2009 rating systems may not be referenced or relied upon by project teams pursuing certifcation in accordance with LEED 2009 rating systems USGBC Company Members, LEED Registered Project Team Members and USGBC Workshop Attendees (for a period of 12 months from the date of the Workshop) have access to review CIRs CIR fees are $200 for each application SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | 27 U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs Minimum Program Requirements (MPRs) In addition to mandatory compliance with all category prerequisites, the project must also adhere to LEED Minimum Program Requirements (MPRs). These requirements defne the types of buildings that the LEED Green Building Rating Systems were designed to evaluate, and taken together serve three goals: Give clear guidance to the customer Protect the integrity of the LEED program Reduce complications that occur during the LEED Certifcation process For a project to be eligible for certifcation, it must comply with each applicable MPR for the specifc rating system it is seeking: 1. Must comply with environmental laws NC, CS, CI and Schools Must be in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations EB O&M Must be in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations and must be satisfed from the start of the LEED projects frst LEED EB O&M performance period through the expiration date of the LEED Certifcation 2. Be a complete or permanent building or space All rating systems Must be a complete or permanent building or space on land that already exists NC, CS & Schools Must include the new, ground-up design and construction, or major renovation, of at least one building in its entirety Construction prerequisites and credits may not be submitted for review until substantial completion of construction has occurred 3. Use a reasonable site boundary All rating systems The LEED project boundary must include all contiguous land that is associated with and supports normal building operations for the LEED project building, including all land that was or will be disturbed for the purpose of undertaking. Gerrymandering of the LEED project boundary is prohibited. 4. Comply with minimum foor area requirements NC, CS, Schools and EB O&M Minimum Gross Floor Area: 1,000 square feet SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 28 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs CI Minimum Gross Floor Area: 250 square feet 5. Comply with minimum occupancy rates NC, CS, CI and Schools Must have at least one Full Time Equivalent occupant EB O&M Must have at least one Full Time Equivalent occupant All building systems must be operating 12 months preceding the frst submission for review 6. Commit to sharing whole building energy and water usage data All rating systems Must share energy and water usage data with the USGBC and GBCI for a period of fve years 7. Comply with a minimum building area to site area ratio All rating systems The gross foor area of the LEED project building must be no less than 2% of the gross land area within the LEED project boundary Certifcation Process Certifcation Process: General LEED Certifcation provides independent, third-party verifcation that a building project meets the highest green building and performance measures. Sustainable building strategies should be considered early in the development cycle. An integrated project team will include the major stakeholders of the project such as the developer/owner, architect, engineers, landscape architect, contractor, and asset and property management staf. Implementing an integrated, systems oriented approach to green project design, development and operations can yield synergies and improve the overall performance of a building. Initial LEED assessment will bring the project team together to evaluate and defne the projects goals and the certifcation level sought. Project teams can utilize resources, such as the project checklist, to identify individual measures within the rating system that are defnitely, or potentially, achievable. LEED Certifcation for any project requires satisfying all MPRs, prerequisites and a minimum number of credits. Each rating system corresponds with a LEED reference guide that explains credit criteria, describes the benefts of credit compliance and suggests strategies to achieve credit compliance. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | 29 U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs Timeline and Project Design Phases Predesign information gathering, recognizing stakeholder needs and establishing goals (charrette) Schematic Design explores design options and alternatives with the intent to establish an agreed upon layout and scope of work Design Development begins the process of refning the schematic design and often involves the frst design of the projects energy systems Construction Documents schematic design incorporated into detailed drawings so that construction can take place Construction construction documents completed and permissions received to commence with construction Substantial Completion when construction is nearly completed and the client could occupy the space Final Completion when all construction per the construction documents has been completed Certifcate of Occupancy ofcial notice by building authorities having jurisdiction that the project conforms to applicable building and safety codes Certifcation Process: Overview For all LEED Ratings Systems except LEED for Homes and LEED for Neighborhood Development: Step 1: Planning Step 2: Registration Step 3: Documentation Step 4: Certifcation LEED for Homes and LEED for Neighborhood Development follow diferent Rating Systems and Certifcation Processes: LEED for Homes: Step 1: Early Planning Step 2: Design Step 3: Build Step 4: Verifcation and certifcation Step 5: Refection on achievements SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 30 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs LEED for Neighborhood Development: Stage 1: Review prior to completion of entitlement (permitting) process Stage 2: Certifcation of an approved development plan Stage 3: Review of a completed neighborhood development Certifcation Process: Detailed except LEED for Homes & LEED for Neighborhood Development Step 1: Planning (Charrette) The frst action toward any LEED project should be establishing a collective forum, or the charrette. The stakeholders comprising the charrette should document the project goals, prepare a draft of the LEED Credit Scorecard and select the Project Administrator. Step 2: Registration The LEED process begins with registration. The Project Administrator submits the registration form and registration fee. Registration information required: Account login information: name, address, company, title, e-mail address, password Project type : rating system types, select rating system type, USGBC member status, amount due General project information : project title, project address, is project confdential Primary contact information : name, address, organization, e-mail address Project Owner information : name, organization, e-mail address Project details : owner type, project scope, site conditions, occupant type, owner occupied, gross square footage, project budget, current project phase, project type Payment information : Registration provides: Point of contact between the GBCI and project Access to LEED Online tools Access to LEED Credit Forms (Credit Templates) Ensures maximum potential for achieving certifcation, if done early in the design process Registration fees: USGBC members: $450 Non-Members: $600 GBCI ofers free registration for LEED for Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance for all previously certifed LEED for New Construction, LEED for Schools, and LEED for Core & Shell projects. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | 31 U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs Step 3: Documentation Submittal After project registration, the Project Administrator and Project Team begins to prepare the required information for prerequisite and credit submittal. When the information has been prepared and collected, it can be uploaded to the Credit Forms via LEED Online by the Project Administrator, Project Manager, Project Owner or other Project Representative. Submittal of required documentation for GBCI review can be done either as a split review or a combined review: Split Review: Prepare design related credit documentation and submit prior to substantial project completion. Each prerequisite and credit states if submittal can be done during the design phase of the project. Prepare construction related credit documentation and submit after the design phase review and within two (2) years of substantial project completion. Each prerequisite and credit states if submittal must be a construction phase submittal. Certifcation fee is split and paid at the time of each phase submittal. Combined Review: Prepare and submit required documentation for all required prerequisites and credits being pursued upon project completion. Certifcation fee is paid at the time of submittal. Certifcation Fees: In addition to the project registration fees, certifcation fees are required, based on USGBC membership and the square footage size of the building. Current fee rates can be found by visiting the GBCI website. Submittal Review Status During the review process, the GBCI responds to each prerequisite or credit submittal with one of the following: Anticipated : Only during a split Design Phase Review will the GBCI issue an anticipated response. This does not guarantee credit acceptance, only that the GBCI believes the credit does meet the requirements at this stage of the project Pending : the GBCI requires additional information Awarded : Only during the fnal GBCI review will the GBCI issue this response that the credit has met the requirements and points are earned Denied : The prerequisite/credit has not met the requirements Submittal Review Process During the Split Design and Construction Phase Review process (LEED NC, CS & CI): Preliminary Design Phase Review : Project Team submits required design credit documentation prior to substantial project completion GBCI reviews and issues an Anticipated, Pending or Denied response to Preliminary Design Phase Review documentation within 25 days SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 32 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs Final Design Phase Review : Project Team submits required pending credit documentation within 25 days GBCI reviews documentation and issues an Anticipated or Denied response within 15 days Project Team can accept GBCI ruling or appeal the GBCI ruling Design Phase Appeal Process fees, if Project Team takes this course of action, $500 per prerequisite/credit appeal Preliminary Construction Phase Review : Project Team submits required credit documentation after the design phase submittal and within two (2) years of substantial project completion GBCI reviews and issues an Awarded, Pending or Denied response to Preliminary Construction Phase Review documentation within 25 days Final Construction Phase Review : Project Team submits required pending credit documentation GBCI reviews documentation and issues an Awarded or Denied response within 15 days Project Team can accept the GBCI ruling or appeal the GBCI ruling Construction Phase Appeal Process fees, if Project Team takes this course of action, $500 per prerequisite/credit appeal During the Combined Review process: Preliminary Review : Project Team submits required credit documentation GBCI reviews and issues a response to Preliminary Review documentation Final Review : Project Team submits required prerequisite/credit documentation GBCI reviews documentation and issues an Accepted or Denied response Project Team can accept the GBCI ruling or appeal the ruling Step 4: Certifcation After the application has been completed and all fees received and processed, the GBCI will perform a fnal review and formally rule on the application. The project is awarded the certifcation level based on the number of credits achieved. If the Project Team decides to formally fle an appeal, the GBCI will issue a LEED review within 25 business days. If a fnal denied ruling is issued, the project is closed and can never be reopened. Award: Only after the Project Team accepts the fnal ruling is the project awarded certifcation with a formal letter of certifcation SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | 33 U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs Certifcation Process: LEED for Homes The certifcation process for LEED for Homes requires that the project contract the services of a LEED for Homes Provider to rate the project. Step 1: Planning (Charrette) Create the charrette with team members to establish project goals and analyze potential credits to pursue. The LEED for Homes Provider, or LEED for Homes Rater, will help with the performance testing of the design of the home, preparation of the preliminary project checklist and prepare an estimate of the score and certifcation level. Step 2: Design Prepare project design based on goals established during the charrette and complete construction documents accordingly. Step 3: Construction The LEED for Homes Green Rater will conduct inspections and performance testing throughout the building process to ensure the credit path is being met. Step 4: Verifcation and Certifcation At the completion of the project, the LEED for Homes Rater will submit documentation that the project achieved the credit it applied for and the project will be awarded certifcation. Step 5: Refection on Achievements Certifed homes will be permitted to use USGBC approved signs and other materials to market the project and the LEED brand. USGBC/GBCI Logo Policies GBCI will provide logo artwork fles. Only artwork fles provided by GBCI may be used. Images captured from websites, publications, and other sources may not be used All uses must include the appropriate trademark symbol. The appropriate symbol will be part of the artwork provided by GBCI Use of a mark that has been ofcially registered must be followed by the registration symbol Use of a mark owned by but which has not yet been registered by GBCI must be followed by either the trademark symbol TM or the service mark symbol SM (in superscript) These symbols are only necessary for the frst and most prominent appearance of the mark; they do not need to appear after every use of the mark within a single publication The mark (or any word or design that is confusingly similar to the mark) may not be used as part of a companys name, logo, domain name, or brand name for a product or service The mark may not be the most prominent visual element on the materials. The users name and logo must be signifcantly larger than the mark SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 34 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs The mark may not be used to indicate any kind of endorsement by GBCI of any product or service, to indicate that any ofcial status for any product or service has been conferred by or is otherwise associated with GBCI, or to show any kind of relationship with GBCI aside from those permitted by these Guidelines The mark may not be used on ofcial documents to include any sales contracts or ofcial disclosure documents provided to potential or actual clients of purchases of an organizations services or products The mark may not be used in connection with any disparaging statements about GBCI or its services, USGBC (U. S. Green Building Council) or its products or services, or statements that otherwise refect poorly on GBCI or USGBC The mark may not be altered in any way, including proportion, color (outside of logo specifcations), element, type, etc. It may not be animated, morphed or distorted in any other way. The mark, including its associated words, may not have additional text wrapped around it The mark may not be reduced to more than 20% of its original print size and may not be enlarged to more than 380% of its original print size. Original print size is set in the EPS fle On Web pages, the mark may not be reduced to less than a 50-pixel height, and may not be enlarged to more than a 200-pixel height. The height and width of the mark must be constrained to its original proportions The mark is intended to stand alone and should not be integrated into other logos For printing purposes, a provided EPS or high-resolution JPEG fle should be used. In instances where the mark is printed at a larger size, an EPS fle must be used to ensure that the image retains clarity. Lower resolution, Web-optimized JPEG or GIF fles should be used when placing the mark on Web sites GBCI reserves the right to approve or disapprove the use of any GBCI proprietary or licensed mark on non-GBCI printed materials or Web sites The Appendix The Appendix at the rear of this study guide contains documents and charts that ofer additional or more detailed information about the topics presented in this chapter. Green Resource Links: Websites, Publications & Blogs LEED Certifcation Overview USGBC & GBCI & LEED USGBC & GCBI Responsibilities Six Steps to Certifcation Flow Chart Project Score Card (Checklist) Sample Credit Form Sample Certifcation Fee Chart SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | 35 U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs Certifcation Application Timeline Split Application Combined (Standard) Application Application Appeal Process LEED Rating Systems & Related Reference Guides Detailed LEED Rating Systems Commissioning Process Tasks & Responsibilities for EAp1 & EAc3 CxA Qualifcations Credit Charts Credit Interactions: Synergies & Trade Ofs Referenced Standards Chapter Summary Establishing USGBC website User Profle Go to USGBC website 1. www.usgbc.org Click on 2. Sign In along the top bar If you do not have a User Profle, click on hyperlink 3. Create a Site User Account Enter personal information 4. Under 5. Organization, enter your company Enter 6. Corporate ID for your company (if USGBC member) Click 7. Submit Your Registration at the bottom of the form and you will receive a password to accompany your e-mail address when gaining access to member only sections of the site Once your User Profle is set up, team members can access LEED Online projects LEED Online Access Go to 1. www.leedonline.com Enter e-mail address and password in 2. Log in Now box Select project to access and click 3. Enter Must have a registered project to gain access LEED Online Components My Project Page My Projects Active Projects Saved Projects Register Rating Project Selector Download Scorecard SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 36 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs Project Dashboard (aka Home Page) Overview Scorecard Timeline Team Administrator Registration Details Clarifcation Messages CIR Credit Forms Everything is done via electronic format LEED Online form required for every prerequisite and all credits being attempted with access available for registered projects Includes signature block for person responsible for credit Includes space for narrative(s) Can attach numerous types, formats and examples of documentation Six Steps to Certifcation: Review Summary Step 1: Determine appropriateness of LEED Form a charrette and gather information to determine if, and at what level, is LEED appropriate Step 2: Registration via LEED OnLine www.gbci.org Step 3: Prepare Application Assign team members and prepare all documents required for prerequisites and credits being sought (minimum number of credits are required for Certifcation) Step 4: Submit Application via LEED OnLine Upload Credit Forms with all required documentation Step 5: Application Review Upon receipt of a completed submittal application, a formal review will be initiated Step 6: Certifcation Certifcation is the fnal step in the LEED Review Process. Once the fnal review is complete, the project team can either accept or appeal the fnal decision. If accepted, LEED Certifed Projects:: will receive a formal certifcate of recognition will receive information on how to order plaques, certifcates, photo submissions and marketing May be included in an online directory and US Dept. of Energy High Performance Bldgs. database SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | 37 U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs Certifcation Timelines LEED Online Registration Upon receipt of payment Online Documentation During design/construction Split Submittal Design Submittal Phase Initial Review 25 business days Second Review 15 business days Construction Submittal Phase Initial Review 25 business days Second Review 15 business days Combined Design/Construction Submittal Initial Review 25 business days Second Review 15 business days Appeal Process 25 business days SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 38 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs Studio4 Ofce Project: the Program Narrative The Project Location This project will be located in a suburb north of Cincinnati, OH on property that was recently purchased for the development of a 24,000 sf spec building in a rapidly expanding community. The site contains 3.5 acres and is positioned inside a rezoned HT-1 (high tech light industrial) corridor and runs perpendicular and central to a high density retail corridor with integrated residential communities, just west of I-71. The adjacent property to the immediate south and west is the 1.5 million square foot Proctor and Gamble global health care headquarters. Aerial Vicinity Locator Birdseye View (looking south) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | 39 U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs The Project Program Narrative: Predesign This property was required to be rezoned from residential to HT-1, where restrictions were placed on the future development of this site. All properties along this corridor will be rezoned HT-1 with the intent to limit use to high tech, professional and light industrial use, with no retail or residential permitted. Since this will be a spec development and there will be but one occupant initially, the owner/ developer Studio4, and occupying less than 25% of the total foor area, the project will be best suited to register under the LEED for Core & Shell (CS) rating system. If the owner/developer occupied more than 50% of the total building area, the LEED for New Construction (NC) rating system would be appropriate. Quickly, the project encountered the frst instance where local jurisdictions govern in a way that can be contradictory, at times, to sustainable design. The original design program required one 2 story, 24,000 sf building. However, in keeping with the surrounding architecture, a height limitation of 1 story was mandated, with an unusual provision that two 12,000 sf buildings would be allowed. The initial Project Team (stakeholders) has been assembled to include the owner/developer, occupant and LEED AP Studio4, Design Team members (architectural/civil/structural/MEP engineers, landscape architect and certain material suppliers). Additionally, it has been the experience of Studio4 that including local building and code ofcials, along with utility representatives, is a win-win situation for all parties concerned. If there are issues encountered related to codes, regulations and utilities, these people will generally join the team in fnding viable solutions. The Project Administrator has been selected, Studio4, and the Project Checklist is being reviewed to determine, frst, if the project can achieve each of the required prerequisites, the Minimum Project Requirements and then a summary analysis of probable and potential credits that should be pursued. As with many sites located in more densely populated areas, land restrictions such as pre- confgured and limited area sites, extremely high land costs and zoning allow for little, if any, adjustments to the building orientation. During the pre-design charrette where project goals are established, it is agreed that the circumstances presented by P&G as a neighbor would work to the projects advantage. As witnessed by the aerial photos, the property immediately to the south and west will remain protected from future development by P&G and will continue to aford opportunities for views to natural habitat and daylight. Imposed restrictions for stormwater management may require negotiations to permit implementation of strategies being considered such as the use of greywater, rain gardens, downspout disconnects and pervious pavements as well as others that currently may not be permitted by utility companies, communities or state and local laws. The Design Team has reviewed current federal, state and local codes and regulations that may impact the design of this project and has prepared the following program: The project program will focus on developing this project with efciency of time and cost, while achieving some level of green certifcation. Given the opportunity to split SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 40 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 3 | U.S. Green Building Council and its Programs the buildings will permit a more simple path if the project is scheduled as a two phase development. LEED does allow a property boundary split if done in a reasonable and justifable method. However, splitting the site into two parcels will require close attention to setbacks and other related zoning requirements as local zoning ordinances will consider these as two distinct properties. A zoning variance was applied for and approved for a revision to the side yard setback distances. The initial building construction and envelope design will be a single story 12,000 sf building, concrete slab on grade, conventional wood or metal stud framing, masonry veneer, trussed and shingled roof and high performance glazing. A preliminary budget was provided by the owner and will be the target in determining which credits to pursue in the fnal analysis. An life cycle analysis will be provided by the Design Team that will illustrate to the owner the payback associated with the certifcation level being sought. The Design Team will study the process from design and engineering to material selections and coordinate a schedule that considers the associated length of time involved. Materials, such as regional or FSC, will be investigated as they can present delivery and scheduling issues. Also important are credits like Enhanced Commissioning and Measurement & Verifcation that can extend the length of time to receive certifcation. The core & shell interiors will include only a demising wall to defne the initial tenant and common area toilet facilities that will serve all tenants. Owners Project Requirements (OPR) Studio4 is an architectural and graphic design studio; creator/owner of a sustainable website; provider of sustainable educational study materials and classes A space requirement of 3,000 sf would be sufcient to fulfl present and future needs Initial 4 FTEs and potential to expand to 8 FTEs; a potential of 15 transient occupants General ofce; 2 private ofces; 1 design studio; 1 classroom for 15 people; 1 break room; 1 utility room This concludes the pre-design stage where the Owners Project Requirements (OPR) have been collected, codes and regulations reviewed, a cursory credit analysis conducted and basic design goals established. The next stage will entail registering the project via LEED Online and begin the schematic design process to achieve the Basis of Design (BOD) documents. The next project section is located at the conclusion of the Sustainable Sites chapter. Although this project ofers more information than that required for the Green Associate exam, use it only as a snapshot for understanding credit achievement and increasing your knowledge about the interaction between credits that is critical to achieving a high performance building. A few calculations are presented to illustrate how the credit can be achieved and for all credits, the submittal phase and relative team members are listed. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 41 Sustainable Sites (SS) C H A P T E R | 4 Credit Matrix Site Related Boundaries Introduction Transportation Site Selection Site Design and Management Stormwater Management Heat Island Efect Light Pollution Reduction Development Density & Community Connectivity, Mass Transportation Access Full Time Equivalents Chapter Summary Studio4 Project: Sustainable Sites T he selection and development of a buildings site are fundamental components of sustainable building practices. The goals of the LEED Sustainable Sites credit category are to promote the following measures: select and develop a site wisely, reduce emissions associated with transportation, plant sustainable landscapes, protection of surrounding habitats, manage stormwater runof, reduce heat island efects and eliminate light pollution. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 42 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | Sustainable Sites Credit Matrix Site Related Boundaries building footprint: area of the building structure that is defned by the perimeter of the building plan. Pavement, landscaping and other nonbuilding facilities are not included in the building footprint development footprint: the area of the site impacted by the project, which includes parking, landscaping, roads and other facilities in addition to the building property boundary: the extents of the entire property whose property lines, or borders, have been defned by the propertys legal description project boundary: the full extent of the project property as defned by the property lines. For projects developed on properties with multiple buildings, such as a campuses or industrial complexes, a reasonable property boundary, as required for the project construction and local code, is permitted LEED project boundary: the portion of the project site submitted for LEED certifcation NC Schools CS Credit Title Points SUSTAINABLE SITES (SS) 26 24 28 SSp1 Construction Activity Pollution Prevention Reqd Reqd Reqd SSp2 Environmental Site Assessment NA Reqd NA SSc1 Site Selection 1 1 1 SSc2 Development Density and Community Connectivity 5 4 5 SSc3 Brownfield Redevelopment 1 1 1 SSc4.1 Alternative Transportation - Public Transportation Access 6 4 6 SSc4.2 Alternative Transportation - Bicycle Storage and Changing Rooms 1 1 2 SSc4.3 Alternative Transportation - Low-Emitting and Fuel-Efficient Vehicles 3 2 3 SSc4.4 Alternative Transportation - Parking Capacity 2 2 2 SSc5.1 Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat 1 1 1 SSc5.2 Site Development - Maximize Open Space 1 1 1 SSc6.1 Stormwater Design - Quantity Control 1 1 1 SSc6.2 Stormwater Design - Quality Control 1 1 1 SSc7.1 Heat Island Effect - Nonroof 1 1 1 SSc7.2 Heat Island Effect - Roof 1 1 1 SSc8 Light Pollution Reduction 1 1 1 SSc9 Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines NA NA 1 SSc9 Site Master Plan NA 1 NA SSc10 Joint Use of Facilities NA 1 NA SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | 43 Sustainable Sites Introduction One of the frst decisions for the owner, developer or project team to make is that of site selection, as the location of a site can determine how the project impacts the environment. The location of a project can afect local and regional ecosystems and water sources in many ways where damages caused by development and construction can take years to remedy. The most sustainable sites promote an integrated design approach that considers and evaluates: Protectin g undeveloped land Reuse of previously developed sites Reduced automobile use or support of alternative transportation Stormwater management Reduced heat island efect Reduced light pollution Conserva tion of existing areas for the protection of habitat Transportation Sustainable sites can reduce the social, economic and environmental impacts caused by the increased demands on building related transportation. It is easy to understand the importance of sustainable sites when you consider how the location of the site can increase the length and frequency of vehicle trips. Transportation accounts for 32% of the nations greenhouse gas emissions and vehicle technology, transportation fuels and land use all contribute to the emission of greenhouse gases. In 2006, 76% of the commuters in America ages 16 and older drove to work alone, 5% used public transportation and 11% carpooled. Sustainable site selection should consider locating near residential areas, installing bicycle racks and changing rooms, preferred parking, encourage the use of alternative fuel vehicles and provide access to mass transit. Promoting mass transit reduces the energy required for transportation and the space needed for parking lots, gas stations and related support facilities. Transportation impacts include: Location Determines the frequency and length of vehicle trips Vehicle technology Determines the quantity and types of fuel and support systems needed Fuel Determines the environmental impact of vehicle operation Human behavior Combines location, vehicle technology and fuel in mobility choices Greenhouse Gas Emissions SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 44 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | Sustainable Sites Strategy considerations to address transportation: Locate site in an area that has mass transit Area has existing transportation networks commuter rail, light rail or subway system public, campus or private bus lines usable by building occupants Limit parking Limit parking spaces and encourage alternative transportation options to reduce pollution and land development impacts from automobile use Size parking not to exceed minimum local code requirements Shared parking facilities with other buildings Alternatives to single occupant vehicles Encourage car pooling and van pooling Designated car pooling and van pooling parking spaces Reserved parking spaces conveniently located near building entrances for building occupants who carpool to work Promote alternative fuel vehicles On-site fueling stations For Schools, investigate tradeofs for alternative fuel vehicles Ofer incentives Develop an alternative commuting incentive program Programs such as ride share boards Support alternative transportation Promote alternatives or incentives to single- occupancy vehicle commuting Provide secured spaces and changing rooms for bicycle use Reduced parking rates for carpooling or alternative fuel vehicles Assist building occupants with parking fees for public parking Mass Transit Alternative Transportation & Incentive Programs Limit Parking Car/Van Pooling Alternative Fuel Vehicles SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | 45 Sustainable Sites Site Selection The selection of the projects site is one of the most important decisions that can contribute to the success of the projects sustainability. The sustainable site will allow for proper building orientation, as well as reducing associated environmental impacts. Redevelopment of brownfeld sites can improve the quality of the environment and reduce the burden of developing on greenfeld sites, farmland, previously undeveloped sites or encroaching on wetlands and water bodies that can compromise existing habitat. Developing a master plan for the project and site can protect the environment beyond the initial construction phase in consideration of future expansions. Projects applying for LEED Commercial Interiors should investigate occupying existing LEED Certifed buildings such as LEED for New Construction or LEED for Core and Shell. Strategy considerations to address site selection: Increase development density Create a smaller footprint Maximize the foor area ratio or square footage per acre by stacking foors, instead of spreading out the building footprint, in order to maximize open spaces and protect the habitat Locate the project in densely populated communities Average density of project and surrounding community should be 60,000 sf/acre Redevelopment Build on a previously developed site Protects undeveloped land and is often served by existing infrastructure such as roads, utilities and community services Restore a brownfeld site Improves and protects the environment Saves undeveloped land Incentives often ofered by owner or government agencies Consider tradeofs such as costs for environmental assessments and remediation, time required to investigate and remediate and potential liabilities to owner Protect the habitat Select sites that do not include sensitive site elements and land types such as: Prime farmland as defned by the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Less than 5 feet above areas defned by FEMA as being in the 100 year food plain Land that is habitat for threatened or endangered species SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 46 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | Sustainable Sites Within 100 feet of Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) defned wetlands Within 50 feet of a body of water as regulated by the Clean Water Act (CWA) Public parklands Urban development Urban areas often have infrastructures in place, such as mass transit and community services, that provide for more sustainable sites through community connectivity and also by reducing demands on our natural resources. Mass transit: unobstructed walking distance within 1/2 mile of commuter rail, light rail or subway system OR unobstructed walking distance within 1/4 mile of one or more bus stops for two or more public, campus or private bus lines usable by building occupants Community connectivity: must be on a previously developed site AND within 1/2 mile of a residential neighborhood with an average density of 10 units/ acre AND within 1/2 mile of ten basic community services such as: bank, convenience store, place of worship, fre station, post ofce, restaurants (2 permitted), etc. and has pedestrian access between the building and services Site Design and Management Sustainable site design and management includes the design, installation and maintenance of areas such as landscaping and hardscapes. Green practices minimize the use of irrigation, fertilizers and pesticides and employs strategies to reduce soil erosion and sedimentation. The use of native plants reduces the burden on water resources due to reduced irrigation requirements and reduces the need for fertilizers and pesticides. Reducing the amount of hardscapes can increase the area of open space and the use of refective materials for pavement, walks and roofs can reduce heat island efects. Strategy considerations for developing a sustainable site design and management plan: Create and implement an Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan (ESC) to reduce construction pollution. The plan must comply with the requirements of the 2003 EPA General Construction Permit or local codes, whichever is more strict. The EPA General Construction Permit outlines the provisions necessary to comply with Phase I and Phase II of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program. Prevents loss of soil during construction by stormwater runof and wind Prevents sedimentation of storm sewer and receiving streams Prevents pollution of the air with dust and particulate matter SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | 47 Sustainable Sites Strategies that can be used to control erosion due to construction activities are: Mulching Erosion control blankets Straw bales Berms Silt fence Reduce site disturbance caused by building Reduce the footprint of the building to increase the amount of open space Protect and restore existing habitat Efcient hardscapes Minimize the amount of hard surfaces such as parking lots, walkways, patios, etc Design new or replace existing hard surfaces with permeable (pervious) surfaces Reduced area of hardscapes also reduces the amount of exterior lighting required Minimize water usage Use native or adaptive landscaping that reduces, or eliminates, the need for irrigation Use water efcient irrigation systems Use non-potable water for fushing toilets and urinals Use of refective materials Design hard surfaces, including roofs, with high SRI materials to minimize heat island impacts Sustainable management plan Consideration of the type of chemicals and other products used for cleaning exterior surfaces Consideration of the type of chemicals and other products used for snow and ice removal Develop an integrated pest management program Mulch Control Blankets Straw Bales Silt Fencing SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 48 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | Sustainable Sites Low Impact Development (LID) Rainfall onto impervious surfaces such as parking lots, sidewalks and streets does not fltrate back into the earth and aquifer, but rather washes the surfaces and sends the contaminants eventually to our waterways. This is known as nonpoint source pollution. Low Impact Development addresses how stormwater enters a site, is temporarily stored and how the stormwater eventually exits the site. At its core, LID minimizes impervious surfaces, protects soils from compaction and erosion, promotes native vegetation and manages stormwater at its source. As with any sustainable strategy, all aspects of synergies and tradeofs must be considered, particularly with Neighborhood Development projects. Managing stormwater may be less practical, for instance, when considering street grids that promote walking. Streets can cause interruption to the overall stormwater management plan by disrupting the preferred release of stormwater. Stormwater Management Developments can reduce the natural permeability of a site, which increases the quantity and reduces the quality of stormwater runof downstream to waterways such as streams, rivers and lakes. The replacement of permeable areas with impervious surfaces reduces the quality due to the contaminates carried by the runof water, which becomes harmful to aquatic life and recreational opportunities in receiving waters. This also causes downstream erosion in our waterways due to increased runof rates. Stormwater management involves strategies that reduce or control the amount of increased stormwater created by the project. Pollution caused by soil erosion during site development, increased amounts of impervious surfaces, landscaping fertilizers and the cleansing of impervious pavements by rainwater contribute to the sedimentation and degradation of our waterways. A stormwater management plan may include the collection and reuse of stormwater to reduce the amount of potable water required for irrigation and fushing of toilets. Stormwater management is often regulated by state or local codes to address regional preferences. In certain parts of the U.S., management is generally encouraged in eforts to reduce the impact on waterways and in communities with combined sanitary and storm sewer systems. However, in other parts of the U.S., stormwater is committed to downstream use for livestock, crops and municipal water supplies. Strategy considerations for controlling and reducing the quantity of stormwater runof and improving the quality of stormwater runof: Quantity control Design project site to maintain natural stormwater fows, promoting infltration Permeable (pervious) pavement SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | 49 Sustainable Sites Minimize impervious areas by using alternative surfaces such as pervious pavements, open grid pavers and vegetated roofs Pervious pavements: For hardscapes such as parking, drives, walks and other similar surfaces, use pervious materials that will allow stormwater to penetrate thru the surface to the soils below to reduce the quantity of the stormwater runof. Also, the quality of stormwater that goes back into the soils and possibly to the aquifers is fltrated and improved Grid pavers: consider the use of open grid pavers that allow the stormwater to fltrate the open spaces created by the grid pattern to reduce the quantity of stormwater runnof Vegetated roofs (aka green roofs): There are many synergies associated with vegetated roofs in addition to reducing the amount of stormwater runof. The quality of retained stormwater is improved, the roof is better insulated which improves heat gain/loss, reducing the amount of HVAC required and the subsequent energy consumption and vegetated roofs increase the amount of open green space, providing an environment for insects, birds and other habitat Control Stormwater: Redirect the fow and rate Design retention and detention ponds, rain gardens, bioswales, vegetated strips or similar structures to retain or hold and slow the rate of stormwater runof Harvest Rainwater: Collect and reuse Capture rainwater for reuse in such areas as irrigation, fushing toilets and urinals, and custodial Quality control Most all of the strategies used for controlling the quantity of stormwater runof can also be implemented for improving the quality of stormwater runof by utilizing Best Management Practices (BMPs). BMPs are methods that have been proven to be efective and are therefore accepted measures for meeting the requirement. Pervious pavement and open grid pavers allow a certain amount of water to penetrate the material and infltrate to the soils below, fltering contaminants from the stormwater Structural techniques such as vegetated roofs and non-structural techniques such as rain gardens, bioswales and vegetated strips ofer a natural fltration of the stormwater Green Roofs Retention and Detention Ponds Rain Gardens SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 50 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | Sustainable Sites Heat Island Efect A heat island is an urban area which is signifcantly warmer than its surrounding rural areas. The main cause of the urban heat island is simply the modifcation of the land surface by urban development. Heat islands can be caused by buildings blocking surface heat from radiating into the relatively cold night sky, the lack of sufcient wind, changes in the thermal properties of surface materials and a lack of evapotranspiration in urban areas. Materials commonly used in urban areas, such as concrete and asphalt, have signifcantly diferent thermal bulk properties and surface radiative properties (albedo and emissivity) than the surrounding rural areas. These temperature diferentials are generally greater at night than during the day. Heat island efects are also major contributors to smog in urban areas. LEED defnes heat islands as temperatures 10 degrees greater than those of surrounding urban areas and addresses heat island elements as nonroof components and roofs. Pavement and roofng materials can be huge contributors to heat islands due to their thermal properties, acting as heat sinks that collect and store heat. Conventional paving and roofng materials that are darker in color exacerbate this problem by absorbing more of the suns energy. Emissivity is the ability of a material to emit heat by radiation, solar refectance (albedo) is the measure of a materials ability to refect sunlight and Solar Refectance Ratio (SRI) is the measure of a materials ability to reject solar heat. The ideal relationship is lower emissivity and higher albedo and SRI. Pavement and roofng materials that exhibit these qualities are often referred to as cool pavements and cool roofs. Solar Refectance is the fraction of the solar energy that is refected by a surface, such as a roof or pavement, expressed as a number between zero and one. The higher the value, the better the roof refects solar energy. For example, a white refective coating or membrane has a refectance value of 0.85 (refects 85% of solar energy hitting it and absorbs the remaining 15%), while asphalt has a value of 0.09 (refects 9%). Emittance is the amount of absorbed heat that is radiated from a surface, expressed as a number between zero and one. The higher the value, the better the surface radiates heat. Solar Refectance Index (SRI) indicates the ability of a surface to reject solar heat, and is the combined value of refectivity and emittance. It is defned so that a standard black is zero (refectance 0.05, emittance 0.90) and a standard white is 100 (refectance 0.80, emittance 0.90). Because of the way SRI is defned, very hot materials can have slightly negative SRI values, and very cool materials can have SRI values exceeding 100. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | 51 Sustainable Sites Green roofs are becoming popular in the U.S. in larger metropolitan areas, such as Chicago. In addition to assisting stormwater management by reducing quantity of fow and increasing quality of release, green roofs reduce the buildings energy consumption, provides vegetated open space and refuge for habitat. Green roofs also reduce the heat island efect of absorbing the suns energy by providing natural vegetation and soils which also contributes to the cooling efects of evapotranspiration, the release of water from plants into the atmosphere. Green roofs are a great sustainable strategy for a project. Strategy considerations for reducing heat island efects on the microclimate and human and wildlife habitat: Nonroofs Reduce area of hardscapes including roads, parking lots/parking structures, walks or courtyards Shading: combination of any of the following strategies for 50% of the total hardscape area Shade from existing tree canopy or, for new trees, within 5 years of installation Shade from structures covered by solar panels that produce renewable energy Shade from architectural features that have a SRI of at least 29 Cool pavements: Use hardscape materials with a SRI of at least 29 Open grid pavement systems which are at least 50% pervious Place a minimum of 50% of parking spaces under cover Roofs used to shade or cover parking must have a SRI of at least 29 Roofs Cool Roofs : Use roofng materials for 75% of the roof surface with controlled SRI values 78 SRI for low sloped roofs less than or equal to 2:12 slope 29 SRI for steep sloped roofs greater than 2:12 slope Green Roofs : Install a vegetated roof that covers at least 50% of the roof area Install high albedo (SRI) cool roof and vegetated roof surfaces that, in combination, meet the following: (area of roof meeting minimum SRI / 0.75) + (area of vegetated roof/0.5) = Total Roof Area SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 52 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | Sustainable Sites Light Pollution Reduction Outdoor lighting is important for human safety and illuminating connections between buildings and support facilities such as sidewalks, parking lots, roadways and community gathering places and is necessary for twilight and nighttime use. However, poorly designed exterior lighting can add to nighttime light pollution which can interfere with nocturnal ecology, reduce observation of night skies (aka Sky Glow), cause roadway glare and jeopardize relationships with neighbors by causing light trespass. Properly designed lighting systems can promote an appreciation for a place at night. Careful selection of fxture types and wattage and controlling the lighting during of hours or curfew times can avoid light pollution, maintain safety and enhance the public image of a company. The intent of light pollution reduction is to: Minimize light trespass from the building and site Reduce sky glow to increase night sky access Improve nighttime visibility through glare reduction Reduce development impact on nocturnal environments Interior Utilize indirect interior lighting or automated non-emergency lighting shutof controls Shut of non-emergency lighting: Reduce power to all non-emergency lighting with a direct line of sight to building envelope openings, such as windows and doors, with shutof controls during of hours or curfew times Automatic shielding: Provide automatic shielding or permanent obstructions, for all non- emergency lighting with a direct line of sight to building envelope openings, such as windows and doors Satellite image of earth at night Reduce exterior lighting for nonessential use SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | 53 Sustainable Sites Exterior Design site lighting with computer model Use computer modeling for proper selection and location of fxture types Accurate control of illumination levels, particularly important for maintaining required lighting densities per ASHRAE 90.1 and light trespass at the project property lines Only light areas required for safety and comfort Shut of or reduce lighting levels for non-essential lighting such as building facade and landscaping lighting Use full cutof light fxtures, low angle spot lights and low refectance surfaces Full cutof light fxtures prevent wasteful uplighting above a horizontal plane, reduces glare and helps prevent light trespass Low angle spot lights help reduce glare, lighting unnecessary surfaces and wasting energy lighting the sky Low refectance surfaces reduces light refectance and trespass Classify project lighting zone and comply accordingly with the requirements of IESNA RP-33 LZ1 - Dark (park and rural settings) LZ2 - Low (residential areas and neighborhood business districts) LZ3 - Medium (commercial/industrial and high density residential) LZ4 - High (major city centers and entertainment districts) School sports felds are excluded from requirements, but must have automatic shutofs Development Density and Community Connectivity In order to achieve credit for urban redevelopment, 2 options are available to the project: Development Density and Community Connectivity. Development Density The requirements to meet this credit option are to construct or renovate a building on a previously developed site and in a community with a minimum density of 60,000 sf. The density calculation is based on a 2 story building and considers the building and the surrounding community. The frst calculation required is to determine the development density for the project by dividing the total square footage of the building by the total site area in acres. This must be a minimum of 60,000 sf / acre. Development Density (sf/acre) = Gross Building Area (sf) / Site Area (acres) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 54 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | Sustainable Sites The second calculation is used to determine the density radius. Convert the site area from acres to sf (multiply the # of acres x 43,560 sf/ac) and then multiply this number by the square root of 3. Density Radius (sf) = 3 x sq rt [Site Area (acres) x 43,560 (sf/acre)] The third calculation adds the sum of all buildings within the density radius. Add the square footage and property acres of all buildings within the density radius and dividing the total square footage by the total acres. The average density of all properties inside this radius must be 60,000 sf or greater. Average Property Density within Density Boundary = sum Square Footage / sum Site Area OR Community Connectivity Community Connectivity also requires the construction or renovation of a building on a previously develop site. The intent of this option is to connect the project to an existing infrastructure by requiring the site to be within 1/2 mile of a residential zone with an average density of 10 units per acres, within 1/2 mile of at least 10 basic services and must have unobstructed pedestrian access between the building and the services.. No service type can be counted more that once in the calculations other than restaurants, where 2 are permitted.
Alternative Transportation - Public Transportation Access Another area important to a successful urban redevelopment project is the proximity of the project to mass transportation infrastructures usually found in densely populated urban areas. The requirements for achieving this credit relate to the availability and proximity of rail stations and bus stops. As with Development Density and Community Connectivity, there are 2 options available to the project. Rail Station The project must be located within 1/2 mile walking distance of an existing, planned and funded commuter rail, light rail or subway station OR Project location relative to 10 community services within 1/2 mile walking distance from the building SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | 55 Sustainable Sites Bus Stops The project must be within 1/4 mile walking distance of 1 or more stops for 2 or more public, campus or private bus lines usable by building occupants Full Time Equivalents (FTEs) full time equivalent (FTE): a regular building occupant who spends 40 hours per week in the project building. Part time or overtime occupants have FTE values based on their hours per week divided by 40. Multiple shifts are included for credits that require annual calculations, as with annual potable water consumption and wastewater generation. full time equivalent building occupants: a measure equal to the total number of hours all building occupants spend in the building during the peak 8 hour occupancy period divided by 8 hours There are two pieces of information required when registering a project with LEED Online that are used across several credits. Therefore, LEED boundary information and Full Time Equivalent data must be consistent when applied to each applicable credit. The project boundary is used for storm water calculations, open space requirements and light trespass as well as providing data for other credits. The frst instance when FTEs are required is in the Sustainable Sites category to determine the required quantities for SS credit 4.2: Bicycle Storage and Changing Rooms. Full Time Equivalents identify the total number of building occupants of the following occupancy types: Full time staf Part time staf Peak Transients (students, volunteers, visitors, customers, etc.) Residents Bus stops within a 1/4 mile radius with walking path from the building SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 56 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | Sustainable Sites For full time and part time staf, the FTE occupants are based on an 8 hour occupancy period. An 8 hour full time occupant has an FTE value of 1.0 and a part time occupants FTE is the hours they work per day divided by 8. In buildings with multiple shifts, only the shift with the highest volume is used. FTE calculations for each shift must be used consistently for all LEED credits. Transient occupants and total shifts worked are particularly important in the Water Efciency category when determining annual wastewater and potable water calculations. Annual calculations are determined by the total consumption or load during a 24 hour period for the total number of days worked annually. For instance, if there are three shifts and the FTE quantities of the shifts are 150, 100 and 50 FTEs, for most credits the highest shift with 150 FTE would be used. However, when total annual calculations are required, the consumption or load during a 24 hour period would be that created by the combined shifts of 150, 100 and 50 - or 300 FTEs. Chapter Summary LEED sustainable sites promote responsible, innovative and practical site design strategies that are sensitive to plants, wildlife and air and water quality. Sustainable sites also mitigate the negative efects buildings have on the local and regional environment. A properly coordinated and executed sustainable site considers and addresses site related environmental impacts in the following areas: Transportation locate site in an area that has mass transit Limit parking Encourage carpooling Promote alternative fuel vehicles Ofer incentives Support alternative transportation Site Selection Increase development density Create a smaller footprint Locate project in densely populated communities Redevelopment Build on previously developed sites Restore a brownfeld site Protect the habitat Select sites that do not include sensitive site elements Urban development SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | 57 Sustainable Sites Site Design and Management Create an Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan to reduce construction pollution Reduce site disturbance caused by building footprint Efcient hardscapes Minimize water usage Use of refective materials Sustainable management plan Stormwater Management Quantity control Reduce building footprint and impervious pavement materials, use pervious pavement materials, vegetated roofs, design rain gardens, bioswales, retention and detention ponds to hold and/or slow the rate of stormwater runof Quality control Reduce building footprint and impervious pavement materials, use pervious pavement materials, vegetated roofs, design rain gardens, bioswales, retention and detention ponds to flter contaminates from stormwater runof Heat Island Efect Nonroofs Reduce area of hardscapes, provide shading and high SRI materials or place 50% of the required parking under cover Roofs Provide high SRI roofng materials and/or install vegetated roofs (green roof) Light Pollution Reduction Interior Prevent non-emergency light trespass thru the building during of hours or curfew times Exterior Use computer modeling for site lighting design, light only areas for safety and comfort, use full cutof fxtures, low angle spotlights, low refective materials and design lighting to comply with appropriate lighting zones SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 58 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | Sustainable Sites Studio4 Ofce Project: Sustainable Sites LEED Online Registration Aside from the standard issue of questions about the Project Administrator, Project Owner and general project details, there are two pieces of information LEED Online requires from the Project Administrator that will serve as a standard of accounting across several credits that uses the same information and, therefore must be used consistently throughout the certifcation process. One is project boundary information and the other is the FTE count. The project boundary for this project, as well as most sites with a single building, will simply be the legal property description that is generally shown on a survey drawing that defnes the metes and bounds. Also, the civil engineers drawings will indicate the property lines as well as defning the scope of the project relative to work outside the building proper. Another area that needs to be checked by the Project Team is an analysis of the Minimum Project Requirements. This project meets the mandatory requirements, however, one calculation does need to be made to ensure that the minimum building area to site area ratio is in compliance. This requires that the gross foor area of the LEED project building must be no less than 2% of the gross land area within the LEED project boundary. The site area is 3.5 acres and the gross foor area is 12,000 sf. Therefore: (3.5 acres x 43,560 sf/acre) x 0.02 = 152,460 x 0.02 = 3,049.2 sf minimum required Although the project was zoned for two buildings with the agreement that there would be an eventual lot split, for the sake of expediency, the split will occur after the completion of the project and certifcation approved. Also needed to consider is the fact that this is a speculative project and Phase II may never be developed. FTE requirements refer to occupant loads, and occupant loads have diferent meanings depending on the requirements being met. In the case of zoning, occupant loads deal with life safety issues and addresses areas such as the minimum width of egress corridors and number of Project Boundaries SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | 59 Sustainable Sites required emergency exit doors based on the building use group. LEED, on the other hand, views occupants from a diferent perspective, allowing two options for determining occupant counts, or FTEs. If the acutal FTE is not known, LEED provides a matrix based on the type of occupancy use. For general ofce use such as this project, this would be 1 FTE per 250 sf of the gross square footage. Therefore: 12,000 sf / 250 = 48 FTEs Schematic Design The Civil Engineer has taken the data collected during the initial charrette and prepared a preliminary schematic site development plan where the owner, architect, engineers, landscape architect, contractor and other stakeholders can review and discuss in more detail the strategies to achieve the credits being sought. They will also determine what synergies are apparent and perhaps uncover hidden issues in the form of adverse tradeofs that may afect their credit selections. Sustainable Sites Category Sustainable Sites deal with issues outside of the building, including portions of the building exterior, the land that is being developed, and the surrounding community. Choosing a buildings site and managing that site during construction are important considerations for the sustainability of any project. The Sustainable Sites category discourages development on previously undeveloped land; minimizes a buildings impact on ecosystems and waterways; encourages regionally appropriate landscaping; rewards smart transportation choices; controls stormwater runof; and reduces erosion, light pollution, heat island efect and construction related pollution. SSp1 Construction Activity Pollution Prevention : This prerequisite requires the creation and implementation of an erosion sediment control (ESC) plan, in accordance with the 2003 EPA Construction General Permit or local standards if more strict, to prevent loss of soil, sedimentation and air pollution during the course of construction. Soil erosion on building sites is a major source of sediment pollution in waterways and the runof of sediment Conceptual Site Development Plan SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 60 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | Sustainable Sites carries pollutants and excessive nutrients that enter the water systems at concentrated levels. Many communities require strict adherence to EPA regulations or local ordinances concerning both the protection of the site and the efects of site disturbance downstream. Additionally, a mandated requirement for this site is that of monitoring the efectiveness of control measures after storms that have delivered a set amount of rainfall within a given period. Construction submittal: civil engineer, landscape architect, contractor SSc1 Site Selection : This is an easy credit to achieve given the fact that this site fts perfectly with the goals of sustainable sites. This site: does not infringe on any of the sensitive or protected site elements such as wetlands, food plains, endangered species, farmland, etc.; is a previously developed site, thereby preserving greenfelds; and is situated in a location with a substantial amount of community connectivity. Design submittal: owner, civil engineer, environmental engineer, ecologist SSc2 Development Density and Community Connectivity : The intent of the Development Density option is to drive development towards high density neighborhoods that have a 60,000 sf/acre density ratio. However, in the past this has been a difcult task to achieve. Recently, LEED added the Community Connectivity option to this credit in a successful efort to make it a much easier path to compliance. With regards to Development Density, a precedent had been established thru a legacy CIR for a project of comparable size to this project, but located in an area where the average density was over 125,000 sf per acre. This avenue could possibly have been pursued, but is unnecessary at this point. There is the intent of the Project Team not to apply for CIRs in an efort to expedite the project. Community Connectivity is virtually at the projects doorstep. There is available the required 10 community services and high density residential units (10 units/acre) within a 1/2 mile radius with sidewalks that provide a direct and unobstructed link. This will meet the requirements of the Community Connectivity option of the credit. Each of the 10 basic services have to be identifed and the information uploaded via LEED Online. Design submittal: owner, developer, design team Community Connectivity (10 basic services and high density residential within 1/2 mile) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | 61 Sustainable Sites SSc3 Brownfeld Redevelopment : Brownfelds have the potential to be renewed with proper remediation that removes hazardous materials from the sites soil and groundwater. Redevelopment on brownfelds prevents development on undeveloped greenfelds that may serve as a habitat for wildlife and brownfelds are usually located in areas having existing infrastructure necessary for the new development. Reclaiming a contaminated site can provide economic support to the surrounding area and initialize further development. Unfortunately, with regards to this credit, a condition of sale required the previous owners to demolish and remove the existing buildings and accessory structures. The age of those buildings revealed asbestos siding on the main structure. Asbestos siding has previously been permitted by the EPA as an environmentally hazardous material sufcient to classify a site as a Brownfeld. This project would most likely have qualifed as a brownfeld. Design submittal: owner, civil engineer, environmental engineer, ecologist, EPA SSc4 Alternative Transportation : There are 4 sub-credits within SSc4, and the project will pursue SSc4.3 Alternative Transportation - Low Emitting and Fuel Efcient Vehicles and SSc4.4 Alternative Transportation - Parking Capacity. SSc4.1 Alternative Transportation - Public Transportation Access : The use of public transportation decreases air pollution in urban areas and reduces the building footprint by requiring only a minimum of parking space. Choosing a site close to public transportation gives building occupants the option to use public transportation to and from work. There is no public transportation available to this project. Design submittal: owner, architect, design team SSc4.2 Alternative Transportation - Bicycle Storage and Changing Rooms: Select a site that provides convenient biking paths, safe bike storage, and close shower facilities to building occupants where the showering facilities must be within 200 yards of the entrance to the building. Design submittal: architect, civil engineer, landscape architect, plumbing engineer SSc4.3 Alternative Transportation - Low Emitting and Fuel Efcient Vehicles: This credit allows achievement by reserving 5% of the total parking capacity for the use of low emitting and fuel efcient vehicles. 5% x 60 spaces = 3 spaces to be reserved close to the building entrance for these types of vehicles. Design submittal: owner, architect, design team SSc4.4 Alternative Transportation - Parking Capacity : Option 1 permits no more parking capacity than that required by code. Local zoning regulations for this type of use requires 1 parking space per 200 sf of gross building area. Therefore, 12,000 sf/200 = 60 parking spaces. Phase I of this project has the 60 spaces as required. Design submittal: owner, architect, design team SSc5 Site Development and SSc6 Stormwater Design Sustainable Sites credits SSc5 and SSc6, with their 2 sub-credits each, aford the project many synergetic opportunities throughout the sustainable categories and allows many of the same strategies for credit compliance. Most projects governed by local, state and federal regulations require some degree of stormwater control and landscaping/open space requirements. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 62 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | Sustainable Sites Implementing strategies for a path to compliance for one credit can be used successfully for strategies related to other credits. Constructed wetlands, for instance, dont have to be large in size, yet can serve to control the quantity and quality of stormwater, stormwater reuse for irrigation and toilet fushing, greywater reuse and reducing heat island efects while providing a natural and much needed refuse for local habitat. Rain gardens, vegetated swales and strips, bioswales, detention/retention areas, wetlands and similar strategies can singularly, or collectively, be used to achieve most, if not all, of the credit opportunities ofered. SSc5 - Site Development credits are important for the enhancement of the natural elements of the project site such as native plants and trees, soils, and watersheds. On greenfeld sites, a key strategy to credit achievement is to minimize the building footprint as much as possible. Utilize strategies such as sharing facilities, and stacking the parking with the building and during construction, create construction boundaries that minimize land disturbance. Open space is benefcial in urban environments to wildlife whose habitats are rapidly disappearing. Smaller development footprints and more greenspace helps with the urban heat island efect and provides for better stormwater retention. The goal of SSSc6 - Stormwater Design is to decrease the amount of stormwater runof that leaves the site. The options depend on the pre- development conditions on the site. If it is a greenfeld, prevent an increase in stormwater runof on site after development. If the site has existing impervious surfaces, decrease the amount of stormwater that exits the site by 25% after development. Where SS Credit 6.1 is about the quantity of stormwater that leaves the site, SS Credit 6.2 is about the quality of the water that leaves the site. To meet the requirements of the credit, create and implement a stormwater management plan (SWMP) that is designed to capture and treat runof from 90% of the average annual rainfall. Also, the best management practices (BMPs) used to treat runof must remove 80% of the average annual post development total suspended solids (TSS) load. With the design of any project, a well qualifed Project Team will understand how to best maximize strategies to the advantage of many other credits not only in the Sustainable Sites category but the Water Efciency and Energy and Atmosphere categories as well. Constructed wetland, habitat, rain garden, vegetated strip and pervious pavements SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | 63 Sustainable Sites SSc5.1 Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat : This credit addresses two site conditions, Case 1 as applied to greenfeld sites and Case 2 for previously developed areas or graded sites. This is an important credit to pursue because of the synergies involved and, in the sites current confguration, an easy credit to achieve. Option 2 requires protecting or restoring the greater of 50% of the site (excluding building footprint) or 20% of the site (including building footprint) with native or adaptive vegetation. Considering the fact that a lot split is not planned during Phase I, combined with the extensive landscape requirements of the local zoning ordinance, there is sufcient land available to meet the requirements of this credit. The landscape architect will coordinate with the civil engineer on this credit to design and engineer rain gardens, vegetated swales, constructed wetlands and other strategies that can contribute to many Sustainable Site and Water Efciency credits. Design submittal: civil engineer, landscape architect, environmental engineer, ecologist, local professional SSc5.2 Site Development - Maximize Open Space : This credit has three cases that address existing local zoning ordinance provisions regarding open space requirements. Open space is the area of the site remaining less the development footprint. This project falls under the case where there is local zoning but without any requirement for open space. Although the local ordinance has no provision for a percentage of open space, it does include an extensive and aggressive landscaping policy requiring all unpaved and undeveloped portions of the site be vegetated. This is an instance where local codes are more stringent than those requirements necessary to comply with the credit. On this site, all property lines, right of ways, interior pavement islands, mandated spaces between sidewalks and buildings will be landscaped with plants, shrubs and trees and landscaped berms constructed to protect visibility from adjacent residential properties. Since c5.1 & c5.2 go hand-in-hand with each other, the civil engineer and landscape architect will coordinate the design and construction documents. Design submittal: civil engineer, landscape architect, environmental engineer, ecologist, local professional SSc6.1 Stormwater Design - Quantity Control : The intent of this credit is to limit disruption of natural water hydrology by reducing impervious cover, increasing on-site infltration, reducing or eliminating pollution from stormwater runof, and eliminating contaminants. On building sites where the existing imperviousness is greater than 50%, this credit requires reducing the quantity of stormwater runof by 25%. On building sites where the existing imperviousness is less than 50%, the requirement specifes that the post-development discharge rate and quantity from the site shall not exceed the pre-development rate and quantity. This site had no improvements, as there are no existing impervious surfaces and SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 64 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | Sustainable Sites requires either 1) a stormwater management plan that prevents the post-development peak discharge rate and quantity from exceeding the predevelopment peak discharge rate and quantity for the 1 and 2 year 24 hour design storms OR 2) implementation of a stormwater management plan that protects receiving stream channels from excessive erosion and the stormwater management plan must include stream channel protection and quantity control strategies. This credit is actually mandated by local zoning regulations that require stormwater to be held and released for the purpose of downstream protection. Design submittal: civil engineer, landscape architect SSc6.2 Stormwater Design - Quality Control : The intent of this credit is to limit the disruption of natural stormwater and clean the stormwater that becomes contaminated as it passes through the site. To do this, the project must implement a stormwater management plan that reduces the amount of impervious cover, promotes infltration and then captures and treats the remaining stormwater runof for 90% of the average annual rainfall. For this credit, LEED promotes Best Practice Methods (BMPs) as long as they remove 80% of the post-development Total Suspended Solids (TSS). This credit is achievable thru the implementation of strategies and techniques provided by credits SSc5.1, SSc5.2 and SSc6.1. The wetland area, rain gardens and vegetated swales will hold and retain stormwater, allowing some passage thru the structures into the subgrade for fltration. The remaining stormwater that does eventually pass thru to the public storm sewer, or waterways, will have been cleansed by the vegetation while being held. In calculating the amount of stormwater to treat, climatic data is used for the specifc region where the project is located. There are 3 distinct climates in the U.S. that infuence the amount of annual rainfall. Humid watersheds that receive at least 40 of annual rainfall, semiarid watersheds which receive between 20-40 per year and arid watersheds that will receive less than 20 of annual rainfall. Treating 90% of the annual rainfall is equal to the following: 1 for humid waterhseds, 0.75 for semiarid waterhsheds and 0.50 for arid watersheds. Design submittal: owner, architect, civil engineer, landscape architect SSc7.1 Heat Island Efect - Nonroof : This credit requires shade (within 5 years of occupancy), materials with a Solar Refectance Index (SRI) of at least 29, and/ or open-grid pavement for at least 50% of the sites non-roof impervious surfaces such as roads, sidewalks, courtyards, and parking lots. A second option requires placing a minimum of 50% of parking spaces underground or under a deck, a roof, or a building. Any roof used to shade or cover parking must also have a SRI of at least 29. This credit will be achieved by using concrete for the parking lot, which accounts for more than 50% of the hardscaped areas. Ordinary concrete has an SRI value range between 38 and 52. Design submittal: architect, civil engineer, landscape architect SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | 65 Sustainable Sites SSc7.2 Heat Island Efect - Roof : In general, there are 2 confgurations used for conventional roof designs - fat roofs and sloped roofs. This shingled roof will have a slope of 6:12. LEED considers a steep sloped roof as one having a slope greater than 2:12 and requiring an SRI index of 29 or higher. Low sloped roofs have a slope of 2:12 or less and require an SRI index of 78 or higher. LEED allows vegetated roofs, high SRI roofs and roofs that use a combination of the two and provides formulas for the amount of area of each material to use in order to comply with the credit. For the roof on this project, 75% of the roof surface must be covered with a shingle that has a minimum SRI value of 29. Fortunately, there are many colors available to select from the manufacturers of cool shingles. Design submittal: architect, civil engineer, landscape architect, mechanical engineer SSc8 Light Pollution Reduction : Reducing light pollution relative to the site requires regulating the light sources inside and outside of the building. On the interior, all non-emergency light must be regulated when trespassing beyond translucent surfaces (windows) between the hours of 11:00 p.m. and 5:00 a.m. This can be and will be accomplished by installing automatic devices with manual overrides that will turn of the interior lights during this time period. Addressing the exterior light pollution requires a determination of the proper lighting zone and using shielded light fxtures where there exists the potential for these fxtures to produce glare, trespass, etc. There are two possible candidates to consider for the lighting zone - LZ2 Low and LZ3 Medium. If using the more strict LZ2, the footcandle (fc) level at the property (boundary) line can be no greater than 0.10 fc horizontal and vertical. However, this is another instance where local codes and ordinances are more stringent than the requirements to achieve the credit. The local zoning ordinance mandates 0.00 fc at the property line. Although argued for some time as being impractical and nearly impossible to achieve, the 0.00 fc ordinance is still in efect. Design submittal: architect, civil engineer, electrical engineer, landscape architect, lighting designer SSc9 Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines : This credit is specifcally targeted to C&S projects and requires the publication of an illustrated document written to educate tenants about implementing sustainable design and construction features in their tenant improvement build-out and how to use LEED for Commercial Interiors. Design submittal: owner, architect, design team SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 66 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | Sustainable Sites Schematic Site Development Plan The civil engineer has taken the preliminary site development sketch and coordinated with the landscape architect to prepare a refned Site Development Plan for distribution to the team to review. This design and subsequent review comments will be used to begin the fnal site related construction documents. The sustainable elements incorporated into this plan include: Pervious sidewalk pavement SRI 29 concrete parking and drive pavement SRI 29 roofng materials Vegetated swales to collect, hold, flter and release stormwater runof Rain gardens between vegetated swale and parking lot, between building and sidewalk and in 2 parking islands Landscaped berm along east property line Native and/or adaptive landscaping Wetland for stormwater, habitat and potential reservoir for stormwater reuse In summary, the credits being pursued in the Sustainable Sites category have come at little additional cost to the project budget. Often referred to as the low hanging fruit, many of these credits are either mandated by local codes and ordinances or were available due to the location and existing condition of the site. Also, the sanitary and storm sewer authority that services several cities and surrounding counties has initiated an aggressive campaign to expedite the study and implementation of sustainable and green practices. As such, they will make available funding on this project the cost for the rain gardens and constructed wetlands for inclusion into their pilot program. An agreement to allow MSD to monitor performance is required. Design Site Development Plan SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 4 | 67 Sustainable Sites Project Checklist Analysis Not bad! 19 probable points out of 28 available with only 40 required for LEED certifcation. What does this mean? We are halfway to certifcation and the cost so far for being green has been minimal. The next session will begin at the end of the Water Efciency chapter. Please note, the Project Checklist is a tool that allows the Project Team to check of the credits during the charrette they believe to be achievable and also check those credits the project will not pursue. For the purposes of this exercise, the checklist is being used as an analysis of the project credit standing as it progresses thru the categories. LEE0 200 for Core and SheII 0eveIopment Project Name: StudIo4 Project ChecklIst 0ate: 01 Dctober, 2009 1 PossIble PoInts: 28 PossIble PoInts: 13 Y N : Y N : Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 1 1 CredIt 1 1 to 5 5 CredIt 2 5 CredIt 2 1 to 2 N CredIt J 8rownfIeld Fedevelopment 1 CredIt J 1 N CredIt 4.1 6 CredIt 4 1 to 2 N CredIt 4.2 2 CredIt 5 1 to 2 3 CredIt 4.J AlternatIve TransportatIon-LowEmIttIng and FuelEffIcIent 7ehIcles J CredIt 6 1 2 CredIt 4.4 2 1 CredIt 5.1 SIte 0evelopment-Protect or Festore HabItat 1 PossIble PoInts: 12 1 CredIt 5.2 SIte 0evelopment-|axImIze Dpen Space 1 1 CredIt 6.1 Stormwater 0esIgn-QuantIty Control 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 6.2 Stormwater 0esIgn-QualIty Control 1 Y Prereq 2 1 CredIt 7.1 Heat sland Effect-Nonroof 1 CredIt 1 1 1 CredIt 7.2 1 CredIt 2 1 1 CredIt 8 LIght PollutIon FeductIon 1 CredIt J 1 1 CredIt 9 1 CredIt 4.1 1 CredIt 4.2 1 PossIble PoInts: 10 CredIt 4.J 1 CredIt 4.4 1 haterIaIs and Pesources |aterIals Feuse Fecycled Content LowEmIttIng |aterIals-AdhesIves and Sealants LowEmIttIng |aterIals-PaInts and CoatIngs ncreased 7entIlatIon 8uIldIng Feuse-|aIntaIn ExIstIng Walls, Floors, and Foof Storage and CollectIon of Fecyclables ConstructIon AQ |anagement Plan-0urIng ConstructIon LowEmIttIng |aterIals-FloorIng Systems LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products Dutdoor AIr 0elIvery |onItorIng Indoor EnvIronmentaI uaIIty |InImum ndoor AIr QualIty Performance EnvIronmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control SustaInabIe SItes AlternatIve TransportatIon-PublIc TransportatIon Access SIte SelectIon 0evelopment 0ensIty and CommunIty ConnectIvIty ConstructIon ActIvIty PollutIon PreventIon AlternatIve TransportatIon-8Icycle Storage and ChangIng Fooms ConstructIon Waste |anagement Tenant 0esIgn and ConstructIon CuIdelInes Water EffIcIency AlternatIve TransportatIon-ParkIng CapacIty Heat sland Effect-Foof CertIfIed Wood FegIonal |aterIals CredIt 4.4 1 Y Prereq 1 CredIt 5 1 CredIt 1 Water EffIcIent LandscapIng 2 to 4 CredIt 6 1 CredIt 2 nnovatIve Wastewater TechnologIes 2 CredIt 7 1 CredIt J 2 to 4 CredIt 8.1 1 CredIt 8.2 1 PossIble PoInts: 37 PossIble PoInts: 6 Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 2 CredIt 1.1 1 Y Prereq J CredIt 1.2 1 CredIt 1 J to 21 CredIt 1.J 1 CredIt 2 4 CredIt 1.4 1 CredIt J 2 CredIt 1.5 1 CredIt 4 2 CredIt 2 1 CredIt 5.1 J CredIt 5.2 J PossIble PoInts: 4 CredIt 6 2 CredIt 1.1 1 CredIt 1.2 1 CredIt 1.J 1 CredIt 1.4 1 1 PossIble PoInts: 110 CertIfIed 40 to 4 poInts SIIver 50 to 5 poInts CoId 60 to 7 poInts PIatInum 80 to 110 Creen Power DptImIze Energy Performance Enhanced FefrIgerant |anagement |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-8ase 8uIldIng |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-Tenant SubmeterIng PegIonaI PrIorIty CredIts TotaI FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt LEE0 AccredIted ProfessIonal InnovatIon and 0esIgn Process ndoor ChemIcal and Pollutant Source Control Thermal Comfort-0esIgn 0aylIght and 7Iews-0aylIght ControllabIlIty of Systems-Thermal Comfort 0aylIght and 7Iews-7Iews LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products Enhanced CommIssIonIng DnSIte Fenewable Energy Energy and Atmosphere Water Use FeductIon-20 FeductIon Water Use FeductIon |InImum Energy Performance Fundamental FefrIgerant |anagement Fundamental CommIssIonIng of 8uIldIng Energy Systems FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 69 Water Efciency (WE) C H A P T E R | 5 W ater is the Earths most precious resource and buildings are major users of our potable water supply. The goals of the LEED Water Efciency credit category are to promote the following measures: monitor water consumption performance, reduce indoor potable water consumption, reduce our water consumption to save energy and improve environmental well being, practice water efcient landscaping and, in Schools, use water efcient processes as a teaching tool. Credit Matrix Introduction Water Type Defnitions Monitor Water Consumption Performance Reducing Indoor Potable Water Consumption Reduce Water Consumption to Save Energy and Improve Environmental Well Being Practicing Water Efcient Landscaping Water Efcient Processes as a Teaching Tool Water Efcient Strategies: Indoor Water, Outdoor Water and Process Water Chapter Summary Studio4 Project: Water Efciency SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 70 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 5 | Water Efciency Credit Matrix Introduction As the demand for development increases, the burden on our limited water resources also increases. Survey estimates between 1990 and 2000 suggest our fresh water consumption increased 12%. The U.S. uses 400 billion gallons of water per day, with buildings accounting for 47 billion gallons per day. If these types of demands and increases continue, 36 states in the U.S. expect to experience fresh water shortages by 2013. This increase in the use of public potable water also creates an increase in the amount of wastewater being generated, thereby straining the capacity of our wastewater treatment facilities. About 86% of the fresh water drawn is used, treated and discharged into our waterways. In turn, a treatment facility that cannot handle the capacity it receives often releases untreated wastewater that can contaminate our waterways and other sources of potable water. EPA estimates that 1/3 of the nations streams, rivers and lakes are unsafe for swimming and fshing. It is estimated that efciency measures can easily reduce water consumption by 30% while many water conservation measures can be done at no cost or at a rapid payback. The use of large volumes of water can be directly related to maintenance and life cycle costs for building operations in addition to the costs for additional municipal supply and treatment facilities. Water Type Defnitions potable water: water that meets or exceeds EPAs drinking water quality standards and is approved for human consumption by the state or local authorities having jurisdiction graywater: domestic wastewater composed of wash water from kitchen, bathroom and laundry sinks, tubs and washers; the Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) defnes graywater as untreated household wastewater that has not come in contact with toilet waste; the International Plumbing Code (IPC) defnes graywater as wastewater discharged from lavatories, bathtubs, showers, clothes washers and laundry sinks; some states will allow kitchen sinks to be included with graywater blackwater: wastewater from toilets and urinals; defnitions vary where wastewater from kitchen sinks, showers and bathtubs are considered as blackwater under some jurisdictions wastewater: the spent or used water from a home, farm, community or industry that contains dissolved or suspended matter stormwater: runof water resulting from precipitation that fows over surfaces and usually to storm sewers or waterways NC Schools CS Credit Title Points WATER EFFICIENCY (WE) 10 11 10 WEp1 Water Use Reduction Reqd Reqd Reqd WEc1 Water Efficient Landscaping *2-4 *2-4 *2-4 WEc2 Innovative Wastewater Technologies 2 2 2 WEc3 Water Use Reduction *2-4 *2-4 *2-4 WEc4 Process Water Use Reduction NA 1 NA SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 5 | 71 Water Efciency Reducing Indoor Potable Water Consumption Reducing indoor potable water consumption is generally addressed by using alternative water sources for nonpotable applications and installing water efcient fxtures and components. Water treatment and reuse of stormwater and graywater for toilet fushing and custodial purposes provides an alternative water source. Reducing potable water use for toilets, urinals, showerheads, faucets and other fxtures can reduce the amount of water drawn from natural water bodies through the use of water efcient fxtures, fow restrictors, electronic controls, composting toilets and waterless urinals. Reducing Water to Save Energy and Improve Environmental Well Being Often the most signifcant savings associated with water efciency result from reduced energy costs. Water that must be treated, heated, cooled and distributed requires energy. Nearly 15% of a commercial buildings energy use comes from heating water. With the projected shortage of fresh water in this country, concerns for human health and environmental welfare become more real as reservoirs and groundwater aquifers become depleted. As this occurs, lower water levels can concentrate natural contaminants and human pollutants. Practicing Water Efcient Landscaping Landscape irrigation, the primary user of outdoor water consumption, accounts for 30% of the 26 billion gallons of water consumed daily. The use of native plants supports a self sustaining landscape that will require minimal supplemental water while providing additional environmental benefts such as attracting native wildlife, requiring less fertilizers and pesticides which in turn reduces water quality degradation. In Schools, Use Water efcient Processed as a Teaching Tool Water efciency strategies can provide educational opportunities such as the study of biological systems, nutrient cycles, habitat and the impact of human systems on local watersheds and natural resources. Students can enhance their math skills and environmental stewardship by calculating the efects of water conservation strategies on their own use. Water Efcient Strategies Strategies implementing water efciency can be categorized into three primary areas of usage: Indoor Water: water closets, urinals, lavatories, showers, sinks Outdoor Water: landscape irrigation Process Water: industrial processes and building systems such as cooling towers, boilers, chillers, certain business operations such as dishwashers and washing machines Plumbing fxtures are categorized as either fush or fow fxtures. Flush fxtures are toilets and urinals and are rated in gallons per fush (GPF). Flow fxtures are primarily faucets such as lavatories, sinks and showerheads and are rated in gallons per minute (GPM). Standard plumbing fxtures used today are regulated by the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPAct) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 72 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 5 | Water Efciency gallons per fush (gpf): measurement of water used by fush fxtures (water closets and urinals). Per EPAct 1992, baseline rates for water closets is 1.6 gpf and urinals is 1.0 gpf gallons per minute (gpm): measurement of water used by fow fxtures (faucets, showerheads, aerators, sprinkler heads) Blackwater generating fxtures and fttings for both conventional and High Efciency Toilets (HET): Conventional toilets: 1.6 gpf HET single fush: 1.28 GPF HET single fush pressure assist: 1.0 HET dual fush (full fush): 1.6 gpf HET dual fush (low fush): 1.1 gpf HET foam fush: 0.05 gpf Nonwater toilets: 0.0 gpf Conventional urinals: 1.0 gpf Nonwater urinals: 0.0 gpf Residential fxtures, faucets and appliances Conventional toilets: 1.6 gpf Conventional lavatory (bathroom) faucets: 2.2 gpm Conventional kitchen faucets: 2.2 gpm Conventional showerheads: 2.5 gpm When considering toilets account for 25% of our daily water consumption and a waterless urinal in a shopping mall saves 40,000 gallons of water annually, the need to install efcient plumbing fxtures becomes readily apparent. Conserving water for irrigation can be less costly when coordinating strategies with stormwater management such as capturing, fltering and holding rainwater. Low Flow Toilet Composting (nonwater) Toilet Dual Flush Toilet SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 5 | 73 Water Efciency Process water is used for industrial processes and building systems such as cooling towers, boilers and chillers installed for heating and cooling air for building operations. Process water also includes washing machines and dishwashers used in businesses. Since the amount of process water used can be signifcant, it is important to know how the water is being used and this can be done by installing submeters to determine where the major users are and what conservation measures would be appropriate. Strategy considerations for indoor water use reduction: Install water efcient plumbing fxtures Use low fow fush type fxtures: dual fush toilets, waterless toilets and urinals, composting toilets Use low fow fxtures: lavatories, sinks, showerheads Use nonpotable water Captured rainwater, graywater or municipally claimed wastewater for fush type fxtures Install submeters Meter indoor water systems to monitor consumption and locate leaks Strategy considerations for outdoor water use reduction: Install locally adaptive landscaping Native or adaptive landscaping reduces or eliminates irrigation demands Xeriscaping Requires little or no Irrigation Zoned landscaping Zone planting regions according to the irrigation requirements of each type of plant Mulching Mulch retains moisture which provides water to the plants root system Mulch helps prevent evaporation of the plants water Turf grass Reduce or eliminate turf grasses which require large amounts of water Use non potable water for irrigation Captured rainwater, graywater or municipally claimed wastewater for irrigation Efcient irrigation systems Drip and bubbler irrigation systems are the most efcient by providing more water to the root systems and less surface water to the leaves for evaporation or runof Weather based controllers use weather and soil conditions to determine irrigation requirements Properly schedule irrigation times for appropriate times and quantities SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 74 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 5 | Water Efciency Install submeters Meter irrigation systems to monitor consumption and locate leaks Maintenance Develop a maintenance program that establishes procedures for cutting, caring for and routine maintenance of lawn and landscaping Strategy considerations for indoor process water use reduction: Use non potable water Captured rainwater, graywater of municipally claimed wastewater for building processes such as water chillers Install submeters Meter process water systems to monitor consumption and locate leaks Chapter Summary Using large volumes of water increases maintenance and life cycle costs for building operations and also increases consumers costs for additional municipal supply and treatment facilities. Water efciency measures can reduce water use in average commercial buildings by 30% or more. Many water conservation strategies are no cost or provide a rapid payback while other strategies, such as biological wastewater treatment systems and graywater plumbing systems often require more substantial investments. Strategy considerations for water use reduction: Indoor water use Install water efcient plumbing fxtures Use non potable water Install submeters Outdoor water use Install locally adaptive landscaping Xeriscaping Mulching No turf grass Use non potable water Efcient irrigation systems Install submeters Process water use Use non potable water Install submeters SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 5 | 75 Water Efciency Studio4 Ofce Project: Water Efciency Water Efciency Category Water Efciency addresses the use of potable water at the site and the discharge of wastewater from the site. Reducing these will help limit the amounts of freshwater drawn from our water bodies and aquifers, and then treated for distribution and use, which strain our freshwater supplies and our water infrastructure. It also serves to reduce the wastewater volumes discharged to these receiving bodies. WEp1 Water Use Reduction: This prerequisite requires a potable water use reduction of 20% from regulated fush and fow fxtures - fxtures as regulated by a standard such as EPAct - and excludes water used for irrigation and process equipment. A baseline needs to be established and compared to the design case in order to determine the amount of reduction. A quick outline of how this is done: Determine the FTE load for all occupants, including transient occupants (students, visitors and retail customers) We determined earlier that the default FTE load was 48 for the use type, and for this use type, the default transient load = 0 FTE Unless known otherwise, LEED establishes an equal split between men and women, 24 men and 24 women Determine the fxture usage These calculations deal with occupant usage and not number of fxtures, as the number of fxtures is irrelevant. If you have 10 FTEs, the total daily usage will remain the same whether there are 2 fxtures or 200 fxtures. Women, by default, are calculated at 3 uses per day for toilets and 3 uses per day for lavatories Men, by default, are calculated at 3 uses per day also, but 1 use for toilets, 2 uses for urinals and 3 uses for lavatories Determine the baseline case for the total annual potable water consumption Since we are looking for annual consumption, this calculation includes the total FTE count for all shifts during a 24 hour period x the number of days worked per year, using the default EPAct fgures for fush and fow fxtures. These include only toilets, urinals, lavatory faucets, showers, kitchen sink faucets and pre-rinse spray valves. Per EPAct, a toilet uses 1.6 gpf, a urinal 1.0 gpf and a lavatory faucet 2.2 gpm at a duration of 15 seconds (15 sec = 0.25 min). We will assume 5 days per week x 50 weeks per year = 250 days worked per year. 24 women x 3 = 72 toilet uses per day; 24 women x 3 = 72 lavatory uses per day 24 men x 1 = 24 toilet uses per day; 24 men x 2 = 48 urinal uses per day; 24 men x 3 = 72 lavatory uses per day SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 76 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 5 | Water Efciency 72 + 24 = 96 toilet uses per day total men & women 48 urinal uses per day total men 72 + 72 = 144 lavatory uses per day total men & women Toilets = 96 uses x 1.6 gal = 153.6 gals per day Urinals = 48 uses x 1.0 gal = 48.0 gals per day Lavatories = 144 x (2.2 gpm x 0.25 min) = 144 x 0.55 = 79.2 gals per day 153.6 + 48.0 + 79.2 = 280.8 gals per day total potable water use 280.8 gal/day x 250 days/year worked = 70,200 gals baseline total annual potable water Determine the design case for the total annual potable water consumption Same exercise, only substitute the EPAct fush and fow rates with the fush and fow rates for water efcient fxtures. Well use the following: 1.0 gpf HET toilets; 0.0 gpf waterless urinals and 1.5 gpm for lavatory faucets Toilets = 96 uses x 1.0 gal =96.0 gals per day Urinals = 48 uses x 0.0 gals = 0 gals per day Lavatories = 144 uses x (1.5 gpm x 0.25) = 144 x 0.375 = 54.0 gals per day 96.0 + 0 + 54.0 = 150.0 gals per day total potable water use 150.0 gal/day x 250 days/year worked = 37,500 gals design total annual potable water Determine the percentage annual potable water volume savings 1 - (37,500 design case/70,200 baseline case) = 1 - 0.5342 = 0.4658 or 47% annual potable water volume savings per year This is a huge savings in the respect it not only meets the prerequisite by changing out standard fxtures with water efcient fxtures, it eliminates the need to reuse stormwater to achieve the task. Furthermore, this is such a large annual savings, it sets the stage nicely for the remaining Water Efciency credits. Design submittal: owner, architect, engineers WEc1 Water Efcient Landscaping: Approximately 30% of the 26 billion gallons of water consumed daily goes into outdoor use, primarily landscaping. The goals of WEc1 is to reduce potable water consumption for irrigation by 50% or use no potable water for irrigation. Since we have developed our landscaping in and around rain gardens, vegetated swales and the wetland area, we will pursue Option 2 and install no irrigation simply by planting indigenous plants that require little or no irrigation and take advantage of the stormwater we are directing toward the rain gardens, vegetated swales and wetland areas. Using this option, LEED will allow temporary irrigation for a period of 12 months. Although SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 5 | 77 Water Efciency located in a moderate climate, well install a temporary irrigation system using the potable water supply. If we were to reuse stormwater, we would likely need to install pumps and other equipment. If this were done, this equipment would have to be included in EAp1 Fundamental Commissioning of the Building Energy Systems. Design submittal: owner, landscape architect, civil engineer, plumbing engineer WEc2 Innovative Wastewater Technologies: This credit requires a 50% reduction of potable water used for building sewage (blackwater) conveyance produced by fush fxtures. This can be accomplished by using water conserving fxtures, stormwater reuse, recycled greywater or by treating 50% of the wastewater on-site to tertiary standards. Treating wastewater is not universally permitted throughout the U.S. and if it is, can be an expensive strategy to implement. Therefore we will consider the frst option and see how water conserving fxture compliance for WEp1 helps to achieve this credit. Most of the work has been done considering the calculations are identical to WEp1, except the fow fxtures are removed from the equation because we are only considering wastewater. Therefore: Determine the baseline case 153.6 gals per day for toilets + 48.0 gals per day for urinals = 201.6 gals wastewater generated per day x 250 days/year worked = 50,400 gals wastewater generated per year Determine the design case 96.0 gals per day for HET toilets + 0.0 gals per day for waterless urinals = 96.0 gals wastewater generated per day x 250 days/year worked = 24,000 gals wastewater generated per year Determine the percentage of annual wastewater volume savings 1 - (24,000 design case/50,400 baseline case) = 1 - 0.4762 = 0.5238 or 52% annual wastewater volume savings The project has just collected 2 more points. Design submittal: owner, architect, engineers WEc3 Water Use Reduction: An extension of WEp1, this credit awards points for achieving savings above the prerequisite 20%. We dont need to incorporate additional strategies so the work has already been done. All we need to do now is see how many points were entitled to pick up. Points based on % annual potable water volume savings 30% savings = 2 points 35% savings = 3 points 40% savings = 4 points At 47% savings, weve picked up 4 points. Design submittal: owner, architect, engineers NO Yes Yes SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 78 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 5 | Water Efciency Project Checklist Analysis In the Water Efciency category, a total of 10 points are available for credits applicable to this project and we have collected all 10 through the use of water conserving fxtures and smart landscaping strategies. Before we go any further, a review of our credit status shows we have done exceedingly well and at a minimal cost. If we take the 29 points and add the IDc2 credit point for having a LEED AP on the project we have 30 points - 75% of that needed for certifcation. This gives us the opportunity to continue thru the remainder of the project with the intent to cherry pick the most easily obtainable and least expensive credits. At the end of the process, we can see how much, or how little, it costs to obtain LEED certifcation. However, we will run thru the credits to show how compliance could have been achieved if we had decided to do so. The project needs 10 more points plus a few additional added as a safety factor. Its never known for certain how the credits will be interpreted during the submittal review process. The next session will begin at the end of the Energy and Atmosphere chapter. LEE0 200 for Core and SheII 0eveIopment Project Name: StudIo4 Project ChecklIst 0ate: 01 Dctober, 2009 1 PossIble PoInts: 28 PossIble PoInts: 13 Y N : Y N : Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 1 1 CredIt 1 1 to 5 5 CredIt 2 5 CredIt 2 1 to 2 N CredIt J 8rownfIeld Fedevelopment 1 CredIt J 1 N CredIt 4.1 6 CredIt 4 1 to 2 N CredIt 4.2 2 CredIt 5 1 to 2 3 CredIt 4.J AlternatIve TransportatIon-LowEmIttIng and FuelEffIcIent 7ehIcles J CredIt 6 1 2 CredIt 4.4 2 1 CredIt 5.1 SIte 0evelopment-Protect or Festore HabItat 1 PossIble PoInts: 12 1 CredIt 5.2 SIte 0evelopment-|axImIze Dpen Space 1 1 CredIt 6.1 Stormwater 0esIgn-QuantIty Control 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 6.2 Stormwater 0esIgn-QualIty Control 1 Y Prereq 2 1 CredIt 7.1 Heat sland Effect-Nonroof 1 CredIt 1 1 1 CredIt 7.2 1 CredIt 2 1 1 CredIt 8 LIght PollutIon FeductIon 1 CredIt J 1 1 CredIt 9 1 CredIt 4.1 1 CredIt 4.2 1 10 PossIble PoInts: 10 CredIt 4.J 1 CredIt 4.4 1 haterIaIs and Pesources |aterIals Feuse Fecycled Content LowEmIttIng |aterIals-AdhesIves and Sealants LowEmIttIng |aterIals-PaInts and CoatIngs ncreased 7entIlatIon 8uIldIng Feuse-|aIntaIn ExIstIng Walls, Floors, and Foof Storage and CollectIon of Fecyclables ConstructIon AQ |anagement Plan-0urIng ConstructIon LowEmIttIng |aterIals-FloorIng Systems LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products Dutdoor AIr 0elIvery |onItorIng Indoor EnvIronmentaI uaIIty |InImum ndoor AIr QualIty Performance EnvIronmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control SustaInabIe SItes AlternatIve TransportatIon-PublIc TransportatIon Access SIte SelectIon 0evelopment 0ensIty and CommunIty ConnectIvIty ConstructIon ActIvIty PollutIon PreventIon AlternatIve TransportatIon-8Icycle Storage and ChangIng Fooms ConstructIon Waste |anagement Tenant 0esIgn and ConstructIon CuIdelInes Water EffIcIency AlternatIve TransportatIon-ParkIng CapacIty Heat sland Effect-Foof CertIfIed Wood FegIonal |aterIals CredIt 4.4 1 Y Prereq 1 CredIt 5 1 4 CredIt 1 Water EffIcIent LandscapIng 2 to 4 CredIt 6 1 2 CredIt 2 nnovatIve Wastewater TechnologIes 2 CredIt 7 1 4 CredIt J 2 to 4 CredIt 8.1 1 CredIt 8.2 1 PossIble PoInts: 37 PossIble PoInts: 6 Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 2 CredIt 1.1 1 Y Prereq J CredIt 1.2 1 CredIt 1 J to 21 CredIt 1.J 1 CredIt 2 4 CredIt 1.4 1 CredIt J 2 CredIt 1.5 1 CredIt 4 2 CredIt 2 1 CredIt 5.1 J CredIt 5.2 J PossIble PoInts: 4 CredIt 6 2 CredIt 1.1 1 CredIt 1.2 1 CredIt 1.J 1 CredIt 1.4 1 2 PossIble PoInts: 110 CertIfIed 40 to 4 poInts SIIver 50 to 5 poInts CoId 60 to 7 poInts PIatInum 80 to 110 Creen Power DptImIze Energy Performance Enhanced FefrIgerant |anagement |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-8ase 8uIldIng |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-Tenant SubmeterIng PegIonaI PrIorIty CredIts TotaI FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt LEE0 AccredIted ProfessIonal InnovatIon and 0esIgn Process ndoor ChemIcal and Pollutant Source Control Thermal Comfort-0esIgn 0aylIght and 7Iews-0aylIght ControllabIlIty of Systems-Thermal Comfort 0aylIght and 7Iews-7Iews LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products Enhanced CommIssIonIng DnSIte Fenewable Energy Energy and Atmosphere Water Use FeductIon-20 FeductIon Water Use FeductIon |InImum Energy Performance Fundamental FefrIgerant |anagement Fundamental CommIssIonIng of 8uIldIng Energy Systems FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 79 Energy and Atmosphere (EA) C H A P T E R | 6 Credit Matrix Introduction Energy Demand Energy Efciency Managing Refrigerants to Eliminate CFCs Renewable Energy Ongoing Energy Performance Chapter Summary Studio4 Project: Energy and Atmosphere A ccording to the U.S. Department of Energy, buildings use 39% of the energy and 74% of the electricity produced each year in the United States. To address these issues, the goals of the LEED Energy & Atmosphere credit category are to promote three kinds of activities: tracking a buildings energy performance through design , commissioning and monitoring, managing refrigerants to eliminate CFCs and using renewable energy. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 80 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | Energy and Atmosphere Credit Matrix Introduction The importance of energy conservation is easy to understand given the fact buildings consume such a large percentage of the annual energy and electricity generated in this country. Generating electricity from fossil fuels such as oil, coal and natural gas negatively afects the environment, beginning with extraction and transportation, followed by refning and distribution and ending with consumption. Electricity is most often generated by burning fossil fuels whose combustion releases carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases that contribute to climate change. Coal fred plants account for more than half of the electricity generated in the U.S. Natural gas is a major source of nitrogen oxide and greenhouses gases as well. Green buildings address these issues in two ways. They reduce the amount of energy required for building operations and they use more benign forms of energy. Implementing an integrative design approach, buildings, neighborhoods and communities can increase energy efciency and by using renewable energy sources, further reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The energy performance of a building depends on its design. The orientation of the building, the massing of the buildings elements, material selections, construction methods, building envelope, water efciency, HVAC and lighting systems all determine how efciently the building uses energy. Energy is addressed by focusing on four key elements: Energy demand Energy efciency Renewable energy Ongoing energy performance NC Schools CS Credit Title Points ENERGY & ATMOSPHERE (EA) 35 33 37 EAp1 Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems Reqd Reqd Reqd EAp2 Minimum Energy Performance Reqd Reqd Reqd EAp3 Fundamental Refrigerant Management Reqd Reqd Reqd EAc1 Optimize Energy Performance *1-19 *1-19 *3-21 EAc2 On-Site Renewable Energy *1-7 *1-7 4 EAc3 Enhanced Commissioning 2 2 2 EAc4 Enhanced Refrigerant Management 2 1 2 EAc5 Measurement and Verification 3 2 NA EAc5.1 Measurement and Verification - Base Building NA NA 3 EAc5.2 Measurement and Verification - Tenant Submetering NA NA 3 EAc6 Green Power 2 2 2 SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | 81 Energy and Atmosphere Energy Demand Green building energy savings primarily come from reduced electricity purchases and secondarily from reduced peak energy demand. Therefore, the most logical place to begin assessing energy is to reduce the energy demands for green buildings and neighborhoods. Several steps that require little more than a fundamental knowledge and understanding of sustainable site and building design practices can be implemented to reduce energy consumption. Fundamental to those with sustainable experience and this is where an experienced team can be of enormous beneft to the successful start of a project. Collect data: Every project team should develop a program that outlines the parameters that will be used for guidance throughout the course of the project. Typically this begins with the collection of data from the owner during a charrette to describe their needs and in LEED this is referred to as the Owners Project Requirements (OPR). With this information in hand, the project team can then create their Basis of Design (BOD) documents which will formulate a project program that translates the owners requirements into design and construction language. Design process: To begin the design process, the project team should analyze the owners requirements to ensure the building area is no larger than necessary. Next the project team should prepare an assessment of the projects infrastructure to see that site related components such as sustainable hardscapes and landscaping concepts are coordinated within the scope of the project itself and with adjoining properties also to provide an efcient, compact design that is sensitive to site related synergies and tradeofs. In the case of these frst two design processes - less is more - the less constructed product, the more energy demand is reduced. Along with a schematic site program, the building envelope itself must be planned in accordance with regionally appropriate techniques, including exterior material selections, insulation, roofng, weatherproofng, fenestration, etc. The next preliminary design step is to develop the conceptual interior spaces and required mechanical systems, including HVAC, plumbing, power and lighting. Analyze design and data: With the projects program determined and a schematic design completed, the project team can evaluate the building and building systems such as HVAC, power and lighting, process water heating, water use, etc. This can best be done by utilizing a building simulation model that analyzes and compares the energy consumption of the design case against a baseline case for a similar building which is designed to conventional building and engineering standards. This simulation model will be used to determine the efects of building orientation and building envelope components, solar heat gains and losses, mechanical system controls, water efciency power demand reductions and all other sources that afect the demands on energy consumption. Strategy considerations for reducing energy demand: Design and energy goals Establish targets and energy performance indicators early in the process using the OPR and BOD SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 82 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | Energy and Atmosphere Building size Do not design the building larger than necessary to meet the owners requirements Site Design the physical relationship of development elements such as buildings and hardscapes to be compact and not sprawled across the site Confgure roads, infrastructures and parcels such that buildings minimize summer solar heat gain and maximize winter solar heat gain. Consider trees for shading, high SRI values for hardscapes Design adjacent buildings to help protect each other from the sun and wind Building Design the building envelope, including insulation and glazing systems, appropriately to reduce heating and cooling loss Design buildings to incorporate passive strategies to reduce the demand for artifcial lighting, heating and cooling Free energy Design and orient the building to take advantage of natural ventilation, solar energy and daylighting. Sunlight entering windows can greatly reduce the need for artifcial lighting Thermal masses, such as concrete foors, can absorb the suns energy during the day and release this energy at night Monitor consumption Design buildings that use monitoring and feedback technologies and strategies that encourage occupants to reduce their individual demand for energy Energy Efciency Energy is a substantial and widely recognized cost of building operations that can be reduced through energy efciency and related measures which are part of green building design. Along with reducing the demand for energy, it is important to see that the energy used is efcient and works productively. Energy use per square foot and use per capita are metrics for measuring energy intensity. Strategy considerations for achieving energy efciency: Passive design opportunities Use natural resources like the sun and wind to heat, cool, ventilate and illuminate a building by properly orienting the building, selection of materials and location of windows that allow the building to be heated in the winter, cooled in the summer and naturally lit by daylighting SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | 83 Energy and Atmosphere Building envelope Design the insulation systems to be regionally appropriate and install high performance glazing to minimize heat gains and losses Make certain the building is weatherized properly High performance mechanical systems Conduct life cycle analysis to the tradeofs between capital and operating costs Evaluate investments in energy efciency technologies High efciency appliances Reduce electrical loads associated with appliances (plug loads) by specifying computers, monitors, printers and microwaves that meet or exceed Energy Star requirements High efciency infrastructure Efcient street lighting and LED based trafc signals reduce energy demands from neighborhood infrastructure Efciencies of scale Design district heating and cooling systems to supply multiple buildings in a single loop Thermal energy storage Perform certain energy demanding tasks during of peak hours when energy costs are lower and when some utility companies run their older generators Example: generating ice at night to be used for cooling during the day Energy simulation Use computer energy modelling to identify and prioritize energy efcient opportunities Monitor and verify performance Monitor the performance of the building systems to verify they are functioning as designed Use control systems, building automation systems, commissioning and retro- commissioning Energy Simulation LEED for NC requires new buildings to exceed baseline energy performance standards that: baseline complies with Appendix G of ASHRAE Standard 90.1 building energy determined by conducting a whole building energy simulation must distinguish between regulated energy and process energy. Regulated energy powers lighting, HVAC and service water heating. Process energy runs ofce equipment, computers, elevators, escalators, kitchen cooking and refrigeration, SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 84 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | Energy and Atmosphere laundry washing and drying, lighting that is exempt from the lighting power allowance and miscellaneous items Providing an energy simulation analysis early in the design phase allows the design team to see the efects of changes made to the building and the building systems and determine the most efcient building design based on related synergies, tradeofs and interactions Managing Refrigerants to Eliminate CFCs Scientifc evidence has long suggested that the release of chlorofuorcarbons (CFCs) destroys the ozone molecules in the stratosphere that in turn harms Earths natural shield from incoming ultraviolet radiation. In 1995, the U.S. joined the Montreal Protocol in banning the production of CFCs and establishing a phase out date for the use of hydochlorofuorcarbons (HCFCs). CFCs and HCFCs are categorized as ozone depleting substances (ODSs) and used as refrigerants in cooling systems. A refrigerant is a working fuid that fows through a machine that is designed to pump heat from a lower temperature to a higher temperature. In order to meet certain criteria for performance, most refrigerants are in the halogen family, and typically hydrogenated hydrocarbons. This family of chemicals fall into the following categories: CFC ( ChloroFluorCarbons) Stability and long life with greatest Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) caused the production to be banned in this country in 1995 HCFC ( HydoChloroFluorCarbons) Stable and short life, not as great ODP as CFCs, allowing a phase out plan HFC ( HydoFluorCarbons) Negligible impact on the ozone layer but signifcant Global Warming Potential (GWP) Halocarbons Used in the cells of foamed insulation and fre fghting systems Natural Refrigerants Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Water (H2O) Ammonia (NH3) Hydrocarbons (HC) Air (78% N 2 ; 21% O 2 ; 1% H 2 O 2 ; + trace gases) The Montreal Protocol on Substances That Deplete the Ozone Layer (a protocol to the Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer) is an international treaty designed to protect the ozone layer by phasing out the production of a number of substances believed to be responsible for ozone depletion. The treaty was entered into force on January 1, 1989 It is believed that if the international agreement is adhered to, the ozone layer is expected to recover by 2050. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | 85 Energy and Atmosphere The Montreal Protocol bans production of chlorofuorocarbons (CFC) and phases out hydrochlorofuorocarbon (HCFC) refrigerants. Over 50% of the water chillers in existing buildings still use CFC-11 and many are old, inefcient, leaky and retroftting is not cost efective. For newer systems using CFC-11, replacement with HCFC-123 is encouraged. Replacement refrigerants are less efcient, making the cooling systems consume more energy per unit of cooling output. The choice of replacement refrigerants considers the tradeofs between performance, depletion of stratospheric ozone (ODP) and contribution to global climate change (DWP). An alternative to these refrigerants is the use of natural refrigerants such as ammonia, carbon dioxide, water or propane. To achieve certifcation, new buildings may not use CFC based refrigerants and existing buildings must complete a total CFC phase out prior to project completion. For new construction, LEED ofers several options to address these issues: Install HVAC&R systems using no refrigerants Install HVAC&R systems using non CFC refrigerants Install HVAC&R systems using refrigerants that minimize their efects on ozone depletion and global climate change Install fre suppression systems and equipment that use no CFCs, HCFCs or halons For existing buildings, LEED requires a phase out plan: Existing CFC based HVAC&R and fre suppression systems must be replaced or retroftted to phase out the use of CFC refrigerants prior to project completion For existing chiller systems, a plan to phase out CFC based refrigerants within 5 years of project completion An alternative compliance path for chillers is permitted if replacement or conversion is not economically feasible. If replacement or conversion is determined by a third party audit that a payback would be greater than 10 years, a reduction of annual leakage of 5% or less is required Renewable Energy The use of renewable energy sources reduces the demand for conventional energy such as coal, oil, natural gas and nuclear power and their associated environmental impacts. LEED distinguishes between onsite energy production and the purchase of ofsite sources. Renewable energy sources include: photovoltaic wind energy solar thermal: active and passive biofuel based electrical geothermal heating low impact hydroelectric wave and tidal SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 86 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | Energy and Atmosphere Strategy considerations for meeting energy demand with renewable energy: Generate onsite renewable energy based on energy costs, not energy consumption energy cost savings; possible utility rebates and net metering (selling excess energy to the utility) investigate appropriateness: climate; geographical; regional factors Purchase ofsite renewable energy based on quantity of energy consumed, not energy cost must be at least a 2 year contract for 35% of the buildings electricity consumption There are 3 approaches to achieve this credit: Open electricity market: governing utility company may be able to select a Green-e certifed provider Closed electricity market: governing utility company may be a Green-e certifed provider If local utility company cannot provide Green-e certifed power, Owner may purchase renewable energy certifcates (RECs) Green-e is a certifcation program for renewable energy that has been certifed by the Center for Resource Solutions Green-e equivalency is renewable energy that is not Green-e certifed but is equivalent for the 2 major criteria for Green-e certifcation The energy source meets the requirements for renewable resources detailed by the Green-e standard The renewable energy provider has undergone an independent third party verifcation that the standard has been met Wind Biomass Geothermal Wave & Tidal Photovoltaic Of-Site SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | 87 Energy and Atmosphere Ongoing Energy Performance A critical component to a successful sustainable project is to ensure that the project continues to perform over time to the established specifcations. The standards for ensuring the continued performance of a building are handled by the prerequisite for building commissioning and the credit for monitoring and verifcation of the commissioned systems. Building commissioning ensures that a new building functions as designed Continual commissioning ensures that a building always meets it fundamental designed operational requirements Retrocommissioning is the same as continual commissioning but applies to existing buildings Monitoring and verifcation is the basis for tracking energy performance and resolving issues that may develop over time Strategy considerations for maintaining energy efciency: Owners Project requirements (OPR) prepare OPR at the beginning of the design process conduct commissioning throughout the life cycle of the building Staf training train facilities managers to improve building performance over time Preventative maintenance develop a preventative maintenance program to keep building in optimal condition Incentives for occupants and tenants involve occupants in energy efcient strategies promote usage of energy efcient electronic equipment and appliances bill tenants from submeter readings to encourage energy conservation educate occupants to shut down equipment and turn out lights provide occupants feedback on energy performance Building Commissioning The commissioning process is a systematic quality control process that involves the owner, users, occupants, operations and maintenance staf, design professionals and contractors and is most efective if initiated at the beginning of the project. The benefts of commissioning include reduced energy use, lower operating costs, fewer contractor callbacks, better building documentation, improved occupant productivity and verifcation that the commissioned systems perform in accordance with the owners project requirements. At a minimum, the systems to be commissioned are: SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 88 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | Energy and Atmosphere HVAC&R systems and related controls Lighting and daylighting controls Domestic hot water systems Renewable energy systems In the prerequisite EAp1 and credit EAc3, the commissioning steps include: Predesign, Design Phase Designate the commissioning authority (CxA) Document owners project requirements (OPR) and develop the basis of design (BOD) Review OPR and BOD Develop and implement a commissioning plan Incorporate commissioning requirements into the construction documents Conduct commissioning design review prior to midconstruction documents Construction Phase Review contractor submittals applicable to systems being commissioned Verify installation and performance of commissioned systems Develop systems manual for commissioned systems Verify that requirements for training are completed Complete a summary commissioning report Occupancy Review building operation within 10 months after substantial completion Monitoring and Verifcation Monitoring and verifcation can be done by comparing building performance measurements against predictions from energy simulations or industry standard benchmarks. Programs such as EPAs Energy Star Portfolio Manager uses project data on electricity and natural gas consumption to compare against a building with similar characteristics to arrive at a buildings energy performance. Other methods for measurement and verifcation are Option D: Calibrated Simulation or Option B: Energy Conservation Method as specifed by the the International Performance Measurement & Verifcation Protocol (IPMVP) Volume III. The Measurement & Verifcation plans must cover a period of at least 1 year of post construction occupancy and provide a process for corrective action if the results indicate that energy savings are not being achieved. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | 89 Energy and Atmosphere Chapter Summary Energy Demand Collect data Design process Analyze design and data Energy Efciency Building energy simulation Managing Refrigerants No CFCs Phase Out CFCs Renewable Energy Onsite renewable energy Ofsite renewable energy Ongoing Energy Performance Building commissioning Measurement & Verifcation SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 90 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | Energy and Atmosphere Studio4 Ofce Project: Energy and Atmosphere Energy and Atmosphere Category Energy and Atmosphere deals with practices and policies that reduce the use of energy at the site, reduce the use of nonrenewable energy both at the site and at the energy source, and reduce the impact on the global climate, atmosphere, and environment from both activities at the site and energy sources of-site. Energy & Atmosphere credits aim to optimize energy performance in order to reduce the energy consumption of our buildings, thereby decreasing negative environmental impacts. This involves building commissioning, energy modeling, use of non-ozone depleting substances and encouragement to use renewable energy technologies. Energy and Atmosphere are combined because a signifcant portion of the air pollution and global climate impacts come from energy sources. Therefore reducing or changing these energy sources has a large impact on the atmosphere, particularly on a more regional or global scale. EAp1 Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems: Projects that achieve any level of LEED certifcation must perform better than a standard building. The building must frst be designed to perform at a higher level, then it must be verifed that the required systems were installed and function in accordance with the documented design. Commissioning (Cx) is the process of verifying and documenting that a building and related systems and assemblies were planned, designed, installed, tested, operated and maintained to meet the owners project requirements (OPR). The Commissioning Authority (CxA) is the person who organizes, leads and reviews completion of the commissioning process activities. Depending on the building size, there are diferent members of the Project Team, Design Team, Construction team, owner or owners employees and, of course, the CxA who are permitted to perform certain activities. Two charts are provided in the Appendix that list the activities required for commissioning and the persons permitted to perform CxA activities per building size. Regardless of building size, there are two tasks that only the Cx can perform. The frst is verifying the installation and performance of commissioned systems and the second is completing a summary commissioning report. The Cx is a consultant to the project in the respect that their purpose is to protect the owner and acts, essentially, as an oversight entity. This is the reason the all important verifcation and summary report tasks can only be done by the CxA. The energy related systems that must be commissioned: HVAC&R Lighting and daylighting controls Domestic hot water systems Renewable energy systems Commissioning is essential to the successful delivery of any high performing green building. A LEED AP needs to be very familiar with both the tasks required and who is permitted to perform those tasks. Construction submittal: owner, design team, CxA SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | 91 Energy and Atmosphere EAp2 Minimum Energy Performance: As stated in EAp1, projects that achieve any level of LEED certifcation must perform better than a standard building and this prerequisite establishes that level for energy performance. According to a DOE report in January 2008, all but nine states use some iteration of ASHRAE 90.1 as their state energy code. All buildings must meet both the mandatory provisions and the prescriptive requirements as required by ASHRAE/IENSA Standard 90.1-2007 (without amendments). Determining compliance for the envelope components is relatively straightforward using the tables in the ASHRAE standard. LEED for Schools must establish energy performance goals using EPAs Target Finder rating tool. There are three options provided for establishing minimum energy performance: Option 1 Whole Building Energy Simulation: Requires energy simulation software to establish a baseline building and then compares that to the designed building. The baseline building uses a set of preestablished conventional building materials and components while the design building uses materials and components selected by the Design Team. This determines how the designed building compares to a standard building. This option is more complex, but yields advanced and more accurate results and also provides the potential for increased points based on the models predicted savings. Option 2 Prescriptive Compliance Path - ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide: This option has four compliance paths, all directed towards certain building types: Path 1 Small Ofce Buildings 2004 : must be less than 20,000 sf and ofce occupancy Path 2 Small Retail Buildings 2006 : Must be less than 20,000 sf and retail occupancy Path 3 Small Warehouses and Self Storage Buildings 2008 : Must be less than 50,000 sf and warehouse or self storage occupancy Option 2 K-12 School Buildings : Must be for K-12 schools The Advanced Energy Design Guide series provides a sensible and easy approach to achieving advanced levels of energy performance without the need for calculations or simulation analysis. Prescriptive compliance simply means designing to a set of preestablished building components and systems that have been shown to produce energy savings. Each path is regulated by the climate zone where the project is located. Option 3 Prescriptive Compliance Path - Advanced Buildings Core Performance Guide: This option complies with all the measures of the Advanced Energy Design Guide series but permits same type buildings larger than those under Paths 1, 2 and 3, but less than 100,000 sf. Being an ofce building less than 20,000 sf, this project will use Option 2 Path 1. Compliance requires little more than using basic, proven building components and systems. Design submittal: design team EAp3 Fundamental Refrigerant Management: The intent of this prerequisite is to reduce ozone depletion by zero use of ChloroFluoroCarbon (CFC) based refrigerants used in HVAC&R and fre suppression systems in new buildings, or phasing out CFCs in existing buildings prior to project completion. Though CFCs are no longer available in new equipment, due to the Montreal Protocol banning the production of CFCs in this country in 1995, CFC based systems are still found in existing buildings. If the new building is connected to an existing building, that system must also be CFC free. Design submittal: owner, mechanical engineer SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 92 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | Energy and Atmosphere EAc1 Optimize Energy Performance: This credit is awarded if energy cost savings can be shown compared to a base building that meets the requirements of ASHRAE/IENSA 90.1-2007. The method of determining energy cost savings must meet the requirements of Appendix G of the standard. Option 1 Whole Building Energy Simulation: 1-19 points for NC and Schools; 3-21 points for CS Option 2 Prescriptive Compliance Path - ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide: 1 point for each path and option 2 Schools Path 1 Small Ofce Buildings 2004 : must be less than 20,000 sf and ofce occupancy Path 2 Small Retail Buildings 2006 : Must be less than 20,000 sf and retail occupancy Path 3 Small Warehouses and Self Storage Buildings 2008 : Must be less than 50,000 sf and warehouse or self storage occupancy Option 2 K-12 School Buildings : Must be for K-12 schools Option 3 Prescriptive Compliance Path - Advanced Buildings Core Performance Guide: 1-3 points Design submittal: design team EAc2 On-Site Renewable Energy: Achievement of this credit is determined by the percentage of the buildings energy use that is provided by on-site renewable energy generation systems. For this credit, the project can use the annual energy cost calculated in EAc1 or the U.S. Department of Energys Commercial Buildings Energy Consumption Survey (CBECS) database for the building type to determine the amount of energy cost ofset. LEED provides points base on the percentage of renewable energy contributed. Since no energy performance calculation has been performed for the project, well use the CBECS median electrical intensity budget for an ofce building at 11.7 kWh/Sf-yr for electrical and 58.5 kBtu/sf-yr for non-electrical fuel and the Default Energy Costs by State from EIA 2003 Commercial Sector Average Energy Costs by State at $0.0723 $/kWh for electricity and $0.00789 $/kBtu for natural gas (State of Ohio): Default Annual Electrical Costs 12,000 sf x 11.7 kWh/sf-yr x $0.0723/kWh = $10,150.92/yr Default Annual Fuel Costs 12,000 sf x 58.5 (kBtu/sf-yr) x $0.00789$/kBtu = $5,538.78/yr Default Total Annual Energy Costs $10,150.92 Electricity + $5,538.78 Fuel = $15,689.70 The project would need to meet 1% of its annual energy costs - $1,568.97 - with renewable energy systems in order to earn 4 points under EAc2. 1% and 4 points is the only option available for Core & Shell projects. Design submittal: owner, architect, electrical engineer SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | 93 Energy and Atmosphere EAc3 Enhanced Commissioning: Enhanced commissioning requires the CxA to be on the project earlier and stay on the project later than what is necessary with Fundamental Commissioning by requiring 3 additional task be added to the scope. Again, these tasks are explained on the charts included in the Appendix and in the order they are to be performed. The 3 tasks, in order, are: Perform a design review prior to midconstruction documents Review contractor submittals applicable to the systems being commissioned Review building operation within 10 months after substantial completion Construction submittal: owner, design team, CxA EAc4 Enhanced Refrigerant Management: The intent of this credit is not to use refrigerants. Buildings that comply with this credit eliminate the use of HVAC&R systems that damage the atmosphere with CFCs, HCFCs and Halons. Select refrigerants with low ozone depletion (ODP) and global warming potential (GWP) and prevent leakage of these compounds into the atmosphere. Select equipment with efcient refrigerant charge and long service life potential. Projects that have naturally ventilated buildings with no active cooling systems or natural refrigerants including water, carbon dioxide, and ammonia are eligible for this credit. Design submittal: mechanical engineer EAc5 Measurement and Verifcation: NC & Schools EAc5.1 Measurement and Verifcation - Base Building: Core & Shell EAc5.2 Measurement and Verifcation - Tenant Submetering: Core & Shell The M&V series of credits are designed to provide ongoing accountability of building energy consumption. Both EAc5 and EAc5.1 require the development and implementation of a measurement and verifcation (M&V) plan consistent with either Option D: Calibrated Simulation as specifed by the International Performance Measurement & Ventilation Protocol (IPMVP), Volume III or Option B: Energy Conservation Measure Isolation as specifed by the International Performance Measurement & Ventilation Protocol (IPMVP), Volume III. Construction submittal: design team, operations & maintenance EAc5.2 requires a centrally located electronic monitoring network to accommodate future tenants. Also required is a M&V plan that documents and advises future tenants of this opportunity and the means of achievement. The intent of submetering is to give tenants an incentive to save energy. However, many utilities and municipalities do not allow a second party to charge for electricity based on submetering. This project will provide separate meters for each tenant. Construction submittal: design team, operations & maintenance SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 94 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | Energy and Atmosphere EAc6 Green Power: Green power is derived from solar, wind, geothermal, biomass or low-impact hydro sources and helps increase renewable sources of energy on the grid, rather than coal powered electricity. This credit ofers 2 points for supporting the development and use of grid source, renewable energy technologies on a net zero pollution basis - of site renewable energy. The credit requires a 2 year contract to provide 35% of the buildings electricity from renewable of site sources based on the quantity of energy consumed, not the energy cost. Renewable energy sources are defned by the Center for Resource Solutions Green-e certifcation requirements. The power purchased to comply with this credits requirements do not have to be Green-e certifed. Other sources of green power are eligible if they satisfy the Green-e programs technical requirements such as renewable energy certifcates (RECs), tradable renewable certifcates (TRCs), and green tags. Green tags equate to paying a subsidy to encourage renewable power generation somewhere on the grid, even if the electricity does not supply your building. Two options are available for establishing a baseline energy use. Option 1 determines the baseline by using the results obtained from EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance. Option 2 estimates a baseline using the DOEs Commercial Buildings Energy Consumption Survey (CBECS) database. Quantities per square foot are based on the building type. There are guidelines for establishing area calculations for Core & Shell projects based on the % of occupancy. However, to illustrate the cost of green power, well assume the building is fully occupied and use the total 12,000 sf. Since we havent determined the quantity based on an energy simulation model, well be using Option 2, where the CBECS median electrical intensity budget for an ofce building is 11.7 kWh/sf-yr. 12,000 sf x 11.7 kWh/Sf-yr = 140,400 kWh total electricity usage 140,400 (kWh/yr) x 35% x 2 yrs = 98,280 kwh required Green-e certifed green power or RECs to purchase If the project obtained a quote from a REC provider of $0.02/kwh, the cost would be: 98,280 kWh x $0.02/kWh = $1,965.60 Construction submittal: owner SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 6 | 95 Energy and Atmosphere Project Checklist Analysis In the Energy and Atmosphere category, a total of 37 points are available for credits applicable to this project and we have collected 2 by signing on to EAc3 Enhanced Commissioning. Not the intent here, but many projects skirt around the important Energy and Atmosphere credits due to the initial cost for credit achievement. EAc2 On-Site renewable energy seemed reasonable at $1,568.79, but that does not include the cost of the renewable energy systems which must be designed, purchased, installed and commissioned. EAc6: Green Power requires a renewable contract with no direct beneft to the project or surrounding neighbors. The next session will begin at the end of the Materials and Resources chapter. LEE0 200 for Core and SheII 0eveIopment Project Name: StudIo4 Project ChecklIst 0ate: 01 Dctober, 2009 1 PossIble PoInts: 28 PossIble PoInts: 13 Y N : Y N : Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 1 1 CredIt 1 1 to 5 5 CredIt 2 5 CredIt 2 1 to 2 N CredIt J 8rownfIeld Fedevelopment 1 CredIt J 1 N CredIt 4.1 6 CredIt 4 1 to 2 N CredIt 4.2 2 CredIt 5 1 to 2 3 CredIt 4.J AlternatIve TransportatIon-LowEmIttIng and FuelEffIcIent 7ehIcles J CredIt 6 1 2 CredIt 4.4 2 1 CredIt 5.1 SIte 0evelopment-Protect or Festore HabItat 1 PossIble PoInts: 12 1 CredIt 5.2 SIte 0evelopment-|axImIze Dpen Space 1 1 CredIt 6.1 Stormwater 0esIgn-QuantIty Control 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 6.2 Stormwater 0esIgn-QualIty Control 1 Y Prereq 2 1 CredIt 7.1 Heat sland Effect-Nonroof 1 CredIt 1 1 1 CredIt 7.2 1 CredIt 2 1 1 CredIt 8 LIght PollutIon FeductIon 1 CredIt J 1 1 CredIt 9 1 CredIt 4.1 1 CredIt 4.2 1 10 PossIble PoInts: 10 CredIt 4.J 1 CredIt 4.4 1 haterIaIs and Pesources |aterIals Feuse Fecycled Content LowEmIttIng |aterIals-AdhesIves and Sealants LowEmIttIng |aterIals-PaInts and CoatIngs ncreased 7entIlatIon 8uIldIng Feuse-|aIntaIn ExIstIng Walls, Floors, and Foof Storage and CollectIon of Fecyclables ConstructIon AQ |anagement Plan-0urIng ConstructIon LowEmIttIng |aterIals-FloorIng Systems LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products Dutdoor AIr 0elIvery |onItorIng Indoor EnvIronmentaI uaIIty |InImum ndoor AIr QualIty Performance EnvIronmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control SustaInabIe SItes AlternatIve TransportatIon-PublIc TransportatIon Access SIte SelectIon 0evelopment 0ensIty and CommunIty ConnectIvIty ConstructIon ActIvIty PollutIon PreventIon AlternatIve TransportatIon-8Icycle Storage and ChangIng Fooms ConstructIon Waste |anagement Tenant 0esIgn and ConstructIon CuIdelInes Water EffIcIency AlternatIve TransportatIon-ParkIng CapacIty Heat sland Effect-Foof CertIfIed Wood FegIonal |aterIals CredIt 4.4 1 Y Prereq 1 CredIt 5 1 4 CredIt 1 Water EffIcIent LandscapIng 2 to 4 CredIt 6 1 2 CredIt 2 nnovatIve Wastewater TechnologIes 2 CredIt 7 1 4 CredIt J 2 to 4 CredIt 8.1 1 CredIt 8.2 1 2 PossIble PoInts: 37 PossIble PoInts: 6 Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 2 CredIt 1.1 1 Y Prereq J CredIt 1.2 1 N CredIt 1 J to 21 CredIt 1.J 1 N CredIt 2 4 CredIt 1.4 1 2 CredIt J 2 CredIt 1.5 1 N CredIt 4 2 CredIt 2 1 N CredIt 5.1 J N CredIt 5.2 J PossIble PoInts: 4 N CredIt 6 2 CredIt 1.1 1 CredIt 1.2 1 CredIt 1.J 1 CredIt 1.4 1 31 PossIble PoInts: 110 CertIfIed 40 to 4 poInts SIIver 50 to 5 poInts CoId 60 to 7 poInts PIatInum 80 to 110 Creen Power DptImIze Energy Performance Enhanced FefrIgerant |anagement |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-8ase 8uIldIng |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-Tenant SubmeterIng PegIonaI PrIorIty CredIts TotaI FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt LEE0 AccredIted ProfessIonal InnovatIon and 0esIgn Process ndoor ChemIcal and Pollutant Source Control Thermal Comfort-0esIgn 0aylIght and 7Iews-0aylIght ControllabIlIty of Systems-Thermal Comfort 0aylIght and 7Iews-7Iews LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products Enhanced CommIssIonIng DnSIte Fenewable Energy Energy and Atmosphere Water Use FeductIon-20 FeductIon Water Use FeductIon |InImum Energy Performance Fundamental FefrIgerant |anagement Fundamental CommIssIonIng of 8uIldIng Energy Systems FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 97 Materials and Resources (MR) C H A P T E R | 7 Credit Matrix Introduction Sustainable Materials Selection Waste Reduction Practices Waste Reduction at its Source Reuse and Recycling Waste Management Sustainable Material Selection Strategies Life Cycle Impacts Chapter Summary Studio4 Project: Materials and Resources D uring both the construction and operations phases, buildings generate a lot of waste and use a lot of materials and resources. The goals of the LEED Materials and Resources credit category are to promote the following measures: select sustainable materials, practice waste reduction, reduce waste at its source and the reuse and recycling of materials. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 98 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 7 | Materials and Resources Credit Matrix Introduction Throughout their life cycles, buildings generate a great deal of waste that goes directly into the waste stream. Materials procurement, recycling programs and waste management can divert these materials from our landflls while improving the building environment. On the front end, however, sustainable design gives consideration to material selections as they relate to natural resources, occupant health and productivity and life cycle impacts. Materials and Resources focuses on 2 main issues: The environmental impact of materials brought into the project building The minimization of landfll and incinerator disposal for materials that leave the project building The Materials and Resources category addresses environmental concerns relating to: Materials selection Waste disposal Waste reduction Sustainable Materials Selection During the life cycle of a material, its extraction, processing, transportation, use and disposal can have negative environmental and health consequences, polluting water and air, destroying native habitats and depleting natural resources. The intent of developing an environmentally responsible procurement policy is to reduce these impacts. By reusing materials or selecting materials with recycled content, materials entering the waste stream are reduced while the consumption of raw materials is also reduced. NC Schools CS Credit Title Points MATERIALS & RESOURCES (MR) 14 13 13 MRp1 Storage and Collection of Recyclables Reqd Reqd Reqd MRc1.1 Building Reuse - Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof *1-3 *1-2 NA MRc1 Building Reuse - Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof NA NA *1-5 MRc1.2 Building Reuse - Maintain Interior - Nonstructural Elements 1 1 NA MRc2 Construction Waste Management *1-2 *1-2 *1-2 MRc3 Materials Reuse *1-2 *1-2 1 MRc4 Recycled Content *1-2 *1-2 *1-2 MRc5 Regional Materials *1-2 *1-2 *1-2 MRc6 Rapidly Renewable Materials 1 1 NA MRc7 Certified Wood 1 1 NA MRc6 Certified Wood NA NA 1 SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 7 | 99 Materials and Resources Waste Reduction Practices Construction and demolition waste account for 40% of the total solid waste in the U.S. The strategy rankings of the EPA for solid waste management are, in order of importance: Source reduction: minimizes environmental impacts throughout the materials life cycle Reuse of materials: diverts materials from the waste stream Recycling: diverts waste from landflls and incinerators and reduces the demand for virgin materials Waste Reduction at its Source Source reduction is the most economical way to reduce waste. in 2006, residents, businesses and institutions produced more than 251 million tons of solid waste, a 65% increase since 1980. Additionally, 7.6 billion tons of industrial waste are generated each year. A construction waste management plan is the frst step in managing waste because it requires contractors to establish a system for tracking waste generation and disposal during construction. Reuse and Recycling One of the most efective strategies for minimizing environmental impacts is the reuse of existing buildings. Reusing buildings reduces and diverts waste from the waste stream, provides less disturbance to habitats and requires less infrastructure. The reuse of exterior and interior materials should be incorporated into the construction documents to ensure their inclusion into the project and reduce the volume of construction debris. Recycling construction, demolition and land clearing debris reduces demand for virgin materials which benefts from the associated afects of harvesting new materials. Recycling 1 ton of paper saves 17 trees and saves 3 cubic yards of landfll space. The less the dependence on landflls and incinerators, the less chance of groundwater contamination and the need for expanding or providing new facilities which may require additional land. Waste Management A good waste management program focuses on waste diversion strategies that reduces the amount of waste during demolition, construction and occupancy. Strategy considerations for reducing waste: Building size design the building size appropriately to meet the owners requirements Construction waste management develop a policy that specifes a target diversion rate for the general contractor develop a waste management plan that may include disposal of asbestos and PCBs Recycling develop a policy to reduce waste during operations and maintenance provide a convenient and accessible location to occupants for collection of recyclables monitor the efectiveness of the recycling programs Compost Create an on-site composting program SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 100 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 7 | Materials and Resources Calculating Material Costs Material costs for the Materials and Resources credits are determined by the actual costs of the projects materials with the exception of LEED NC, Schools and C&S rating system. For these, the project team is permitted to use 45% of the total construction costs (labor and equipment) instead of the actual costs. The costs are selected from Construction Specifcation Institute (CSI) MasterFormat Divisions 3 through 10 and Division 12. In all instances, plumbing, HVAC, electrical components and specialty items such as elevators are excluded from the cost calculations. Additionally, the costs for Furniture and Furnishings, Division 12, can be used as long as they are used consistently across all Materials and Resources credits. Materials and Resources Credit Metrics The Materials and Resources credit characteristics used to determine compliance are measured by area, weight or cost, depending on the credit. Sustainable Material Selection Strategies The Materials and Resources category ofers several credit options for sustainable methods of selecting materials: Storage and Collection of Recyclables: Provide an easily accessible dedicated area for the collection and storage of materials for recycling for the entire building. Materials must include, at a minimum, paper, corrugated cardboard, glass, plastics and metals. This is a prerequisite required of the Materials and Resources category. Building Reuse: Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof Maintain certain percentages of the building structural elements. Window assemblies and remediated hazardous materials are excluded from consideration. For NC: 55%, 75% and 95% For schools: 75% and 95% For CS: 25%, 33%, 42%, 50% and 75% Building Reuse: Maintain Interior Nonstructural Elements Reuse at least 50% of the interior nonstructural elements (interior walls, doors, foor coverings and ceilings) Materials Reuse Use certain percentages of salvaged, refurbished or reused materials. These can be materials found on or of the project site. For on site reuse, these items must no longer serve their original function and must be installed for a diferent purpose. Of site materials qualify if they had been previously used. For NC and Schools: 5% and 10% For CS: 5% SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 7 | 101 Materials and Resources Recycled Content Use certain percentages of preconsumer and post consumer recycled content materials. Preconsumer waste is generally process waste from industry while postconsumer waste is generally consumer waste left at curbside for recycling programs. For NC, Schools and CS: 10% and 20% Regional Materials Use certain percentages of building materials that have been extracted, harvested or recovered and manufactured within 500 miles of the project site. Using indigenous local resources supports the community and reduces the negative environmental impacts associated with transportation. For NC, Schools and CS: 10% & 20% Rapidly Renewable Materials Use rapidly renewable materials (materials that are typically harvested within a 10 year cycle) for a minimum 2.5% of the building materials and products used in the project. This credit applies only to permanently installed in the project. Certifed Wood Use FSC certifed wood for a minimum 50% of the wood based materials and products for all permanently installed wood building components Consider purchasing third party certifcation sustainable products Fairtrade Labelling Organizations International Food Alliance Products Marine Stewardship Council UADA Organic Rainforest Alliance Certifcation Life Cycle Impacts Life cycle impacts are crucial to the proper selection of sustainable materials. The performance of materials from extraction until the end of their life, also known as cradle to grave, is a measure of their sustainability. Preferred, however, are cradle to cradle materials that are recycled at end of their original use. Strategy considerations to promote sustainable purchasing during construction: Construction purchasing policy establish goals, thresholds and procedures for purchasing construction materials monitor compliance and track efectiveness of policy Green materials specify rapidly renewable materials, regional materials, salvaged materials, and materials with recycled content SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 102 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 7 | Materials and Resources Green interiors specify fnishes, carpeting, fabrics and other materials with low levels of VOCs, formaldehyde, or other toxic chemicals to protect the indoor environmental quality and reduce the life cycle impacts Strategy considerations to promote sustainable purchasing during operations: Sustainable purchasing policy establish goals, thresholds and procedures for purchasing ongoing consumables and durable goods monitor compliance and track efectiveness of policy Green materials specify rapidly renewable materials, regional materials, salvaged materials, and materials with recycled content Green electronic equipment purchase computers and appliances that meet Energy Star, EPEAT or other standards for efcient energy consumption Chapter Summary Sustainable buildings require policies for responsible construction and materials selection as well as efective waste management. The intent of the Materials and Resources category is to establish a foundation for developing, implementing and documenting these policies. Waste Management Building size Construction waste management Recycling Compost Sustainable Materials Selection Building Reuse: Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof Building Reuse: Maintain Interior Nonstructural Elements Materials Reuse Recycled Content Regional Materials Rapidly Renewable Materials Certifed Wood Consider purchasing sustainable products that have third party certifcation Life Cycle Impacts Construction purchasing policy Green materials Green interiors Sustainable purchasing policy Green materials Green electronic equipment SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 7 | 103 Materials and Resources Studio4 Ofce Project: Materials and Resources Materials and Resources Category Materials and Resources deals with issues that reduce the use of new materials and resources, encourages the use of materials and resources that have a smaller impact on the environment, and promotes the reuse or recycling of materials so that more virgin materials and resources are not used on LEED certifed projects. The life cycles of many products and materials are taken into account to reduce the impact on the environment of their use. This may include transportation impacts, harvesting impacts, manufacturing impacts, and the beneft of using recycled materials in the production of the product. Materials and Resources Credit Characteristics: Most MR credits require the percentage of material to be calculated based on area, weight, volume or cost and what materials can and cannot be included into the calculated percentages. LEED permits 2 options to use for the total material cost of the project. The frst is to calculate and use the actual project costs (excluding labor and equipment) and the second is to apply a 45% factor (including labor and equipment) to total construction costs. This project has been budgeted at $65/sf. If we calculate 12,000 sf x $65/sf we get a total construction cost of $780,000 and we would then need to back out the cost for labor and equipment. Or we can take the $780,000 x 0.45 and arrive at a $351,000 cost for our default total materials cost for the project. MRp1 Storage and Collection of Recyclables: Any responsibly sustainable building design is important. However, a building and its occupants also impact the environment after construction. This prerequisite saves land and reduces the environmental impacts to water and air pollution. As the average waste is 3 pounds per day per employee, it is important that the building occupants have the option to maintain good recycling programs throughout the lifespan of the building. LEED requires an area dedicated to recycling that is easily accessible, so occupants can recycle, at the minimum, paper, cardboard, glass, plastic and metals. By recycling these basic items, there is a reduction in the need for virgin resources as well as a signifcant reduction in the amount of waste going to landflls. Design submittal: owner, architect MRc1 & MRc1.1 Maintain Existing Walls, Floor and Roof: The purpose of this credit is to leave the main portion of the building structure and shell in place when renovating. The building shell includes the exterior walls, roof, and framing but excludes window assemblies, interior walls, foor coverings, non-structural roofng material, and ceiling systems. Points are awarded based on the percentage (by area) of the structural elements retained. Design submittal: owner, architect MRc1.2 Maintain Interior Nonstructural Elements: The intent of this credit is to reuse the nonstructural elements such as interior walls, doors, foor coverings and ceiling systems of an existing building. Points are awarded based on the percentage (by area) of the interior nonstructural elements retained. Design submittal: owner, architect. The MRc1 credits are not applicable to this project. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 104 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 7 | Materials and Resources MRc2 Construction Waste Management: The goal of this credit is to divert as much construction waste from the landfll as possible. Develop a construction waste management plan that identifes the materials that can be reclaimed and determines if the projects waste materials will be sorted separately on-site or commingled and separated by a third party at an of-site facility. The construction waste management plan identifes a location on the construction site where the materials to be diverted can be stored, as well as a hauler who will accommodate the designated materials. Materials that should be considered for recycling include concrete, glass, wood, plastic, gypsum, tile, drywall, insulation, and carpet. Excavated soil and land clearing debris are excluded and any PCBs or asbestos materials found on site need to be properly addressed in the waste management plan. Donations of materials to charities contribute to the credit. Monitor these materials for 50%, 1 point or 75%, 2 points, by weight or volume. Construction submittal: contractor MRc3 Materials Reuse: The intent of this credit is to reuse materials from existing buildings or fnd new uses for products that would otherwise go into the landfll. Building materials such as masonry, fooring, roofng and ceiling materials collected from deconstructed buildings are being warehoused and sold for use on new projects. For credit compliance, reused or salvaged materials (by cost) must be equal to a percentage of the total value of the project. Mechanical, electrical, plumbing and specialty items such as elevators are excluded. LEED awards 1 point for 5% and 2 points for 10% purchase of Reused Materials. With our default materials cost of $351,000 we would need to purchase $351,000 x 0.05 = $17,550 to receive 1 point or $351,000 x 0.10 = $35,100 to receive 2 points. Construction submittal: architect, contractor MRc4 Recycled Content: By including more recycled content into building, there is less solid waste and less impact of materials on the environment. Recycled content products are made from materials that would otherwise have been discarded. There are two types of recycled materials: pre-consumer and post- consumer. Pre-consumer content is material might have come from excess or damaged items generated during manufacturing processes that are not reused for the same purpose. Post-consumer content is a material that has served its intended use and instead of being set alongside the curb to be picked up and disposed of, it is being recycled and reused in a diferent product. For credit compliance, use materials with recycled content such that the sum (by cost) of post-consumer content plus 1/2 of the pre-consumer content is equal to a percentage of the total value of the project. Mechanical, electrical, plumbing and specialty items such as elevators are excluded. LEED awards 1 point for 10% and 2 points for 20% purchase of Recycled Content materials. With our default materials cost of $351,000 we would need to purchase $351,000 x 0.10 = $35,100 to receive 1 point or $351,000 x 0.20 = $70,200 to receive 2 points. Construction submittal: architect, contractor SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 7 | 105 Materials and Resources MRc5 Regional Materials: This credit supports the use of local materials and reduced transportation distances. The requirements are the use of building materials or products that have been extracted, harvested or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles of the project site. The percentage of materials is calculated on a cost basis. LEED awards 1 point for 10% and 2 points for 20% purchase of Regional Materials. With our default materials cost of $351,000 we would need to purchase $351,000 x 0.10 = $35,100 to receive 1 point or $351,000 x 0.20 = $70,200 to receive 2 points. Construction submittal: architect, contractor MRc6 Rapidly Renewable Materials: The intent of this credit is to reduce the use and depletion of fnite raw materials and long cycle renewable resources by replacing them with materials (by cost) that have a harvest rate of ten years, or less. Because rapidly renewable resources have a shorter harvesting cycle than traditional materials, there are many environmental benefts. Often the use of rapidly renewable resources can save land as well as other resources that usually go into conventional materials. Also by virtue of their shorter harvesting cycles, rapidly renewable materials can sustain a community for a longer period than more fnite sources. LEED awards 1 point for 2.5% use of Rapidly Renewable materials and products. With our default materials cost of $351,000 we would need to purchase $351,000 x 0.025 = $8,775 to receive 1 point. This credit is not available for Core & Shell projects. Construction submittal: architect, contractor MRc6 & MRc7 Certifed Wood: Use wood based materials and products that have been certifed in accordance with the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) and encourage environmentally responsible forest management. At a minimum, these components include structural framing and general dimensional lumber, fooring, sub-fooring, wood doors and fnishes. MRc6 is directed to Core & Shell projects while MRc7 applies to NC and Schools. LEED awards 1 point for MRc6 & MRc7 for 50% (by cost) of the purchase of Certifed Wood materials and products on the project. With our default materials cost of $351,000 we would need to purchase $351,000 x 0.50 = $175,500 to receive 1 point. Construction submittal: architect, contractor Wheat Bamboo (U.S.) Wheat Cork 500 Mile Radius SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 106 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 7 | Materials and Resources Credit Checklist Analysis In the Materials and Resources category, a total of 13 points are available and we have collected 6 points. A sufcient quantity of points were not available simply because there was no existing structure for the project to have access to those credits. We now have gathered 37 points, 38 with the LEED AP not yet entered, so we are 2 points shy of reaching the certifcation level. With the IEQ category remaining, we should have no problem collecting 40 before we look at the ID and RP categories for the safety net points. The next session will begin at the end of the Indoor Environmental Quality chapter. LEE0 200 for Core and SheII 0eveIopment Project Name: StudIo4 Project ChecklIst 0ate: 01 Dctober, 2009 1 PossIble PoInts: 28 6 PossIble PoInts: 13 Y N : Y N : Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 1 1 N CredIt 1 1 to 5 5 CredIt 2 5 2 CredIt 2 1 to 2 N CredIt J 8rownfIeld Fedevelopment 1 N CredIt J 1 N CredIt 4.1 6 2 CredIt 4 1 to 2 N CredIt 4.2 2 2 CredIt 5 1 to 2 3 CredIt 4.J AlternatIve TransportatIon-LowEmIttIng and FuelEffIcIent 7ehIcles J N CredIt 6 1 2 CredIt 4.4 2 1 CredIt 5.1 SIte 0evelopment-Protect or Festore HabItat 1 PossIble PoInts: 12 1 CredIt 5.2 SIte 0evelopment-|axImIze Dpen Space 1 1 CredIt 6.1 Stormwater 0esIgn-QuantIty Control 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 6.2 Stormwater 0esIgn-QualIty Control 1 Y Prereq 2 1 CredIt 7.1 Heat sland Effect-Nonroof 1 CredIt 1 1 1 CredIt 7.2 1 CredIt 2 1 1 CredIt 8 LIght PollutIon FeductIon 1 CredIt J 1 1 CredIt 9 1 CredIt 4.1 1 CredIt 4.2 1 10 PossIble PoInts: 10 CredIt 4.J 1 CredIt 4.4 1 AlternatIve TransportatIon-8Icycle Storage and ChangIng Fooms ConstructIon Waste |anagement Tenant 0esIgn and ConstructIon CuIdelInes Water EffIcIency AlternatIve TransportatIon-ParkIng CapacIty Heat sland Effect-Foof CertIfIed Wood FegIonal |aterIals Dutdoor AIr 0elIvery |onItorIng Indoor EnvIronmentaI uaIIty |InImum ndoor AIr QualIty Performance EnvIronmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control SustaInabIe SItes AlternatIve TransportatIon-PublIc TransportatIon Access SIte SelectIon 0evelopment 0ensIty and CommunIty ConnectIvIty ConstructIon ActIvIty PollutIon PreventIon ConstructIon AQ |anagement Plan-0urIng ConstructIon LowEmIttIng |aterIals-FloorIng Systems LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products haterIaIs and Pesources |aterIals Feuse Fecycled Content LowEmIttIng |aterIals-AdhesIves and Sealants LowEmIttIng |aterIals-PaInts and CoatIngs ncreased 7entIlatIon 8uIldIng Feuse-|aIntaIn ExIstIng Walls, Floors, and Foof Storage and CollectIon of Fecyclables CredIt 4.4 1 Y Prereq 1 CredIt 5 1 4 CredIt 1 Water EffIcIent LandscapIng 2 to 4 CredIt 6 1 2 CredIt 2 nnovatIve Wastewater TechnologIes 2 CredIt 7 1 4 CredIt J 2 to 4 CredIt 8.1 1 CredIt 8.2 1 2 PossIble PoInts: 37 PossIble PoInts: 6 Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 2 CredIt 1.1 1 Y Prereq J CredIt 1.2 1 N CredIt 1 J to 21 CredIt 1.J 1 N CredIt 2 4 CredIt 1.4 1 2 CredIt J 2 CredIt 1.5 1 N CredIt 4 2 CredIt 2 1 N CredIt 5.1 J N CredIt 5.2 J PossIble PoInts: 4 N CredIt 6 2 CredIt 1.1 1 CredIt 1.2 1 CredIt 1.J 1 CredIt 1.4 1 37 PossIble PoInts: 110 FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt Energy and Atmosphere Water Use FeductIon-20 FeductIon Water Use FeductIon |InImum Energy Performance Fundamental FefrIgerant |anagement Fundamental CommIssIonIng of 8uIldIng Energy Systems Enhanced CommIssIonIng DnSIte Fenewable Energy InnovatIon and 0esIgn Process ndoor ChemIcal and Pollutant Source Control Thermal Comfort-0esIgn 0aylIght and 7Iews-0aylIght ControllabIlIty of Systems-Thermal Comfort 0aylIght and 7Iews-7Iews LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products LEE0 AccredIted ProfessIonal CertIfIed 40 to 4 poInts SIIver 50 to 5 poInts CoId 60 to 7 poInts PIatInum 80 to 110 Creen Power DptImIze Energy Performance Enhanced FefrIgerant |anagement |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-8ase 8uIldIng |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-Tenant SubmeterIng PegIonaI PrIorIty CredIts TotaI FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 107 Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ) C H A P T E R | 8 Credit Matrix Introduction Indoor Air Quality Ventilation Improvements Air Contaminant Management Material Selection Decisions Thermal Comfort, Lighting & Acoustics Occupant Control of Systems Daylight & Views Core & Shell and Schools Chapter Summary Studio4 Project: Indoor Environmental Quality T he U.S. Environmental Protection Agency estimates that Americans spend about 90% of their day indoors, where the air quality can be signifcantly worse than outside by as much as 2 to 100 times. The goals of the LEED Indoor Environmental Quality credit category are to promote the following measures: improving ventilation, managing air contaminants, specifying less harmful materials, allowing occupants to control desired settings and to provide daylight and views. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 108 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 8 | Indoor Environmental Quality Credit Matrix Introduction The EPA has designated indoor air pollution as a top environmental risk to public health and recent increases in building related illnesses and related legal cases have heightened awareness of indoor air quality (IAQ) among building owners and occupants. For schoolchildren, indoors air quality issues are even more urgent as they are more sensitive during their development and growth. Strategies to improve indoor environmental quality can reduce liability for building owners, increase the resale value of the building and improve the health of building occupants. Personnel costs are usually larger than a buildings operating costs and more studies are showing increased occupant satisfaction and productivity gains due to improved indoor environmental quality, making these improvements a sound fnancial investment. The potential annual savings and productivity gains from improvements in indoor environmental quality in the U.S. are estimated at $6 - $14 billion from reduced respiratory disease, $1 - $4 billion from reduced allergies and asthma, $10 - $30 billion from reduced sick building syndrome symptoms and $20 - $160 billion from direct improvements in worker performance. NC Schools CS Credit Title Points INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ) 15 19 12 IEQp1 Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance Reqd Reqd Reqd IEQp2 Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control Reqd Reqd Reqd IEQp3 Minimum Acoustical Performance NA Reqd NA IEQc1 Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring 1 1 1 IEQc2 Increased Ventilation 1 1 1 IEQc3.1 Construction IEQ Management Plan - During Construction 1 1 NA IEQc3 Construction IEQ Management Plan - During Construction NA NA 1 IEQc3.2 Construction IEQ Management Plan - Before Occupancy 1 1 NA IEQc4.1 Low-Emitting Materials - Adhesives and Sealants 1 1* 1 IEQc4.2 Low-Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings 1 1* 1 IEQc4.3 Low-Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems 1 1* 1 IEQc4.4 Low-Emitting Materials - Composite Wood and Agrifiber Products 1 1* 1 IEQc4.5 Low-Emitting Materials - Furniture and Furnishings NA 1* NA IEQc4.6 Low-Emitting Materials - Ceiling and Wall Systems NA 1* NA IEQc5 Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control 1 1 1 IEQc6.1 Controllability of Systems - Lighting 1 1 NA IEQc6.2 Controllability of Systems - Thermal Comfort 1 1 NA IEQc6 Controllability of Systems - Thermal Comfort NA NA 1 IEQc7.1 Thermal Comfort - Design 1 1 NA IEQc7 Thermal Comfort - Design NA NA 1 IEQc7.2 Thermal Comfort - Verification 1 1 NA IEQc8.1 Daylight and Views - Daylight 1 *1-3 1 IEQc8.2 Daylight and Views - Views 1 1 1 IEQc9 Enhanced Acoustical Performance NA 1 NA IEQc10 Mold Prevention NA 1 NA SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 8 | 109 Indoor Environmental Quality The Indoor Environmental Quality category addresses environmental concerns relating to: Indoor environmental quality Occupant health, safety and comfort Energy consumption Air change efectiveness Air contaminant management The quality of the indoor environment can be improved by focusing on: Indoor air quality Thermal comfort Lighting Acoustics Four attributes associated with green building design can be directly connected to increased occupant productivity: Increased ventilation control Increased temperature control Increased lighting control Increased daylighting Ventilation Improvement Improving the quality of indoor air can be accomplished by increasing ventilation to remove pollutants from the indoor environment. Although increased ventilation can require additional energy, this efective strategy can yield excellent results with a relatively quick payback. The project team can take advantage of regional characteristics by providing natural ventilation or in areas of high heating and cooling loads use exhaust air to heat of cool the incoming air to reduce energy use and operating costs. Air Contaminant Management Managing indoor pollutants is critical to the success of providing proper indoor air quality. There are three basic contaminants that should be reduced or eliminated: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Referred to as secondhand smoke, it is the smoke exhaled by smokers and the smoke given of by ignited tobacco products. Containing thousands of chemicals, ETS is linked to lung cancer and heart disease. Carbon Dioxide (CO 2 ) Although carbon dioxide is not known to cause serious health issues, high concentrated levels is an indication of inadequate ventilation. Monitoring CO 2 is an efective way of providing proper ventilation. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 110 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 8 | Indoor Environmental Quality Particulate Matter Airborne particles in indoor environments include lint, dirt, carpet fbers, dust, dust mites, mold, bacteria, pollen and animal dander. Using high efciency air flters with a higher MERV rating provides increased fltration of the air and reduces the exposure to these pollutants which can exacerbate respiratory problems such as allergies, asthma, emphysema and chronic lung disease. Material Selection Decisions Another strategy for improving the indoor environmental quality is to prevent problems before the occur. This can be done by specifying materials and products that release fewer and less harmful chemical compounds. Careful scheduling of deliveries of these materials will help prevent exposure to moisture and absorption of of gassed contaminants. Occupant Control of Systems Providing individual occupant controls for lighting and thermostats improves occupant comfort and productivity while saving energy. Individual controls allow occupants to set light levels that are appropriate to the task, time of day, personal preferences and sight requirements. Individual thermostats permit control to meet their individual heating or cooling needs during diferent seasons, clothing and activity. Daylight and Views Daylighting reduces the need for artifcial lighting, therefore reducing energy consumption and HVAC requirements. It is well documented that natural daylighting improves occupant productivity and reduces health issues, resulting in lower absenteeism. Building occupants with access to views to the outside are more productive and show an increased satisfaction with their jobs. Daylighting and views are dependant on the building design and proper orientation to the sun. Core & Shell (CS) For Core & Shell projects, the design and construction can infuence indoor environmental quality in 2 ways: The design team can infuence the quality of interior spaces such as lobbies, circulation areas and the building cores Design and construction decisions can afect in indoor environmental quality of tenant spaces Schools The importance of human communication in learning spaces should be considered by reducing background noise and optimizing acoustics. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 8 | 111 Indoor Environmental Quality Chapter Summary Indoor Air Quality Indoor Environmental Quality is a measurement of the quality of the interior environment within the building and deals, primarily, with the quality of air, thermal comfort (temperature and humidity), lighting and acoustics. Poor indoor air quality can contribute to poor health and absenteeism, creating a condition known as the Sick Building Syndrome. Strategy considerations for improving indoor air quality: Smoking No smoking in the building or around entrances, operable windows and air intakes Ventilation Properly size ventilation systems to provide adequate outside air to building occupants. Follow industry standards such as ASHRAE Standard 62, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality Carbon dioxide install carbon dioxide monitors integrated into the ventilation systems that supply proper amounts of ventilation to occupants based on occupant loads High efciency air flters install flters with high MERV ratings Low emitting materials Specify green materials with low VOCs Protect air quality during construction prevent mold by protecting all materials from moisture Prevent dust and particulate infltration and buildup Flush-out prior to occupancy, fush out the existing air by exhausting it out of the building and replacing with fresh outdoor air Green Cleaning Program employ green cleaning materials and technologies to reduce contaminant exposure Integrated pest management employ a coordinated program using non-chemical strategies such as monitoring and baiting SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 112 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 8 | Indoor Environmental Quality Thermal Comfort, Lighting and Acoustics Thermal comfort, lighting and acoustics play an important role in the quality of the indoor environment where studies have shown improvements in occupant satisfaction and performance. Strategy considerations for improving thermal comfort, lighting and acoustics: Daylighting design the building to allow for occupant access to daylight and views by placing workstations around the perimeter walls of the building, keeping service areas toward the interior core spaces Operable windows provide operable windows that open to the outside wherever possible Individual temperature control provide occupant temperature controls in mechanically ventilated spaces that allow individual temperature control Individual ventilation control provide adjustable air difusers in mechanically ventilated spaces that allow individual air fow adjustment Individual lighting control provide occupant lighting control so occupants can match the lighting level to the task Occupant surveys conduct surveys to assess occupant indoor environment satisfaction and make operational changes based on the feedback SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 8 | 113 Indoor Environmental Quality Studio4 Ofce Project: Indoor Environmental Quality Indoor Environmental Quality Category The IEQ category is unique with regards to the environmental issues addressed, as this category is all about the occupants. It is about creating and maintaining an environment that promotes the well being of people. Simply stated, a healthy employee is a happy employee - and a happy employee is a productive employee. Three prerequisites in the Indoor Environmental Quality category represent the very minimum IEQ eforts that must be addressed in order to proceed with obtaining credits. IEQp1 Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance: This prerequisite establishes a minimum indoor air quality (IAQ) performance to enhance the comfort and well being of the building occupants. As ASHRAE 90.1-2007 is synonymous with establishing minimum energy performance, ASHRAE 62.1-2007 establishes minimum IAQ performance by addressing the buildings ventilation. The three basic methods for ventilating buildings and how each are addressed by ASHRAE 62.1-2007: Mechanical ventilation (active) : determines the minimum required ventilation rates for various applications using either the ventilation rate procedure of the indoor air quality procedure Natural ventilation (passive) : provides requirements on the size and location of ventilation openings Mixed mode ventilation (active + passive) : can use any acceptable engineering calculation methodology that meets the minimum ventilation rates required by 62.1-2007 Design submittal: architect and mechanical engineer IEQp2 Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control: For NC and CS projects, the intent of the prerequisite is to prevent or minimize exposure of building occupants, indoor surfaces and ventilation distribution systems to ETS. For Schools, the intent is to eliminate exposure to ETS. For NC & CS, there are 2 cases. Case 1 is for all buildings and Option 1 prohibits smoking in the building. Option 2 prohibits smoking in the building except in designated spaces. Case 2 for NC & CS addresses residential and hospitality projects and prohibits smoking in all common areas of the building. Case 2 for Schools prohibits smoking in the building. If smoking is permitted in the building on the property grounds, designated smoking areas should be established and in all cases not permitted within 25 feet of entries, outdoor air intakes or operable windows. Design submittal: facilities manager IEQp3 Minimum Acoustical Performance: This prerequisite applies to LEED for Schools only and provides for classroom environments that are quiet and allow teachers and students the ability to communicate efectively. Design submittal: architect, mechanical engineer, electrical engineer, contractor SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 114 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 8 | Indoor Environmental Quality IEQc1 Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring: For this credit, the installation of permanent monitoring systems of building ventilation is required. By monitoring the ventilation systems performance, the building operator will be able to stay informed of the defciencies in the system. The monitoring system should be designed to generate an alarm when the conditions vary by at least 10% from the setpoint. One way to achieve this is by installing carbon dioxide (CO2) and airfow measurement equipment. The equipment should feed the information to the HVAC system, Building Automation System (BAS) or building operator to signal for adjustment when varying beyond the setpoint. Design submittal: mechanical engineer IEQc2 Increased Ventilation: In order to achieve this credit for mechanically vented spaces, the outdoor ventilation rates to all occupied spaces must be increased by 30% above the minimum rates required by ASHRAE Standard 62.1- 2007. One approach is to use heat recovery in order to minimize the additional energy consumption associated with higher ventilation rates. For naturally ventilated spaces, frst determine if natural ventilation is an efective strategy for the project, then follow the design recommendations set forth in the Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers (CIBSE) Applications Manual 10. Use fow diagrams and calculations to show that the design of the natural ventilation systems meets the recommendations outlined in the CIBSE Applications Manual 10. Another option is to use a macroscopic, multi-zone analytic model to predict room-by-room airfows that will efectively naturally ventilate, providing the minimum ventilation rates required by ASHRAE 62.1-2007 for at least 90% of the occupied spaces. Design submittal: mechanical engineer IEQc3 & IEQc3.1 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan - During Construction: This management plan is directed towards eliminating as many indoor air problems during construction as possible and requires the development and implementation of a plan for the construction and preoccupancy phases that addresses the following: During construction, comply with the control measures of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Contractors Association (SMACNA) IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction Protect and store on-site and installed absorptive materials from moisture damage If permanently installed air handlers are used during construction, fltration media with a minimum efciency reporting value (MERV) of 8 must be installed at each return air grille per ASHRAE 52.2-1999 For School projects, no smoking is permitted inside the building and within 25 feet of building entrances once the building has been enclosed Construction submittal: contractor SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 8 | 115 Indoor Environmental Quality IEQc3.2 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan - Before Occupancy: Compliance with this credit will reduce the IAQ problems resulting from construction or renovation activities. There are 2 options for achieving this credit. The frst is to conduct a building fush-out prior to building occupancy by supplying a total volume of 14,000 cubic feet of outdoor air per square foot of foor area, while maintaining an internal temperature of 60 degrees and up to 60% relative humidity. The fush-out is often used where occupancy is not required immediately upon substantial completion of construction. The second option is to conduct baseline IAQ testing after construction ends, but prior to occupancy to demonstrate that the contaminant maximum concentrations are not exceeded. Construction submittal: contractor EQc4 Low-Emitting Materials: The selection of IEQc4 credits are constructed as a practical way to prevent IEQ problems by specifying materials that release fewer and less harmful chemical compounds, Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs), for adhesives, paints, carpets, composite wood products and furniture. The delivery and installation of these materials and products should be coordinated so that they are not exposed to moisture and absorption of of-gassed contaminants. These rules apply to materials and products inside the building (inside the weatherproofng system and applied on-site). Construction submittal: architect, contractor IEQc4.1 Low-Emitting Materials - Adhesives and Sealants: Adhesives, sealants and sealant primers must comply with South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168. Aerosol adhesives must comply with Green Seal Standard for Commercial Adhesives GS-36. LEED for School projects must comply with the California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Compounds from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers. Construction submittal: architect, contractor IEQc4.2 Low-Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings: Paints and coatings applied inside the building must comply to the following: Architectural paints and coatings applied to interior walls and ceilings must not exceed the volatile organic compound (VOC) limit established by Green Seal Standard GS-11, Paints Anti-corrosive and anti-rust paints applied to interior ferrous metal must not exceed the VOC limit of 250g/L established by Green Seal GS-03, Anti-Corrosive Paints Clear wood fnishes, foor coatings, stains, primers and shellacs must not exceed the VOC limits established by South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1113, Architectural Coatings LEED for School projects must comply with the California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Compounds from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers Construction submittal: architect, contractor SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 116 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 8 | Indoor Environmental Quality IEQc4.3 Low-Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems: All fooring must comply to the following: Option 1 Carpet to meet the testing and product requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute Green Label Plus program Carpet cushion to meet the testing and product requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute Green Label program Carpet adhesives must meet the requirements of IEQc4.1 including the VOC limit of 50 g/L All hard surface fooring must be certifed as compliant with the FloorScore standard by an independent third party. Hard surface fooring includes: vinyl; linoleum, laminate, wood, ceramic and rubber fooring and wall base An alternative compliance path using FloorScore is acceptable for credit compliance if 100% of the non-carpet fnished fooring is equal to 25% of the fnished foor area. Unfnished fooring areas are mechanical rooms, electrical rooms and elevator service rooms Concrete, wood, bamboo and cork foor fnishes such as sealer and stain must meet the requirements of South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1113, Architectural Coatings Tile setting adhesives and grout must meet South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168 Option 2 All fooring elements in the building must comply with the California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Compounds from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers Construction submittal: architect, contractor IEQc4.4 Low-Emitting Materials - Composite Wood and Agrifber Products: Composite wood and agrifber products are defned as particleboard, medium density fberboard (MDF), plywood, wheatboard, panel substrates and door cores. These materials and products must contain no added urea- formaldehyde resins. LEED for School projects must comply with the California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Compounds from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers. Construction submittal: architect, contractor SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 8 | 117 Indoor Environmental Quality IEQc4.5 Low-Emitting Materials - Furniture and Furnishings: This credit applies to LEED for Schools projects only. Classroom furniture that was manufactured, refurbished or refnished within 1 year prior to occupancy must comply with one of the following options: Option 1 Furniture and seating must be Greenguard Children and Schools certifed Option 2 Indoor air concentrations must be less than or equal to those listed for furniture and seating determined by a procedure based on the EPA Environmental Technology Verifcation (ETV) Large Chamber Test Protocol for Measuring Emissions of VOCs and Aldehydes Option 3 Indoor air concentrations must be less than or equal to those listed for furniture and seating determined by a procedure based on ANSI/BIFMA M7.1-2007 and ANSI/BIFMA X7.1-2007 Construction submittal: architect, contractor IEQc4.6 Low-Emitting Materials - Ceiling and Wall Systems: This credit applies to LEED for Schools projects only and must comply with the California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Compounds from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers. Construction submittal: architect, contractor IEQc5 Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control: This credit is designed to minimize and control pollutant entry to the building and addresses three areas necessary for compliance: Install a permanent entryway system at each outdoor to indoor entry to prevent occupant-borne contaminants from entering the building. The system must be at least ten feet long in the primary direction of travel in order to capture dirt and particulates before they can enter the building. Acceptable systems include: grates, grilles or slotted systems that allow for regular cleaning underneath. Roll-out mats are only acceptable if scheduled to have cleaning on a weekly basis by a contracted service Design facility cleaning and maintenance areas where hazardous gases or chemicals may be present with isolated exhaust systems for contaminants, and exhaust each space sufciently to create a negative pressure with respect to the adjacent spaces. This includes garages, housekeeping and laundry areas, as well as copying and printing room areas. Physical isolation must be maintained from regularly occupied areas in the building In mechanically ventilated buildings, install MERV 13, or higher, flters in air handling units on both return air and outside supply air. Provide containment for appropriate disposal of hazardous liquid wastes in places where water and chemical concentrate mixing occurs Design submittal: architect, mechanical engineer, contractor SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 118 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 8 | Indoor Environmental Quality IEQc6.1 Controllability of Systems - Lighting: The intent of this credit is to design the building interior with a high level of lighting system control for the individual occupants, as well as lighting system controllability for multi-occupant spaces. Include integration of lighting systems controllability into the overall lighting design in order to provide both ambient and task lighting that will promote occupant comfort and productivity. For Case 1, provide individual lighting controls for 90% of the building occupants and provide lighting system controls for all learning spaces. Case 2, in classrooms, provide a lighting system that operates in 2 modes: general illumination and audio/visual (A/V). Design submittal: owner, architect, electrical engineer, lighting engineer IEQc6.2 Controllability of Systems - Thermal Comfort: This credit requires that thermal comfort be controllable by 50% of the building occupants. Building design should include individual comfort controls, as well as comfort controls for groups in multi-occupant spaces. Individual adjustments may involve individual thermostat controls, local difusers at foor, desk or overhead levels, or control of individual radiant panels. There may also be other means of control integrated into overall thermal comfort and energy systems in the building design. Thermal comfort systems may by strictly mechanical, or may integrate both mechanical and operable windows in order to provide the comfort criteria needed for this credit. ASHRAE 55-2004 identifes the factors of thermal comfort (air temperature, radiant temperature, air speed and humidity) and a process for developing building spaces that suit the needs of the occupants involved in their daily activities. ASHRAE 62.1- 2007, paragraph 5.1 for Natural Ventilation details how operable windows can be used in lieu of comfort controls refer to the requirements of that must be met. Design submittal: owner, architect, mechanical engineer, electrical engineer, contractor IEQc7 & IEQc7.1 Thermal Comfort - Design: There are three variables that can afect thermal comfort of building occupants: activity, clothing, and environmental factors. Environmental factors include air temperature, radiant temperature, humidity and air speed. To qualify for this credit, the design of the buildings HVAC system and building envelope must comply with ASHRAE 55-2004, Thermal Comfort Conditions for Human Occupancy. During the design and planning phase, the owner and designer should evaluate the buildings needs based on the building size, type, location, and nature of the operations, as well as climate conditions. Once determined, use load calculations to determine size and selection of HVAC equipment to accomplish the thermal comfort goals and refer to the Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers (CIBSE) Application Manual 10 for strategies involving natural ventilation. Design submittal: owner, architect, mechanical engineer, electrical engineer IEQc7.2 Thermal Comfort - Verifcation: The frst step of this programs is to have the occupants fll out a survey to ensure that their comfort level is being met. ASHRAE 55-2004 provides guidance for establishing thermal comfort criteria and the documentation and validation of building performance to the criteria. Second, after the survey, develop a plan for corrective action if greater than 20% of those surveyed are dissatisfed with the comfort level of the building. Design submittal: owner, architect, mechanical engineer, electrical engineer, Cx SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 8 | 119 Indoor Environmental Quality IEQc8.1 Daylight and Views - Daylight: The goal of this credit is to increase this connection that people have between indoor and outdoor spaces in order to provide increased comfort and productivity. There are several strategies that can be used to increase the amount of daylight entering a building. Many are designed to bring daylight into interior areas that would otherwise be inaccessible to window light. Others are designed to maximize the sunlight coming in, while preventing discomfort due to glare that can be caused by direct sunlight. Daylight provided by south facing windows should incorporate a light shelf designed to block the summer sun from directly entering the building and refect it onto the ceiling of the interior. In the winter, the suns path is at a lower position in the Southern sky and is allowed to enter the building in order to provide light and an additional heat source for the cooler season. Other strategies include light tubes and skylights that allow light to enter from overhead. 1 point is awarded for providing 75% daylight and an additional 2 points for 90% daylight in School projects. Design submittal: owner, architect, mechanical engineer, electrical engineer IEQc8.2 Daylight and Views - Views: This credit requires a direct line of sight for 90% of the occupants to view the outdoor environment through windows placed between 30 and 90 above the fnished foor. Measures should be taken for both IEQc8.1 and IEQc8.2 to insure proper design and energy modeling to avoid increased heat gain due to the lower insulating nature of glass compared to standard walls, while maximizing energy efciency and reduced need for artifcial lighting. Core & Shell projects must incorporate a feasible tenant layout using the default occupancy counts. Design submittal: architect, civil engineer, landscape architect IEQc9 Enhanced Acoustical Performance: This credit applies to LEED for School projects and provides classrooms better teacher-to-student and student-to-student communications through efective acoustical design in two ways: Sound Transmission : Design the building shell, classroom partitions and other core learning space partitions to meet the Sound Transmission Class (STC) requirements of ANSI S12.60- 2002, Acoustical Performance Criteria, Design Requirements and Guidelines for Schools, except windows which must meet an STC rating of at least 35 Background Noise : Reduce background noise level to 40 dBA or less from HVAC systems in classrooms and other core learning spaces Design submittal: owner, architect, mechanical engineer, electrical engineer, acoustical consultant, contractor IEQc10 Mold Prevention: This credit applies to LEED for School projects and reduces the potential for mold through preventive design and construction by requiring achievement of these credits: IEQc3.1: Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan - During Construction IEQc7.1: Thermal Comfort - Design IEQc7.2: Thermal Comfort - Verifcation Design submittal: mechanical engineer SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 120 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 8 | Indoor Environmental Quality Credit Checklist Analysis In the Indoor Environmental Quality category, a total of 14 points are available for credits applicable to this project and we have collected 4 points. We now have gathered 41 points, enough to receive certifcation, if all are accepted during the fnal review. The next session will begin at the end of the Innovation in Design chapter. LEE0 200 for Core and SheII 0eveIopment Project Name: StudIo4 Project ChecklIst 0ate: 01 Dctober, 2009 1 PossIble PoInts: 28 6 PossIble PoInts: 13 Y N : Y N : Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 1 1 N CredIt 1 1 to 5 5 CredIt 2 5 2 CredIt 2 1 to 2 N CredIt J 8rownfIeld Fedevelopment 1 N CredIt J 1 N CredIt 4.1 6 2 CredIt 4 1 to 2 N CredIt 4.2 2 2 CredIt 5 1 to 2 3 CredIt 4.J AlternatIve TransportatIon-LowEmIttIng and FuelEffIcIent 7ehIcles J N CredIt 6 1 2 CredIt 4.4 2 1 CredIt 5.1 SIte 0evelopment-Protect or Festore HabItat 1 4 PossIble PoInts: 12 1 CredIt 5.2 SIte 0evelopment-|axImIze Dpen Space 1 1 CredIt 6.1 Stormwater 0esIgn-QuantIty Control 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 6.2 Stormwater 0esIgn-QualIty Control 1 Y Prereq 2 1 CredIt 7.1 Heat sland Effect-Nonroof 1 N CredIt 1 1 1 CredIt 7.2 1 N CredIt 2 1 1 CredIt 8 LIght PollutIon FeductIon 1 N CredIt J 1 1 CredIt 9 1 1 CredIt 4.1 1 1 CredIt 4.2 1 10 PossIble PoInts: 10 1 CredIt 4.J 1 1 CredIt 4.4 1 AlternatIve TransportatIon-8Icycle Storage and ChangIng Fooms ConstructIon Waste |anagement Tenant 0esIgn and ConstructIon CuIdelInes Water EffIcIency AlternatIve TransportatIon-ParkIng CapacIty Heat sland Effect-Foof CertIfIed Wood FegIonal |aterIals Dutdoor AIr 0elIvery |onItorIng Indoor EnvIronmentaI uaIIty |InImum ndoor AIr QualIty Performance EnvIronmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control SustaInabIe SItes AlternatIve TransportatIon-PublIc TransportatIon Access SIte SelectIon 0evelopment 0ensIty and CommunIty ConnectIvIty ConstructIon ActIvIty PollutIon PreventIon ConstructIon AQ |anagement Plan-0urIng ConstructIon LowEmIttIng |aterIals-FloorIng Systems LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products haterIaIs and Pesources |aterIals Feuse Fecycled Content LowEmIttIng |aterIals-AdhesIves and Sealants LowEmIttIng |aterIals-PaInts and CoatIngs ncreased 7entIlatIon 8uIldIng Feuse-|aIntaIn ExIstIng Walls, Floors, and Foof Storage and CollectIon of Fecyclables 1 CredIt 4.4 1 Y Prereq 1 N CredIt 5 1 4 CredIt 1 Water EffIcIent LandscapIng 2 to 4 N CredIt 6 1 2 CredIt 2 nnovatIve Wastewater TechnologIes 2 N CredIt 7 1 4 CredIt J 2 to 4 N CredIt 8.1 1 N CredIt 8.2 1 2 PossIble PoInts: 37 PossIble PoInts: 6 Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 2 CredIt 1.1 1 Y Prereq J CredIt 1.2 1 N CredIt 1 J to 21 CredIt 1.J 1 N CredIt 2 4 CredIt 1.4 1 2 CredIt J 2 CredIt 1.5 1 N CredIt 4 2 CredIt 2 1 N CredIt 5.1 J N CredIt 5.2 J PossIble PoInts: 4 N CredIt 6 2 CredIt 1.1 1 CredIt 1.2 1 CredIt 1.J 1 CredIt 1.4 1 41 PossIble PoInts: 110 FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt Energy and Atmosphere Water Use FeductIon-20 FeductIon Water Use FeductIon |InImum Energy Performance Fundamental FefrIgerant |anagement Fundamental CommIssIonIng of 8uIldIng Energy Systems Enhanced CommIssIonIng DnSIte Fenewable Energy InnovatIon and 0esIgn Process ndoor ChemIcal and Pollutant Source Control Thermal Comfort-0esIgn 0aylIght and 7Iews-0aylIght ControllabIlIty of Systems-Thermal Comfort 0aylIght and 7Iews-7Iews LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products LEE0 AccredIted ProfessIonal CertIfIed 40 to 4 poInts SIIver 50 to 5 poInts CoId 60 to 7 poInts PIatInum 80 to 110 Creen Power DptImIze Energy Performance Enhanced FefrIgerant |anagement |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-8ase 8uIldIng |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-Tenant SubmeterIng PegIonaI PrIorIty CredIts TotaI FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 121 Innovation in Design (ID) C H A P T E R | 9 Credit Matrix Introduction Innovation in Design Innovation in Design Exemplary Performance LEED Accredited Professional The School as a Teaching Tool Studio4 Project: Innovation in Design T he LEED Innovation in Design credit category awards bonus points for projects that use new and innovative technologies and strategies to improve a buildings performance well beyond what is required by other LEED credits or in green building considerations that are not specifcally addressed elsewhere in LEED. This credit category also rewards projects for including a LEED Accredited Professional on the team to ensure a holistic, integrated approach to the design and construction phase. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 122 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 9 | Innovation in Design Credit Matrix Introduction The Innovation in Design credits IDc1.1 - IDc1.5 provide bonus points for projects that incorporate innovative and sustainable building features that improve performance above and beyond the LEED Rating System requirements as directed in each credit. With the Innovation in Design credit series there are two strategies available to receive points. The frst is to exceed a credits requirements and is referred to as exemplary performance where the general rule is that the ID requirements meet the next increment or double if incremental levels do not exist. The second option is to address a sustainable topic not covered in the LEED Rating System, and this is referred to as innovative performance. For IDc2, a LEED Accredited Professional is an important member in the makeup of the project team for a coordinated path to LEED Certifcation and LEED rewards the project that has a LEED AP involved as a principle participant. When someone with training, experience, and guidance in the LEED Rating System is on the team, it saves time and money in the certifcation process. IDc3 is available only to EB O&M and School projects. The credit structure for Innovation is Design is as follows: Innovation in Design ID Credit 1 : Innovation in Design Innovation in Design Exemplary Performance ID Credit 2 : LEED AP ID Credit 3 : The School as a Teaching Tool Some confusing aspects of the ID category arise given the fact that the category is titled Innovation in Design, ID Credit 1 is titled Innovation in Design also and 1 of the 2 compliance paths for ID Credit 1 is also titled Innovation in Design. For the specifc ID Credit 1, there are 2 compliance paths allowed, either for all Innovation in Design credits or for Innovation in Design credits in combination with Exemplary Performance credits. NC Schools CS Credit Title Points INNOVATION IN DESIGN (ID) 6 6 6 IDc1.1 Innovation in Design 1 1 1 IDc1.2 Innovation in Design 1 1 1 IDc1.3 Innovation in Design 1 1 1 IDc1.4 Innovation in Design 1 1 1 IDc1.5 Innovation in Design 1 0 1 IDc2 LEED Accredited Professional 1 1 1 IDc3 The School as a Teaching Tool 0 1 0 SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 9 | 123 Innovation in Design ID Credit 1: Innovation in Design Innovation in Design (Innovative Performance) Innovation in Design points are awarded for innovative strategies that introduce new ideas not covered in the 5 LEED categories under prerequisites and credits and must meet three criteria: The strategy must demonstrate a quantifable environmental performance beneft The strategy must be applied comprehensively across the project The strategy must be transferable to other projects and be signifcantly better than standard sustainable practices Types of strategies that are indicative of Innovation in Design are: Developing an educational outreach program Using a greenhouse gas budget to demonstrate carbon neutral design and operations Incorporating high levels of fy ash in concrete to divert waste materials from landflls Exemplary Performance The terms Exceptional Performance and Exemplary Performance are used interchangeably and are for strategies exceeding credit requirements. Exemplary Performance strategies are not available for every LEED credit. These points, when available, are awarded for going to the next higher incremental level of credit performance. For example, if the credit threshold percentage requirements are 10% and 20%, an ID point may be awarded for achieving a 30% level of performance. Incrementally, 30% would be the next threshold. For credits with more than 1 compliance path, an ID point can be earned by satisfying more than 1 compliance path if their benefts are additive. Points may also awarded for doubling the level of credit performance. For example, if the credit requires a 2 year contract at 35%, an ID point may be awarded for providing a 4 year contract at 35%, or a 2 year contract at 70%. ID points may be awarded for doubling the percentage of credit performance. For example, if 10% and 20% thresholds are required, an exemplary point may be awarded when a performance achievement of 40% is provided. 40% would be doubling the 20% threshold. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 124 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 9 | Innovation in Design Rating System ID Points ID Credit 1: Innovation in Design Path 1: Innovation in Design (Innovative Performance) NC, CS & CI: 1 - 5 points EB O&M and Schools: 1 - 4 points Each Innovation in Design strategy achieved is allowed one (1) point Each strategy must identify, in writing: The intent of the proposed innovation credit The proposed requirement for compliance The proposed submittals to demonstrate compliance The design approach (strategies) used to meet the requirements Path 2: Exemplary Performance NC, CS, CI, EB O&M & Schools: 1 - 3 points Each Exemplary Performance strategy achieved is allowed one (1) point ID Credit 2: LEED Accredited Professional NC, CS, CI, EB O&M and Schools: 1 point is allowed for one member of the Project Team being a LEED Accredited Professional and performing as a principal participant Required submittal information: Name of the LEED AP Name of the LEED APs company Brief description of the LEED APs project role(s) Copy of the LEED AP certifcate ID Credit 3: The School as a Teaching Tool EB O&M: 1 point for Documenting Building Costs Impacts Schools: 1 point for The School as a Teaching Tool Total ID Points Available NC, CS & CI: 6 points: 5 points for ID Credit 1 & 1 point for ID Credit 2 EB O&M & Schools: 6 points: 4 points for ID Credit 1, 1point for ID Credit 2 & 1 point for ID Credit 3 SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 9 | 125 Innovation in Design Studio4 Ofce Project: Innovation in Design Innovation in Design Category During the course of developing this project, we have not looked at the ID points available to selected credits. Section 9 Exemplary Performance under each credit will state if an ID Exemplary Performance point is available and if so, what the requirement or threshold is for achieving compliance. Since Exemplary Performance requires achievement, we will concentrate on the other option and see if we can gather any points for Innovative Performance. Innovative Performance is, in a sense, granted to strategies and programs that exhibit unique performance. The USGBC website ofers guidance on these types of strategies. In part, they include comprehensive strategies which demonstrate quantifable environmental benefts. Examples are: Educational Outreach Programs; Green Housekeeping; High Volume Fly Ash Low-Emitting Furniture & Furnishings; Organic Landscaping / Integrated Pest Management Program. The project will attempt to achieve the following: IDc1.1 Green Building Education: Studio4 provides educational services related to sustainable development ideals and conducts classes for individuals and employees of companies interested in receiving accreditation. Studio4 has a website that promotes sustainability and being located in an excellent public school system, will develop a childrens Green Educational Program. IDc1.2 Green Housekeeping: Cleaning products can be harmful to the environment and human health and have the potential to of-gas volatile organic compounds (VOCs). These chemicals also harm water systems by the way they are carelessly disposed. Reverting to an environmental cleaning program is a cost efective alternative to conventional cleaning programs that should be considered by all projects seeking certifcation. IDc2 LEED Accredited Professional (AP): The intent of this credit is to support and encourage the design integration required by a LEED green building project and to streamline the application and certifcation process. The requirement for compliance is that at least one principal participant of the project team be a LEED Accredited Professional. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 126 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 9 | Innovation in Design Credit Checklist Analysis We picked up 3 of the 6 points available in the Innovation in Design category. The project team could have collected additional points by looking at the Exemplary Performance credits and other Innovative Performance option such as the use of fy ash in our concrete mix. However, we already have the point total necessary - 44 - for certifcation and a small safety net of 4 points, with the Regional Priority category remaining. The fnal session will begin at the end of the Regional Priority chapter. LEE0 200 for Core and SheII 0eveIopment Project Name: StudIo4 Project ChecklIst 0ate: 01 Dctober, 2009 1 PossIble PoInts: 28 6 PossIble PoInts: 13 Y N : Y N : Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 1 1 N CredIt 1 1 to 5 5 CredIt 2 5 2 CredIt 2 1 to 2 N CredIt J 8rownfIeld Fedevelopment 1 N CredIt J 1 N CredIt 4.1 6 2 CredIt 4 1 to 2 N CredIt 4.2 2 2 CredIt 5 1 to 2 3 CredIt 4.J AlternatIve TransportatIon-LowEmIttIng and FuelEffIcIent 7ehIcles J N CredIt 6 1 2 CredIt 4.4 2 1 CredIt 5.1 SIte 0evelopment-Protect or Festore HabItat 1 4 PossIble PoInts: 12 1 CredIt 5.2 SIte 0evelopment-|axImIze Dpen Space 1 1 CredIt 6.1 Stormwater 0esIgn-QuantIty Control 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 6.2 Stormwater 0esIgn-QualIty Control 1 Y Prereq 2 1 CredIt 7.1 Heat sland Effect-Nonroof 1 N CredIt 1 1 1 CredIt 7.2 1 N CredIt 2 1 1 CredIt 8 LIght PollutIon FeductIon 1 N CredIt J 1 1 CredIt 9 1 1 CredIt 4.1 1 1 CredIt 4.2 1 10 PossIble PoInts: 10 1 CredIt 4.J 1 1 CredIt 4.4 1 haterIaIs and Pesources |aterIals Feuse Fecycled Content LowEmIttIng |aterIals-AdhesIves and Sealants LowEmIttIng |aterIals-PaInts and CoatIngs ncreased 7entIlatIon 8uIldIng Feuse-|aIntaIn ExIstIng Walls, Floors, and Foof Storage and CollectIon of Fecyclables ConstructIon AQ |anagement Plan-0urIng ConstructIon LowEmIttIng |aterIals-FloorIng Systems LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products Dutdoor AIr 0elIvery |onItorIng Indoor EnvIronmentaI uaIIty |InImum ndoor AIr QualIty Performance EnvIronmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control SustaInabIe SItes AlternatIve TransportatIon-PublIc TransportatIon Access SIte SelectIon 0evelopment 0ensIty and CommunIty ConnectIvIty ConstructIon ActIvIty PollutIon PreventIon AlternatIve TransportatIon-8Icycle Storage and ChangIng Fooms ConstructIon Waste |anagement Tenant 0esIgn and ConstructIon CuIdelInes Water EffIcIency AlternatIve TransportatIon-ParkIng CapacIty Heat sland Effect-Foof CertIfIed Wood FegIonal |aterIals 1 CredIt 4.4 1 Y Prereq 1 N CredIt 5 1 4 CredIt 1 Water EffIcIent LandscapIng 2 to 4 N CredIt 6 1 2 CredIt 2 nnovatIve Wastewater TechnologIes 2 N CredIt 7 1 4 CredIt J 2 to 4 N CredIt 8.1 1 N CredIt 8.2 1 2 PossIble PoInts: 37 3 PossIble PoInts: 6 Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 2 1 CredIt 1.1 1 Y Prereq J 1 CredIt 1.2 1 N CredIt 1 J to 21 N CredIt 1.J 1 N CredIt 2 4 N CredIt 1.4 1 2 CredIt J 2 N CredIt 1.5 1 N CredIt 4 2 1 CredIt 2 1 N CredIt 5.1 J N CredIt 5.2 J PossIble PoInts: 4 N CredIt 6 2 CredIt 1.1 1 CredIt 1.2 1 CredIt 1.J 1 CredIt 1.4 1 44 PossIble PoInts: 110 CertIfIed 40 to 4 poInts SIIver 50 to 5 poInts CoId 60 to 7 poInts PIatInum 80 to 110 Creen Power DptImIze Energy Performance Enhanced FefrIgerant |anagement |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-8ase 8uIldIng |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-Tenant SubmeterIng PegIonaI PrIorIty CredIts TotaI FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt LEE0 AccredIted ProfessIonal InnovatIon and 0esIgn Process ndoor ChemIcal and Pollutant Source Control Thermal Comfort-0esIgn 0aylIght and 7Iews-0aylIght ControllabIlIty of Systems-Thermal Comfort 0aylIght and 7Iews-7Iews LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products Enhanced CommIssIonIng DnSIte Fenewable Energy Energy and Atmosphere Water Use FeductIon-20 FeductIon Water Use FeductIon |InImum Energy Performance Fundamental FefrIgerant |anagement Fundamental CommIssIonIng of 8uIldIng Energy Systems FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 127 Regional Priority (RP) C H A P T E R | 1 0 Credit Matrix Regional Priority Credits Studio4 Project: Regional Priority Studio4 Project: Certifcation Summary U SGBCs regional councils, chapters and afliates have identifed the environmental concerns that are locally most important for every region of the country, and six LEED credits that address those local priorities were selected for each region. A project that earns a regional priority credit will earn one bonus point in addition to any points awarded for that credit. Up to four extra points can be earned in this way. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 128 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 10 | Regional Priority Credit Matrix Regional Priority Credits Since environmental priorities may difer between diferent geographical regions in the U.S., the Regional Priority category tackles the unique challenges and opportunities for addressing critical environmental issues for various regions throughout the country. The challenges in the Northeast difer tremendously from those in the Southwest, from the usage of heating oil to the urgency of water conservation. Densely populated urban locations often feature credits related to stormwater management or heat island reduction, while site protection and building reuse credits are frequently prioritized in rural locations with low population densities. Through USGBCs regional councils, chapters and afliates, regionally specifc environmental issues were identifed. For a projects location, as determined by its zip code, 6 existing LEED credits have been prioritized because they address environmental issues within that specifc zip code. Each Regional Priority credit is based on an existing credit and, if achieved, worth an additional 1 point. A total of 4 additional points may be earned from the pool of 6 Regional Priority credits. Upon project registration, LEED Online automatically determines a projects Regional Priority credits, based on the projects zip code. Although the project may be able to qualify for more than 4 of the 6 Regional Priority credits available, the project team can choose any 4 credits for which they prefer the points to apply. A Microsoft Excel spreadsheet by state is available for download from the USGBC website. Regional Priority Credits are available only in the U.S. NC Schools CS Credit Title Points REGIONAL PRIORITY (RP) 4 4 4 RPc1.1 Regional Priority 1 1 1 RPc1.2 Regional Priority 1 1 1 RPc1.3 Regional Priority 1 1 1 RPc1.4 Regional Priority 1 1 1 SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 10 | 129 Regional Priority Studio4 Ofce Project: Regional Priority Regional Priority Category Upon project registration, LEED Online automatically determines a projects Regional Priority credits, based on the projects zip code. Each Regional Priority credit is based on an existing credit and, if achieved, worth an additional 1 point. A total of 4 additional points may be earned from the pool of 6 Regional Priority credits. As shown is this capture of the spreadsheet for the zip code 45242, the credits available for Regional Priority points are: SSc6.1 Stormwater Design - Quantity Control EAc2 On-Site Renewable Energy MRc1.1 (75%) Building Reuse - Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof MRc2 (75%) Construction Waste Management MRc3 Materials Reuse IEQc8.1 Daylight and Views - Daylight Two Regional Priority points are applicable, based on previous credit achievement: SSc6.1 Stormwater Design - Quantity Control MRc2 Construction Waste Management. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 130 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 10 | Regional Priority Credit Checklist Analysis 2 of the 4 points available in the Regional Priority category provides the project team with 46 points. We will take an overview look at the fnal Credit Checklist to determine if this is the path to certifcation we want to focus on and then prepare a Summary Report. LEE0 200 for Core and SheII 0eveIopment Project Name: StudIo4 Project ChecklIst 0ate: 01 Dctober, 2009 1 PossIble PoInts: 28 6 PossIble PoInts: 13 Y N : Y N : Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 1 1 N CredIt 1 1 to 5 5 CredIt 2 5 2 CredIt 2 1 to 2 N CredIt J 8rownfIeld Fedevelopment 1 N CredIt J 1 N CredIt 4.1 6 2 CredIt 4 1 to 2 N CredIt 4.2 2 2 CredIt 5 1 to 2 3 CredIt 4.J AlternatIve TransportatIon-LowEmIttIng and FuelEffIcIent 7ehIcles J N CredIt 6 1 2 CredIt 4.4 2 1 CredIt 5.1 SIte 0evelopment-Protect or Festore HabItat 1 4 PossIble PoInts: 12 1 CredIt 5.2 SIte 0evelopment-|axImIze Dpen Space 1 1 CredIt 6.1 Stormwater 0esIgn-QuantIty Control 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 6.2 Stormwater 0esIgn-QualIty Control 1 Y Prereq 2 1 CredIt 7.1 Heat sland Effect-Nonroof 1 N CredIt 1 1 1 CredIt 7.2 1 N CredIt 2 1 1 CredIt 8 LIght PollutIon FeductIon 1 N CredIt J 1 1 CredIt 9 1 1 CredIt 4.1 1 1 CredIt 4.2 1 10 PossIble PoInts: 10 1 CredIt 4.J 1 1 CredIt 4.4 1 haterIaIs and Pesources |aterIals Feuse Fecycled Content LowEmIttIng |aterIals-AdhesIves and Sealants LowEmIttIng |aterIals-PaInts and CoatIngs ncreased 7entIlatIon 8uIldIng Feuse-|aIntaIn ExIstIng Walls, Floors, and Foof Storage and CollectIon of Fecyclables ConstructIon AQ |anagement Plan-0urIng ConstructIon LowEmIttIng |aterIals-FloorIng Systems LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products Dutdoor AIr 0elIvery |onItorIng Indoor EnvIronmentaI uaIIty |InImum ndoor AIr QualIty Performance EnvIronmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control SustaInabIe SItes AlternatIve TransportatIon-PublIc TransportatIon Access SIte SelectIon 0evelopment 0ensIty and CommunIty ConnectIvIty ConstructIon ActIvIty PollutIon PreventIon AlternatIve TransportatIon-8Icycle Storage and ChangIng Fooms ConstructIon Waste |anagement Tenant 0esIgn and ConstructIon CuIdelInes Water EffIcIency AlternatIve TransportatIon-ParkIng CapacIty Heat sland Effect-Foof CertIfIed Wood FegIonal |aterIals 1 CredIt 4.4 1 Y Prereq 1 N CredIt 5 1 4 CredIt 1 Water EffIcIent LandscapIng 2 to 4 N CredIt 6 1 2 CredIt 2 nnovatIve Wastewater TechnologIes 2 N CredIt 7 1 4 CredIt J 2 to 4 N CredIt 8.1 1 N CredIt 8.2 1 2 PossIble PoInts: 37 3 PossIble PoInts: 6 Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 2 1 CredIt 1.1 1 Y Prereq J 1 CredIt 1.2 1 N CredIt 1 J to 21 N CredIt 1.J 1 N CredIt 2 4 N CredIt 1.4 1 2 CredIt J 2 N CredIt 1.5 1 N CredIt 4 2 1 CredIt 2 1 N CredIt 5.1 J N CredIt 5.2 J 2 PossIble PoInts: 4 N CredIt 6 2 1 CredIt 1.1 1 1 CredIt 1.2 1 N CredIt 1.J 1 N CredIt 1.4 1 46 PossIble PoInts: 110 CertIfIed 40 to 4 poInts SIIver 50 to 5 poInts CoId 60 to 7 poInts PIatInum 80 to 110 Creen Power DptImIze Energy Performance Enhanced FefrIgerant |anagement |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-8ase 8uIldIng |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-Tenant SubmeterIng PegIonaI PrIorIty CredIts TotaI FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt LEE0 AccredIted ProfessIonal InnovatIon and 0esIgn Process ndoor ChemIcal and Pollutant Source Control Thermal Comfort-0esIgn 0aylIght and 7Iews-0aylIght ControllabIlIty of Systems-Thermal Comfort 0aylIght and 7Iews-7Iews LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products Enhanced CommIssIonIng DnSIte Fenewable Energy Energy and Atmosphere Water Use FeductIon-20 FeductIon Water Use FeductIon |InImum Energy Performance Fundamental FefrIgerant |anagement Fundamental CommIssIonIng of 8uIldIng Energy Systems FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 131 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 10 | Studio4 Ofce Project: Certifcation Summary Project Certifcation Summary The project team has analyzed the preliminary credit count and determined basic certifcation can be achieved by complying with local codes and ordinances, implementing good design and construction techniques and prioritizing which limited sustainable credits to pursue. A review by category indicates the credits achieved in the Sustainable Sites category were assisted by, in large part, the location and condition of the site, the demands of local codes and ordinances and an aggressive Pilot Program by the local storm and sanitary sewer authority. The Water Efciency credits were achieved primarily through the use of water efcient plumbing fxtures and credits previously achieved in the Sustainable Sites category. Energy and Atmosphere took the hit that is indicative of many projects seeking certifcation. The credits within this category represent a substantial initial cost and although credible evidence exists that indicate attractive payback periods, budgets are often tight and cannot handle this fnancial burden. With each LEED project that receives certifcation and federal, state and local governments mandate some degree of certifcation in government and educational facilities, new products become available that make the Materials and Resources category an easy mark for collecting credits. LEE0 200 for Core and SheII 0eveIopment Project Name: StudIo4 Project ChecklIst 0ate: 01 Dctober, 2009 1 PossIble PoInts: 28 6 PossIble PoInts: 13 Y N : Y N : Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 1 1 N CredIt 1 1 to 5 5 CredIt 2 5 2 CredIt 2 1 to 2 N CredIt J 8rownfIeld Fedevelopment 1 N CredIt J 1 N CredIt 4.1 6 2 CredIt 4 1 to 2 N CredIt 4.2 2 2 CredIt 5 1 to 2 3 CredIt 4.J AlternatIve TransportatIon-LowEmIttIng and FuelEffIcIent 7ehIcles J N CredIt 6 1 2 CredIt 4.4 2 1 CredIt 5.1 SIte 0evelopment-Protect or Festore HabItat 1 4 PossIble PoInts: 12 1 CredIt 5.2 SIte 0evelopment-|axImIze Dpen Space 1 1 CredIt 6.1 Stormwater 0esIgn-QuantIty Control 1 Y Prereq 1 1 CredIt 6.2 Stormwater 0esIgn-QualIty Control 1 Y Prereq 2 1 CredIt 7.1 Heat sland Effect-Nonroof 1 N CredIt 1 1 1 CredIt 7.2 1 N CredIt 2 1 1 CredIt 8 LIght PollutIon FeductIon 1 N CredIt J 1 1 CredIt 9 1 1 CredIt 4.1 1 1 CredIt 4.2 1 10 PossIble PoInts: 10 1 CredIt 4.J 1 1 CredIt 4.4 1 haterIaIs and Pesources |aterIals Feuse Fecycled Content LowEmIttIng |aterIals-AdhesIves and Sealants LowEmIttIng |aterIals-PaInts and CoatIngs ncreased 7entIlatIon 8uIldIng Feuse-|aIntaIn ExIstIng Walls, Floors, and Foof Storage and CollectIon of Fecyclables ConstructIon AQ |anagement Plan-0urIng ConstructIon LowEmIttIng |aterIals-FloorIng Systems LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products Dutdoor AIr 0elIvery |onItorIng Indoor EnvIronmentaI uaIIty |InImum ndoor AIr QualIty Performance EnvIronmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control SustaInabIe SItes AlternatIve TransportatIon-PublIc TransportatIon Access SIte SelectIon 0evelopment 0ensIty and CommunIty ConnectIvIty ConstructIon ActIvIty PollutIon PreventIon AlternatIve TransportatIon-8Icycle Storage and ChangIng Fooms ConstructIon Waste |anagement Tenant 0esIgn and ConstructIon CuIdelInes Water EffIcIency AlternatIve TransportatIon-ParkIng CapacIty Heat sland Effect-Foof CertIfIed Wood FegIonal |aterIals 1 CredIt 4.4 1 Y Prereq 1 N CredIt 5 1 4 CredIt 1 Water EffIcIent LandscapIng 2 to 4 N CredIt 6 1 2 CredIt 2 nnovatIve Wastewater TechnologIes 2 N CredIt 7 1 4 CredIt J 2 to 4 N CredIt 8.1 1 N CredIt 8.2 1 2 PossIble PoInts: 37 3 PossIble PoInts: 6 Y Prereq 1 Y Prereq 2 1 CredIt 1.1 1 Y Prereq J 1 CredIt 1.2 1 N CredIt 1 J to 21 N CredIt 1.J 1 N CredIt 2 4 N CredIt 1.4 1 2 CredIt J 2 N CredIt 1.5 1 N CredIt 4 2 1 CredIt 2 1 N CredIt 5.1 J N CredIt 5.2 J 2 PossIble PoInts: 4 N CredIt 6 2 1 CredIt 1.1 1 1 CredIt 1.2 1 N CredIt 1.J 1 N CredIt 1.4 1 46 PossIble PoInts: 110 CertIfIed 40 to 4 poInts SIIver 50 to 5 poInts CoId 60 to 7 poInts PIatInum 80 to 110 Creen Power DptImIze Energy Performance Enhanced FefrIgerant |anagement |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-8ase 8uIldIng |easurement and 7erIfIcatIon-Tenant SubmeterIng PegIonaI PrIorIty CredIts TotaI FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt LEE0 AccredIted ProfessIonal InnovatIon and 0esIgn Process ndoor ChemIcal and Pollutant Source Control Thermal Comfort-0esIgn 0aylIght and 7Iews-0aylIght ControllabIlIty of Systems-Thermal Comfort 0aylIght and 7Iews-7Iews LowEmIttIng |aterIals-ComposIte Wood and AgrIfIber Products Enhanced CommIssIonIng DnSIte Fenewable Energy Energy and Atmosphere Water Use FeductIon-20 FeductIon Water Use FeductIon |InImum Energy Performance Fundamental FefrIgerant |anagement Fundamental CommIssIonIng of 8uIldIng Energy Systems FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle nnovatIon In 0esIgn: SpecIfIc TItle FegIonal PrIorIty: SpecIfIc CredIt SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 132 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 10 | The Indoor Environmental Quality category doesnt address sustainable elements the same as any of the other categories. Yet it is an extremely important part of certifcation because it deals directly and immediately with human health, well being and occupant productivity. Low VOC products are available in every category for little, if any, additional cost or at a sacrifce to design. The Daylight and Views credits can be difcult if the site and foor plan are not suitable for considering these credits on their face. Revising the building foor plan and fenestration along with the interior ofce layout can come at the sacrifce of the Owners Project Requirements or site conditions and not always obtainable. Every project should look closely at increased ventilation, monitoring and chemical and pollutant control at the source. In all likelihood, this project will probably go back and reconsider some of the credits passed over. The direction of this project changed, however, to focus on achieving certifcation at minimal cost and achieved this goal in illustrating how little cost LEED certifcation can contribute to the overall budget. Given, this project is small although typical of many projects in size and site attributes. Not discussed are the costs for compliance to the prerequisites, though all but Fundamental Commissioning and Water Use Reduction are mainly a step above code or standards implemented in construction today such as providing space for recycling, a smoke free environment, construction pollution activity and refrigerant management. In summary, many attributes of green building have already been put in place thru federal, state and local laws, codes and ordinances. Combined with proper design and good construction practices and BMPs inherent in the industry today, NOT being green would be difcult to defend! Studio4 Ofce Project SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 133 C H A P T E R | 1 1 LEED Green Associate Exam C H A P T E R | 1 1 T he LEED Green Associate accreditation is for professionals who want to demonstrate green building expertise in non-technical felds of practice denoting basic knowledge of green design, construction, and operations. The LEED Green Associate examination is also required for all candidates who plan to continue forward with one of the Tier II credentialing examinations. Study Materials LEED Green Associate Exam SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 134 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 11 | LEED Green Associate Exam Study Materials The primary sources for the development of the core references are the LEED Rating Systems. The LEED Green Associate examination is designed to test your general knowledge of green building practices and how to support other professionals working on LEED projects. LEED Reference Guides are published by the U.S. Green Building Council and are available for purchase at www. usgbc.org/store > Publications. The GBCI Green Associate Candidate Handbook is a free download and lists resources that are subject matter for questions on the LEED Green Associate examination. There are seven primary references and ten ancillary references listed. The content on the USGBC website, www.usgbc.org including, but not limited to: L EED Project Registration LEED Certifcation content The purpose of LEED OnLine LEED Reference Guide Introductions Checklists LEED for Homes Rating System LEED for Homes Rating System Glossary of Terms Links to download these documents can be found in the GBCI Green Associate Candidate Handbook USGBC Primary Websites: U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC): www.usgbc.org Green Building Certifcation Institute (GBCI): www.gbci.org LEED Online: www.leedonline.com LEED Resources and links: www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=75 Prometric: www.prometric.com/gbci SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 11 | 135 LEED Green Associate Exam Getting Started The frst thing you should to do is download and study the LEED Green Associate Candidate Handbook, available as a free download at www.gbci.org. This handbook is the default source for information regarding the specifcs for the LEED Green Associate exam process. The information contained In the LEED Illustrated Green Associate study guide is an outline description of the exam process. A review of the LEED Green Associate Handbook will acquaint you with the specifcs regarding exam rescheduling, test site hours of operation, contact numbers, etc.. Detailed within the LEED Green Associate Candidate Handbook is, in part, the following information: 5 Things Every Candidate Should Know (includes study links) Study Materials (includes sample exam questions) Applying for Your Exam (includes eligibility requirements) Scheduling Your Exam (days, dates and times available) Pre-Exam Checklist (one month & one week checklists) The Day of Your Exam (ID and name requirements) After Your Exam (passing, failing, credentialing and certifcates) Contact information Examination Eligibility Requirements To take the LEED Green Associate exam, you must have experience in the form of involvement on a LEED registered project, employment (or previous employment) in a sustainable feld of work, or engagement in (or completion of) an education program that addresses green building principles. You only have to meet one of these criteria to demonstrate eligibility. For candidates who have attended, or are attending, an education program that addresses green building principles, GBCI will accept a certifcate of completion or an ofcial transcript in lieu of a letter of attestation. Any other eligibility documentation must be in the form of a letter of attestation. Candidates must also agree to the disciplinary policy and credential maintenance requirements and submit to an application audit. Applying for the Exam The process necessary to take the LEED Green Associate exam requires three (3) steps. First, you must apply for the exam and receive approval from the GBCI, the second step is to register for the exam with Prometric and third, upon successful registration, you can schedule your exam with Prometric. Registration is valid for a period of one (1) year from date of application approval. You are permitted to have one pending registration at any one time, but can take the examination three times during one year of the application approval. After three unsuccessful attempts, you must wait three months before you can register again. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 136 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 11 | LEED Green Associate Exam Go to www.gbci.org and click My Credentials. Create an account with GBCI, if you do not have one Create, or update, your profle and upload the required document for proof of eligibility. Verify that your name matches the identifcation you will present at the test center GBCI will review the application and approve, request additional information or deny After application approval by GBCI, you can register and schedule the exam with Prometric Registration and Scheduling GBCI contracts with Prometric to administer all LEED credentialing examinations. After you have been approved by GBCI and received your eligibility ID, you can register and schedule your exam with Prometric. After registering and scheduling, you will receive a confrmation number via e-mail. It is recommended that this be printed in the event you need to contact Prometric in the future. Candidates may register at any point during their one year application period through My Credentials at www.gbci.org. Available Prometric test sites can be located by visiting www. prometric.com/gbci LEED Green Associate Application and Exam Fees $50 non-refundable LEED Green Associate application fee $150 examination fee for USGBC national members and full time students $200 examination fee for all other exam applicants Payment can be made electronically by credit or debit card For test sites within the U.S., the fee is charged at the time the exam is taken For test sites outside the U.S., the fee is charged at the time the exam is scheduled Testing Rules & Regulations It is important to note that the USGBC and Prometric adhere to these rules, almost without exception, and are explained in full detail in the LEED Green Associate Candidate Handbook. You must provide a valid government issued photo ID (Drivers License, Passport or Military ID). The name on your photo ID must match the name you used when registering for the exam The test site will have available small lockers for you to place your personal items which are not permitted to be taken into the examination room. These items include wallets, purses, watches, keys, cell phones, calculators, paper, pens/pencils, computers, beverages, food, books, bags You must receive approval from the testing proctor prior to leaving the examination room. If you need to leave the examination room for any reason, make certain you have your photo ID with you. If you leave the building during the examination, the test proctor will terminate your exam SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 11 | 137 LEED Green Associate Exam One Month Before Your Exam Ensure that your name in My Credentials matches the identifcation you will present at the test center One Week Before Your Exam Confrm that the exam scheduled with Prometric is for the correct date, time, and location Ensure that your name in My Credentials matches the identifcation you will present at the test center The Day of Your Exam You must provide a valid, unexpired ID with a signature and a photograph Examination Format Raw exam scores are converted to a scaled score that ranges from a minimum of 125 to a maximum of 200 with a passing score set at 170. The scaled score is reported on screen at the end of the exam You will have 10 minutes to review a tutorial on how to use the computer. Any time remaining can be used to write memorization notes on the scrap paper provided at the test site There are 100 randomly delivered questions on the exam and you will have 2 hours to complete the 100 question exam, not including the 10 minute tutorial Questions are multiple choice with some having more than one answer, such as choose 3 of 5 Miscellaneous Make certain you know where the test center is located and get there 15 - 30 minutes early You are permitted to move thru the questions and either answer, leave unanswered or mark. At the conclusion of the exam, you will be shown a summary of the 100 questions showing which have been answered, marked or unanswered and given the opportunity to go back to address the marked or unanswered questions. You can also elect to review all of the questions at this time No credit is given for providing partial answers, such as answering 2 of 5 when 3 of 5 is required No credit is given for unanswered questions. Therefore it is recommended that you answer all questions on the frst try and mark those you are unsure of. Marked questions count as being answered Take your time and read each question carefully. Pay particular attention to words such as not, may, prerequisite, may be required, etc.. Not seeing these words can have an efect on the correct answer Certain questions and answers may remind you of something that can provide assistance in answering other questions you were previously unsure of SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 138 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 11 | LEED Green Associate Exam Passing the Exam If you receive a score of 170 or higher, you earn the LEED Green Associate designation You will receive a print out of your examination results which will indicate your performance on each section You will receive an automatic e-mail from GBCI notifying you when your results have posted Two to three months after you pass the exam, you will receive formal notifcation from GBCI, including a congratulatory letter and a certifcate recognizing you as a LEED Green Associate Failing the Exam If you receive a score of 169 or lower you will be denied the LEED Green Associate credential You will receive a print out of your exam results which will indicate your performance on each section If you decide to retake the exam, you can use the report to focus your studies on your weakest areas as indicated by your exam print out You will receive an automatic e-mail from GBCI notifying you when your results have posted Certifcates Certifcates will be mailed directly from GBCI headquarters two to three months after the test date Exam Specifcations The specifcations for each section of the LEED Green Associate exam are organized to include a list of seven (7) domains and their corresponding knowledge areas. This structure assesses whether a candidate is capable of performing specifc tasks and services. The following outline provides a general description of exam content areas for the LEED Green Associate exam: 1. Synergistic Opportunities and LEED Application Process Project Requirements (site; program; budget; schedule) Costs (hard costs; soft costs; life-cycle) Green Resources (USGBC; Environmental Building News) Standards that support LEED Credit (American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air- conditioning Engineers [ASHRAE]; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association [SMACNA] guidelines; Green Seal) Credit Interactions (energy and IEQ; waste management) Credit Interpretation Rulings/Requests and precedents that lead to exemplary performance Components of LEED Online and Project Registration Components of LEED Scorecard SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 11 | 139 LEED Green Associate Exam Components of Credit Forms (project calculations; supplementary documentation) Strategies to Achieve Credit Project Boundary; LEED Boundary; Property Boundary Prerequisites and/or Minimum Program Requirements for LEED Certifcation Preliminary Rating (target certifcation level) Multiple Certifcations for Same Building (Operations & Maintenance for certifed building new construction; core and shell and commercial interior; certifed building in neighborhood development) Occupancy Requirements (existing building - building must be fully occupied for 12 continuous months as described in minimum program requirements) USGBC Policies (trademark usage; logo usage) Requirements to earn LEED AP Credit 2. Project Site Factors Community Connectivity: Transportation (public transportation; bike storage; fuel efcient vehicle parking; parking capacity; car pool parking; car share membership [Zipcar]; shuttles; carts) Pedestrian Access (circulation and accessibility such as cross walks; ramps; and trails) Zoning Requirements: (density components such as calculations -site area and foor area ratio; construction limits; open space; building footprint; development footprint; specifc landscaping restrictions) Development: Heat Islands (non-roof; roof; Solar Refectance Index [SRI]; emissivity; albedo; heat island efect; green roofs) 3. Water Management Types and Quality of Water (potable; graywater; blackwater; stormwater) Water Management (water use reduction through fxtures such as water closets; urinals; sinks; lavatory faucets; showers; harvesting; baseline water demand; calculations of Full Time Equivalent; irrigation) 4. Project Systems and Energy Impacts Environmental Concerns (chlorofuorocarbon [CFC] reduction, no refrigerant option, ozone depletion, fre suppressions without halons or CFCs, phase-out plan, hydrochlorofuorocarbons [HCFC]) Green Power (of-site generated, renewable energy certifcates, Green-e providers) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 140 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 11 | LEED Green Associate Exam 5. Acquisition, Installation, and Management of Project Materials Recycled Materials (pre-consumer, post-consumer, collection requirements, commingled) Locally (regionally) Harvested and Manufactured Materials Construction Waste Management (written plan; accounted by weight or volume; reduction strategies; polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) removal and Asbestos-containing materials (ACM) management) 6. Stakeholder Involvement in Innovation Integrated Project Team Criteria (architect, heating-ventilation-air-conditioning [HVAC] engineer, landscape architect, civil engineer, contractor, Facility Manager) Durability Planning and Management (material life cycle, building re-use) Innovative and Regional Design (regional green design and construction measures as appropriate and established requirements) 7. Project Surroundings and Public Outreach Codes (building, plumbing, electrical, mechanical, fre protection) LEED Credentialing There are three tiers to the LEED Credentialing system: Tier I: LEED Green Associate Tier II: LEED AP+ (with Specialty) Building Design & Construction (BD&C) Interior Design & Construction (ID&C) Operations & Maintenance (O&M) Homes Neighborhood Development (ND) Tier III: LEED Fellow (Under Development) A LEED Green Associate is someone who has passed the LEED Green Associate examination by demonstrating an understanding of basic green building knowledge, construction and operations and has a general knowledge of green building practices and how to support other professionals working on LEED projects. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 11 | 141 LEED Green Associate Exam 5 Things Every Candidate Should Know 1. Ensure that your name in My Credentials matches the identifcation you will present at the test center 2. In order to receive member pricing for your examination, you must enter your Corporate Access ID into your USGBC account prior to registration. (To update your member status, go to www.usgbc.org > Your Account > Membership) The member discount is not automatically applied retroactively to exam registrations that are submitted under non-member pricing 3. To change or cancel your exam appointment you must do so through Prometric no later than midnight on the third day before your scheduled exam. All exam appointments cancelled/ rescheduled 30 days or less before the exam date are charged a $30 fee. If you do not receive a new confrmation number from Prometric, contact them immediately to confrm that your appointment has been successfully cancelled/rescheduled 4. The only feld you cannot edit in your My Credentials account is the name. (If you need to change your name, contact GBCI credentialing staf at www.gbci.org/contact > Name Changes or at 1-800-795-1746, within the US, or at +1-202-828-1145, outside the US.) Every other feld, including username, e-mail address, password, street address, company afliation, etc., can be changed, so there is no reason to create a new account when you change jobs, locations, or job titles 5. If you have a documented disability that would prevent you from taking a LEED Professional Credentialing exam under standard conditions, you may request a reasonable accommodation as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Prometric certifes that it shall comply with the provisions of the ADA. Examination Question Format The following question is provided only as an example of the general format and content of items on the examination. Question: 1: What Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI) program set standards for low-emitting carpets, adhesives, and pads? (select 1) A. Green Seal B. Green Guard C. Green-e Certifed D. Green Label Plus Answer: D. Green Label Plus This question aligns itself with: 1. Synergistic Opportunities and LEED Application Process Standards that support LEED credit SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 143 The Seven Domains C H A P T E R | 1 2 Synergistic Opportunities and LEED Project Site Factors Water Management Project Systems & Energy Impacts Project Materials Stakeholder Involvement in Innovation Project Surroundings & Public Outreach T he specifcations for each section of the LEED Green Associate examination are organized to include a list of seven (7) domains and their corresponding knowledge areas. This structure provides the framework to guide the development of the examination items to assess whether a candidate is capable of performing specifc tasks and services. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 144 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 12 | The Seven Domains As outlined in the LEED Green Associate Candidate Handbook, the content of the Green Associate exam is categorized into seven sections, or domains. Each domain contains various descriptions relative to a specifc topic to study. The seven domains are: Synergistic Opportunities and LEED Application Process 1. Project Site Factors 2. Water Management 3. Project Systems and Energy Impacts 4. Acquisition, Installation and Management of Project Materials 5. Stakeholder Involvement in Innovation 6. Project Surroundings and Public Outreach 7. Additionally, it is recommended that the study material links included in the LEED Green Associate Candidate Handbook be downloaded and reviewed. All current rating system candidate handbooks can be located on the GBCI website under Resources > Credentialing Resources Note: Click on the green buttons to be directed to the section(s) that describe the topic(s) being addressed 1. Synergistic Opportunities and LEED Application Process Project Requirements (site; program; budget; schedule) During the predesign phase (charrette), stakeholders meet to establish the initial project parameters including site selection, registering the owners program requirements regarding building size, number of employees, how the business and organization functions, any specifc requirements relative to the building systems such as HVAC, power and lighting, project budget, design and construction schedules and also to target the rating system and level of achievement to pursue. By using the Scorecard, the project team will be able to determine the range of certifcation levels that are within reach of the project. Understand the 4 levels of certifcation and the credit point ranges required for each level. Selecting the proper rating system is usually an easy task but may require in depth consideration in some instances, particularly if renovation is involved. It may be a matter of adding the credits that can be achieved with 2 or more possibilities in order to make the determination. Costs (hard costs; soft costs; life-cycle costs) Green Resources (USGBC; Environmental Building News) The frst section of the Appendix contains links to the following types of green resources: websites, magazines and interactive blogs relating to sustainability SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 12 | 145 The Seven Domains Standards that support LEED Credit (American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air-conditioning Engineers [ASHRAE]; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association [SMACNA] guidelines; Green Seal) The crux of the LEED rating systems is based on meeting requirements as established by governing authorities, best management practices (BMPs) or standards that have been created by organizations such as ASHRAE, ANSI, Green Seal and others. Located in the Appendix are charts listing each standard as referenced in the LEED reference guide Credit Interactions (energy and IEQ; waste management) It would be nearly impossible to design a sustainable and high performance building without understanding the interactions between the credits. Many defnitions exist as to what synergies are, but in the most simplistic form an analogy would be similar to that of every action causes an opposite and equal reaction. Thats not exactly the case, as LEED defnes credit interactions that are positive as synergies and those interactions which are negative as tradeofs. It is crucial to understand the side efects whenever considering the implementation of a credit. For instance, a green roof has so many positive synergies such as improving stormwater quantity and quality, reducing heating/cooling loads, providing habitat, increasing open spaces, etc. On the other hand, when looking at the replacement of CFCs in existing refrigerant systems with HCFCs, you reduce ozone depletion but add to the global warming efect. A synergy and a tradeof. The Appendix has a credit-by- credit listing of common credit synergies and tradeofs. These should be studied for a better understanding of this critical responsibility of an integrated project team. Because every construction project is diferent, the makeup of synergies and tradeofs is unique to that project. Located in the Appendix are charts listing the synergies associated with each credit Credit Interpretation Rulings/Requests and precedents that lead to exemplary performance Components of LEED Online and Project Registration Components of LEED Scorecard Components of Letter Templates (project calculations; supplementary docs) Strategies to Achieve Credit Strategies to achieve a credit, or prerequisite, can be as simple as complying with a single referenced standard or they may be complex and require creative planning. Credits can be diferent as to their requirement structure. A credit may have just one requirement that must be met, several requirements that must be met, such as credit SSc1: Site Selection which has 6 requirements and then there are credits that ofer options, or alternative compliance paths, for achievement such as WEc1: Water Efcient Landscaping. Credits may also be achieved by implementing innovative strategies that would be considered as Innovation in Design performance. Some credits require calculations, uploading supporting data or verifcation that the work was actually performed. Link to the section that outlines how prerequisites and credits are structured SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 146 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 12 | The Seven Domains Project Boundary; LEED Boundary; Property Boundary Prerequisites and/or Minimum Program Requirements for LEED Certifcation Preliminary Rating (target certifcation level) A preliminary rating is the target rating level as determined by the total credit count of the credits the project initially sets out to pursue. Ideally, during the predesign (charrette) phase. The project team uses the Scorecard to evaluate each credit and its requirements to determine if the credit is achievable, and at what cost to the project budget or its interaction with other credits. The total of these credits will be the target certifcation level Multiple Certifcations for Same Building (Operations & Maintenance for certifed building new construction; core and shell and commercial interior; certifed building in neighborhood development) Occupancy Requirements (existing building -- building must be fully occupied for 12 continuous months as described in minimum program requirements) USGBC Policies (trademark usage; logo usage) Requirements to Earn LEED AP Credit 2. Project Site Factors Community Connectivity: Transportation (public transportation; bike storage; fuel efcient vehicle parking; parking capacity; car pool parking; car share membership [Zipcar]; shuttles; carts); Pedestrian Access (circulation and accessibility such as cross walks; ramps; and trails) Zoning Requirements: density components such as calculations, site area and foor area ratio; construction limits; open space; building footprint; development footprint; specifc landscaping restrictions Development: Heat Islands (non-roof; roof; Solar Refectance Index [SRI]; emissivity; albedo; heat island efect; green roofs) 3. Water Management Types and Quality of Water (potable; graywater; blackwater; stormwater) Water Management (water use reduction through fxtures such as water closets; urinals; sinks; lavatory faucets; showers; harvesting; baseline water demand; calculations of Full Time Equivalent; irrigation) 4. Project Systems and Energy Impacts Environmental Concerns (chlorofuorocarbon [CFC] reduction, no refrigerant option, ozone depletion, fre suppressions without halons or CFCs, phase-out plan, Hydrochlorofuorocarbons [HCFC]) Green Power (of-site generated, renewable energy certifcates, Green-e providers) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 12 | 147 The Seven Domains 5. Acquisition, Installation, and Management of Project Materials Recycled Materials (pre-consumer, post-consumer, collection requirements, commingled) Locally (regionally) Harvested and Manufactured Materials Construction Waste Management (written plan; accounted by weight or volume; reduction strategies; polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) removal and Asbestos-containing materials (ACM) management) 6. Stakeholder Involvement in Innovation Integrated Project Team Criteria (architect, heating-ventilation-air-conditioning [HVAC] engineer, landscape architect, civil engineer, contractor, Facility Manager) The 4 conversations in Chapter 1 provide an excellent analysis of the roles and value of an integrated project and design team Durability Planning and Management (material lifecycle, building re-use) This subject promotes durability and high performance of the building enclosure and its components and systems through appropriate design, materials selection and construction practices. Although this can be applicable to all green projects through the sustainable procurement policies, Durability Planning and Management is a LEED for Homes mandated prerequisite and can be reviewed in the LEED for Homes Reference Guide Innovative and Regional Design (regional green design and construction measures as appropriate and established requirements) 7. Project Surroundings and Public Outreach Codes (building, plumbing, electrical, mechanical, fre protection) Every construction project in this country will most likely be governed to some degree by local, state and/or federal regulations, laws and codes. They include local zoning and building codes that are concerned with building setbacks, parking requirements, landscaping and open space ordinances, fre protection and, most importantly, life safety issues. The Sustainable Building Technical Manual: Part II provides additional information regarding Laws, Codes and Standards. The Appendix provides a link to this manual SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 149 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms C H A P T E R | 1 3 Acronyms & Abbreviations Glossary of Terms A cronyms and defnitions that may be unfamiliar or have specifc meanings in the context of sustainability and green building. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 150 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | Acronyms & Glossary of Terms Acronyms & Abbreviations ACCA: Air Conditioning Contractors of America ACEEE: American Council for an Energy Efcient Economy AE: Awareness and Education Section AFUE: Annual Fuel Utilization Efciency AIA: American Institute of Architects AFV: Alternative Fueled Vehicle (hybrid-electric, electric, natural gas, bio-diesel, fuel cell ALP ENERGY STAR: Advanced Lighting Package ANSI: American National Standards Institute ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials BIPV: Building Integrated Photovoltaics (integrated with roof, spandrels, glazing, shading devices BOD: Biological Oxygen Demand (that which is created by the release of nitrogen rich wastewater CAE: Combined Annual Efciency CDVR: Corrected Design Ventilation Rate (design ventilation rate divided by the air change efectiveness CFA: Conditioned Floor Area CFC: Chlorofuorocarbon (ozone depleting HVAC refrigerants CFL: Compact Fluorescent Light CFM: Cubic Feet per Minute CFR: U.S. Code of Federal Regulations CGP: Construction General Permit CIBSE: Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers CIR: USGBC Credit Interpretation Request CIWMB: California Integrated Waste Management Board CO: Carbon Monoxide CO2: Carbon Dioxide COC: Chain of Custody COP: Coefcient of Performance CRI: Carpet & Rug Institute CRS: Center for Resource Solutions SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | 151 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms CSI: Construction Specifcations Institute CWA: Clean Water Act (formerly referred to as the Federal Water Pollution Control Act or Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972) CZ: Climate zone DHW: Domestic Hot Water DOE: U.S. Department of Energy DU: Distribution Uniformity EA: LEED Energy and Atmosphere section ECB: Energy Cost Budget (ASHRAE 90.1 compliance path ECM: Energy Conservation Measure (design strategies intended to reduce energy use EEM: Energy Efcient Measure (interchangeable with ECM, term used in energy modeling tools EER: Energy Efciency Rating EERE :U.S. Ofce of Energy Efciency and Renewable Energy EF: Energy Factor EPA: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ETS: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (includes that which is spread through ventilation systems FEMA: U.S. Federal Emergency Management Agency FSC: Forest Stewardship Council GBCI: Green Building Certifcation Institute GPF: Gallons Per Flush GPM : Gallons Per Minute GWP: Global Warming Potential (rating of a gaseous substances contribution to greenhouse efects HCFC: Hydrochlorofourocarbon (alternative refrigerant that has reduced ozone depleting efects HFC: Hydrofourocarbon (alternative refrigerant with no ozone depleting efects but some tradeof HEPA: High-Efciency Particle Absorbing HERS: Home Efciency Rating Standards HET: High-Efciency Toilet HOA: Homeowners Association HSPF: Heating Season Performance Ffactor SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 152 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | Acronyms & Glossary of Terms HVAC: Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning HVAC&R: Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning & Refrigeration IAP: ENERGY STAR with Indoor Air Package IAQ: Indoor Air Quality (with respect to human occupancy of a building ICC: International Code Council ICF: Insulated Concrete Form ID: LEED Innovation & Design section IDR: Innovative Design Report IECC: International Energy Conservation Code IEQ: LEED Indoor Environmental Quality section (encompasses IAQ, thermal comfort, daylighting, etc IESNA: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America IPLV: Integrated Part Load Value (chiller efciency including part load operation for a given cycle IPMVP: International Performance Measurement & Verifcation Protocol, Inc. IRC: International Residence Code ISO: International Organization for Standardization KW: Kilowatt KWH: Kilowatt-hour LCA: Life Cycle Assessment (a full assessment of a materials cradle-to-grave environmental impacts LED: Light-Emitting Diode LEED: Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design LEED AP: LEED Accredited Professional LL: LEED Location and Linkages section (Homes) MEF: Modifed Energy Factor MERV: Minimum Efciency Reporting Value (a measure of the efectiveness of air fltration media MR: LEED Materials & Resources section MSDS: Material Safety Data Sheet (provides essential information on composition and hazards NFRC: National Fenestration Rating Council NPDES: National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System NPS: Non-point Source SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | 153 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms O&M: Operation and Maintenance ODP: Ozone Depleting Potential (rating of a gaseous substances ability to destroy stratospheric ozone OSB: Oriented Strand Board OSWER: U.S. EPA Ofce of Solid Waste & Emergency Response RESNET: Residential Energy Services Network SCAQMD: South Coast Air Quality Management District SCS: Scientifc Certifcation Systems SEER: Seasonal Energy Efciency Rating SHGC: Solar Heat Gain Coefcient (the fraction of solar radiation admitted through a particular glazing SIP: Structural Insulated Panels SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Contractors Association SWPPP: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan SRI: Solar Refectance Index SS: LEED Sustainable Site section TASC: Technical Advisory Subcommittee TP: Total Phosphorous (phosphates, polyphosphates and orthophosphates in stormwater TSS: Total Suspended Solids (particles too small or light to be removed from a liquid by gravity settling UL: Underwriters Laboratory UBC: Uniform Building Code: The International Conference of Building Ofcials model building code UPC :Uniform Plumbing Code USGBC: U.S. Green Building Council VAV: Variable Air Volume (ventilation system confguration diferentiated from Constant Air Volume) VOC: Volatile Organic Compound (hazardous substances that ofgass from certain chemicals WE: LEED Water Efciency section WF: Water Factor WFA: Window-to-foor ratio SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 154 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | Acronyms & Glossary of Terms Glossary of Terms acid rain: precipitation of dilute solutions of strong mineral acids, formed by the mixing of the atmosphere of various industrial pollutants (primarily sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide) with naturally occurring oxygen and water vapor active ventilation: synonymous with mechanical ventilation adapted (or introduced) plants: non-native, introduced plants that reliably grow well in a given habitat with minimal winter protection, pest control, fertilization or irrigation once their root systems are established; adapted plants are considered low, maintenance and not invasive adaptive reuse: renovation of a space for a purpose diferent from the original adhesives: substance that is used to bond one surface to another by attachment aerosol adhesive: an aerosol product in which the spray mechanism is permanently housed in a nonrefllable can agrifbre: agricultural fber such as wheat, straw, cereal straw, sugarcane bagasse, sunfower husk, walnut shells, coconut husks agrifbre board: a composite panel product derived from recovered agricultural waste fber and mixed together with a resin. To meet credit requirements, the products must: be inside the buildings weatherproofng system, composite components used in assemblies must be included and the product must be part of the base building system air conditioning: the process of treating air to meet the requirements of a conditioned space by controlling the temperature, humidity, cleanliness and distribution air handling units (AHUs): mechanically indirect heating, ventilating or air conditioning systems in which air is treated or handled by equipment located outside the space served and conveyed to and from the space by means of a fan and duct system air quality standards: level of pollutants prescribed by regulations that are not to be exceeded during a given time in a defned area airborne pollutant: any substance in the air that could cause harm to humans, animals and vegetation albedo: refectance of sunlight, also known as Solar Refectance alternative daily cover: material that is placed on the surface of the active face of a municipal solid waste landfll at the end of each day to control vectors, fres, odors, blowing litter and scavenging alternative fuel vehicles: engines that do not rely on petroleum as their only source of fuel ambient temperature: temperature of the surrounding air or other medium anticorrosive paint: coatings formulated for use in preventing the corrosion of ferrous metal substrates aquifer: underground rock formations holding water that is supplied to wells and springs SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | 155 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms architectural nonporous sealant primer: a substance used as a sealant primer on nonporous materials architectural porous sealant primer: a substance used as a sealant on porous materials area weighted SRI: weighted average calculation for buildings with multiple roof surfaces to demonstrate that the total roof area has an average SRI equal to or greater than that of a theoretical roof 75% of whose surfaces have an SRI of 78 and 25% have an SRi of 30% assembly recycled content: the percentage of material in a product that is either postconsumer or preconsumer recycled content attendance boundary: used by school districts to determine which students attend what school based on where they live audiovisual (A/V) media: slides, flm, video, sound recordings and other such devises used to present information automatic fxture sensors: motion detectors that automatically turn on and turn of lavatories, sinks, water closets and urinals ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers bake out: process of removing VOCs from a building by elevating the temperature baseline building performance: annual energy costs for a building design intended for use as a baseline for rating above standard design, as defned by ASHRAE 90.1-2007, Appendix G baseline case versus design case: amount of design case water saved over the baseline case amount; the baseline case is based on the Energy Policy Act or 1992 (EPAct 1992) for fush and fow rates baseline irrigation water use: amount of water used by conventional irrigation in the region basis of design (BOD): design information gathered to document the owners project requirements bicycle racks: outdoor bicycle racks, bicycle lockers and indoor bicycle storage rooms biochemical oxygen demand: measure of how fast biological organisms use up oxygen in a body of water biodegradable: capable of decomposing under natural conditions biodiversity: the variety of life in all forms, levels and combination including ecosystem diversity, species diversity and genetic diversity biofuel based energy systems: electrical power systems that run on renewable fuels derived from organic materials such as untreated wood waste, agricultural crops and residues, animal wastes, landfll gas and other organic waste biological control: the use of chemical or physical water treatment to inhibit bacterial growth in cooling towers biomass: the total weight of a designated group of organisms in a particular area SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 156 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | Acronyms & Glossary of Terms bioswale: stormwater control feature that uses a combination of engineered basin, soils and vegetation to slow and detain stormwater blackwater: wastewater from toilets and urinals, defnitions vary where wastewater from kitchen sinks, showers and bathtubs are considered as blackwater under some jurisdictions bleed of or blow down: release of solids in a cooling tower by releasing the towers recirculating water bleed of rate: frequency bleed of occurs Best Management Practices (BMPs): used to control the generation and delivery of pollutants from the built environment to water ways, thereby reducing the amount of pollutants entering surface and ground waters. BMPs can be structural like a Vortechs System or can be non- structural, like street sweeping breathing zone: part of an occupied room from 3 to 6 feet of the foor and more than 2 feet from walls or fxed air conditioning equipment as per ASHRAE 62.1 brownfeld: land whose former use resulted in potential pollution or the presence of hazardous substances British thermal unit (Btu): amount of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of liquid water from 60 F to 61 F Building Automation Systems (BAS): systems that use computer controls to monitor and control building subsystems for maximum operating efciency and reporting building density: foor area of the building divided by the total area of the site (sf per acre) building envelope: exterior surfaces of a building. Walls, roof, windows, foor and also referred to as the shell building footprint: area of the building structure that is defned by the perimeter of the building plan. Pavement, landscaping and other nonbuilding facilities are not included in the building footprint building operating plan: document covering the intended operation of each building base system building related illness: an illness which can be diagnosed and attributed to building contaminants byproduct: material, other than the principal material, that is generated as a consequence of an industrial process or as a breakdown product in a living system campus or private bus: bus or shuttle service that is privately operated and not available to the general public. In LEED, a campus or private bus line that falls within 1/4 mile of the project site and provides transportation service to the public can contribute to earning points cap and trade system: a regulatory or management system that sets a target level for emissions or natural resource use, and, after distributing shares in that quota, lets trading in those permits determine their price SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | 157 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms carbon dioxide (CO2) levels: measuring exhaust gas levels that indicate ventilation efectiveness. Concentrations above 530 ppm (parts per million) show inadequate ventilation, while concentrations above 800 ppm show poor air quality carbon footprint: a measure of greenhouse gas emissions associated with an activity; a comprehensive carbon footprint includes building construction, operation, energy use, building related transportation and the embodied energy of water, solid waste and construction materials carpool: two or more people sharing a vehicle chain-of-custody (COC): tracks products from harvest or extraction to consumer end-use chain of custody certifcation: awarded to companies that produce, sell, promote or trade forest products after audits verify proper accounting of material fows and proper use of the FSC name and logo chemical runof: water that takes chemicals from the project, including the surrounding hardscape, to local waterways chemical treatment: chemicals to control rusting, biological growth and scaling in cooling towers. Other treatments such apply ultra-violet light, are considered healthier for humans chlorofuorocarbons (CFCs): a chemical compound made up of carbon, fuorine, and chlorine; CFCs have been used as propellants in spray cans, coolants in refrigerators and air conditioners, and in foam, plastics, and cleaning solvents; they are very stable in the troposphere, but are broken down by strong ultraviolet light in the stratosphere and release chlorine atoms that then deplete the ozone layer climate change: signifcant change to a given climate over 10 years or more coating: substance applied to beautify, protect or provide a barrier to a surface combined heat and power (CHP) (or cogeneration): generates both electrical power and thermal energy from one fuel source comfort criteria: conditions for human comfort based on temperature, humidity, clothing and anticipated activity commingling recycling: permits putting diferent materials in one container for later sorting and recycling at a sorting facility commissioning (Cx): the process of verifying and documenting that a building and all of its systems and assemblies are planned, designed, installed, tested, operated and maintained to meet the owners project requirements (OPR) commissioning cycle: schedule of commissioning phases commissioning plan: a document that outlines the organization, schedule, allocation of resources and documentation requirements of the commissioning process commissioning process: systematic efort to ensure that building systems are designed, specifed, installed and functioning in accordance with the owners intent SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 158 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | Acronyms & Glossary of Terms commissioning report: a document that details the commissioning process, including a commissioning program overview, identifcation of the commissioning team and description of the commissioning process activities commissioning specifcation: contract language used in construction documents to detail the objective, scope and implementation of the construction and acceptance phases of the commissioning process as developed by the design phase of the commissioning plan commissioning team: includes those people responsible for working together to carry out the commissioning process community connectivity: amount of connection between a site and the surrounding community. The physical location of the site relative to homes, schools, retail, restaurants, medical and other services compact fuorescent lamp (CFL): a small fuorescent lamp used as a more efcient alternative to incandescent lamps completed design area: the total area of the fnished ceilings, foors, full height walls and demountable partitions, interior doors and built-in case goods. Not included are exterior doors and windows composite wood: wood or plant particles or fbers bonded together by a synthetic resin or binder and include plywood, particle board, oriented strandboard (OSB), medium density fberboard (MDF) and composite door cores. To meet credit requirements, the products must: be inside the buildings weatherproofng system, composite components used in assemblies must be included and the product must be part of the base building system composting (or nonwater) toilets: dry plumbing fxtures and fttings that contain and treat human waste via microbiological processes Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA): tax on the chemical and petroleum industries to clean up abandoned or historic waste sites compressed work week: rearranges the workweek by increasing the daily hours and decreasing the number of days from a standard of 8 hours per day for 5 consecutive days concentration: the ratio of the level of dissolved solids in the recirculating water to the level found in the entering makeup water conditioned space: the sections of a building that are heated, cooled or both conservation: methods of utilizing natural resources in ways to prevent their depletion constructed wetland: artifcial system designed to simulate the water treatment efects of wetlands and remove any pollutants construction and demolition debris: waste and recyclable materials from construction, demolition, deconstruction or renovation of existing buildings construction, demolition and land clearing debris: everything included in construction and demolition debris plus soil, vegetation and rock from land clearing SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | 159 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms construction IAQ management plan: plan to minimize air contamination caused by building construction; includes procedures to remove contaminants before occupancy construction waste management plan: plan that diverts construction debris from landflls or incinerators through recycling, salvaging and reusing contaminant: an unwanted airborne element that may reduce indoor air quality controls: operating mechanisms that enable a person to turn devices on or of conventional irrigation: most common type of irrigation used in the region where the project is located cooling tower: equipment using water to absorb heat from other sources, such as air conditioning systems core learning spaces: spaces for educational activities where the primary purpose is teaching or learning curfew hours: locally set times when lighting restrictions take efect; default time is 10 p.m. daylight factor: percentage of exterior illumination to interior illumination; variables include foor area, window area, window design, visible transmittance and window height daylight glazing: the vertical window 7-6 above the foor daylighting: the controlled admission of natural light into a space to reduce or eliminate the need for artifcial light daylighting zone: the total foor area that meets the performance requirements for daylighting daylight responsive lighting controls: photosensors used with other switching and dimming devices to control the amount of artifcial light in relationship to the amount of natural daylight demand control ventilation: the automatic reduction of outside air to a level below design rates when occupancy is less than design determined by occupancy indicators such as time of day, schedules densely occupied space: an area with 25 people or more per 1,000 square feet, or 40 square feet or less of foor space per person density factor (kd): modifes the evapotranspiration rate to refect the use by a particular plant or group of plants to calculate the landscape coefcient design light output: the output of a lamp at 40% of its useful life development density: total area of all buildings within a particular area and expressed in square feet per acre development footprint: the area impacted by the project site, which includes parking, landscaping, roads and other facilities in addition to the building SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 160 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | Acronyms & Glossary of Terms district energy system: central energy conversion plant and transmission and distribution system that provides thermal energy to a group of buildings. Central energy systems that provide only electricity are not included dew point: the temperature to which air must be cooled for the water vapor it contains to revert to a liquid state direct line of sight to perimeter vision glazing: method used to determine the calculated area of regularly occupied areas with direct line of sight to perimeter vision glazing displacement ventilation: provides buoyancy driven air fow rather than conventional forced methods diversity of uses or housing types: number of spaces or housing types, ofces, homes, schools, parks, stores, per acre downstream equipment: all heating or cooling systems, equipment and controls located within a project building and site associated with transporting thermal energy into heated or cooled spaces drip irrigation: uses low pressure to deliver water through a series of tubes directly to specifc plants; uses less water than standard means and supplies water only to selected plants, not weeds or hardscape surfaces dry urinals: also known as nonwater urinals and composting toilets; a water fush is replaced with a trap full of buoyant liquid that blocks sewer gas and odors from escaping dry ponds: elevated areas that detain stormwater and slow runof but are dry between rain events durable goods: items that have a useful life of 2 or more years or may require capital expenditure durable goods waste stream: durable goods leaving the project site that have been fully depreciated and have reached the end of their useful life ecological restoration: the process of assisting in the recovery and management of ecological integrity ecologically appropriate site features: natural site elements that maintain or restore the ecological integrity of the site economizer: devices such as HVAC enthalpy controls used to make building systems more energy efcient ecosystem: a basic unit of nature that includes a community of organisms and their nonliving environment linked by biological, chemical and physical processes electrical conductivity (EC) meter: a device that measures the amount of nutrients and salt in water elemental mercury: pure mercury. Mercury vapor is commonly used in fuorescent and other types of lamps SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | 161 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms embodied energy: the energy used during the entire life cycle of a product, including the manufacture, transportation, disposal as well as the inherent energy captured within the product emissions reduction reporting: the calculation, tracking and documentation of the greenhouse gas emissions that are associated with the energy usage of a building emissivity: the ratio of radiation emitted from a material to the radiation from a black body at the same temperature endangered species: species threatened with extinction energy audit: identifes the amount and purpose of the energy used and identifes efciency and cost reduction opportunities energy conservation measures: methods or activities that use less energy energy or greenhouse gas emissions per capita: total greenhouse gas emissions of a community divided by the total resident count energy efcient products and systems: building components and appliances that use less energy energy management system: a control system capable of monitoring environmental and system loads and adjusting HVAC operations accordingly in order to conserve energy while maintaining comfort energy simulation model (or energy model): computer representations that allow users to estimate the anticipated energy use of the building; allows various systems to be compared for performance with a baseline Energy Star rating: is a measure of a buildings energy performance compared to those with similar characteristics; a 50 score represents average building performance energy use intensity: energy consumption divided by the area in square feet in a building; energy consumption is usually expressed as British thermal units (Btus) per square foot or as kilowatt-hours of electricity per square foot per year (kWh/sf/yr) enhanced commissioning: set of best practices that go beyond fundamental commissioning that includes designating a commissioning authority prior to the construction documents phase, conducting commissioning design reviews, reviewing contractor submittals, developing a systems manual, verifying operator training and performing a post occupancy operations review entryway systems: open foor grates or grilles designed to capture potential pollutants from people entering a building environmental sustainability: long term maintenance of ecosystem components for future generations Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS): (also known as secondhand smoke) refers to all forms of tobacco smoke exhaled, or allowed to be released into the air, by smokers SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 162 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | Acronyms & Glossary of Terms erosion: process by which hard materials are loosened or dissolved, or worn away and transported by natural agents eutrophication: the increase in chemical nutrients, such as nitrogen found in fertilizers, in an ecosystem evapotranspiration: amount of water lost from the soil and by transpiration from plants and expressed in millimeters per unit of time evapotranspiration (ET) rate: amount of water lost from a vegetated surface in units of water depth and expressed in millimeters per unit of time exfltration: air leakage through cracks exhaust air: air removed from a building and discharged outside the building by mechanical or natural ventilation systems existing area: the total area of a building structure, core and envelope that existed when the project area was selected Fairtrade: a product certifcation system overseen by FLO International that identifes products that meet certain environmental, labor and development standards foodplain: land that has a likelihood of being fooded within a given storm cycle, such as a 100 year storm foor area ratio: ratio of total building area to that of the amount of buildable land fy ash: solid waste from an incineration process which can be used in concrete fush out: the operation of mechanical systems for two weeks using 100% outside air at the end of construction and prior to occupancy to ensure safe indoor air quality Food Alliance: certifes food from sustainable farms and ranches that produce natural products, ensure quality control and food safety, responsibly manage water and energy resources, stresses recycling and waste management, provides a safe work environment and commits to a continuous improvement of sustainable practices footcandle: amount of illumination falling on a surface at one lumen per square foot of surface area formaldehyde: a natural VOC compound found in plants and animals fossil fuel: energy derived from ancient organic remains such as peat, coal, crude oil and natural gas fuel efcient vehicles: vehicles earning a score of 40 or more on the American Council for an Energy Efcient Economy annual vehicle rating guide full cutof luminaire: light source where the light output (in lumens) does not exceed 0% at 90 degrees above nadir and 10% above 80 degrees SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | 163 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms full time equivalent (FTE): a regular building occupant who spends 40 hours per week in the project building. Part time or overtime occupants have FTE values based on their hours per week divided by 40. Multiple shifts are included or excluded depending on their intent and requirements of the credit full time equivalent building occupants: a measure equal to the total number of hours all building occupants spend in the building during the peak 8 hour occupancy period divided by 8 hours fully shielded exterior light fxtures: attached to outside light sources and built so the lower edge of the shield is at or below the lowest edge of the lamp, such that light travels downward only fundamental commissioning: set of essential best practices used to ensure that building performance requirements have been identifed early in the projects development and to verify that the designed systems have been installed in compliance with those requirements. Included are the process of designating a commissioning authority, documenting the owners project requirements and basis of design (BOD), incorporating commissioning requirements into the construction documents, establishing a commissioning plan, verifying installation and performance of specifed building systems and completing a summary commissioning report furniture, fxtures and equipment (FFE): all movable items not part of the base building such as desks, computers and portable lights gallons per minute: measurement of water used by fow fxtures (faucets, showerheads, aerators, sprinkler heads); Per EPAct 1992, baseline rates for faucets, showerheads and aerators is 2.5 gpm gallons per fush: measurement of water used by fush fxtures (water closets and urinals); per EPAct 1992, baseline rates for water closets is 1.6 gpf and urinals is 1.0 gpf geothermal energy: the heat of the earth; where this heat occurs close to the earths surface, and is able to maintain a temperature in the surrounding rock or water at or above 150 degrees C, it may be tapped to drive steam turbines geothermal heating systems: systems that use pipes to transfer heat from underground steam or hot water for heating, cooling and hot water glare: any excessively bright source of light within the visual feld that creates discomfort or loss of visibility glazing factor: the ratio of interior light at a specifc point on a specifc plane under known overcast skies; the variables used by LEED area the foor area, window areas, window geometry, visible transmittance and window height global warming: an increase in the temperature near the surface of the earth SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 164 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | Acronyms & Glossary of Terms graywater: domestic wastewater composed of wash water from kitchen, bathroom and laundry sinks, tubs and washers; the Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) defnes graywater as untreated household wastewater that has not come in contact with toilet waste; the International Plumbing Code (IPC) defnes graywater as wastewater discharged from lavatories, bathtubs, showers, clothes washers and laundry sinks; some states will allow kitchen sinks to be included with graywater green cleaning: the use of cleaning products and practices that have lower environmental impacts and more positive indoor air quality impacts than conventional products and practices green power: synonymous with renewable energy green-e: program established by the Center for Resource Solutions to promote green electricity products greenfelds: sites not previously developed or graded that could support open space, habitat or agriculture greenwashing: a term playing of whitewash that is used to describe projects that are labeled as energy-efcient and sustainable when theyre really not; its also a term sometimes used to describe the distribution of misleading information by a business or an organization to conceal its abuse of the environment greenhouse efect: the rise in temperature that the Earth experiences because certain gases in the atmosphere (water vapor, carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, and methane, for example) trap energy from the sun; because of their warming efect, these gases are referred to as greenhouse gases; without them, more heat would escape back into space and the Earths average temperature would be about 33C colder; similarly, their rapid accumulation in the atmosphere can lead to rising temperatures greenhouse gases (GHGs): gasses such as carbon dioxide or methane that refects infrared radiation emitted by the earth, thereby helping to retain heat in the atmosphere group multi occupant spaces: include conference rooms, classrooms and other indoor spaces used as places of congregation halons: ozone damaging chemicals used in fre fghting systems and extinguishers hard costs: project costs directly related to construction and development activities such as contractor costs, labor and material costs, and costs related to direct service and material costs for the project. Not included are soft costs such as legal fees, closing fees, architectural and engineering fees, interest costs, etc. hardscape: refers to the non-plant elements of the landscape; these elements include pavement, concrete, brick, tile and other hard surfaces external to the building shell hard surface fooring: includes vinyl, linoleum, laminate, wood rubber, wall base and associated sundries harvested rainwater: precipitation captured and used for indoor and/or irrigation needs SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | 165 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms heat island efect: refers to the absorption of heat by dark surfaces, such as buildings, then radiating that heat into nearby areas Hertz (Hz): unit to describe the frequency of vibrations (cycles) per second high performance green building: a structure designed to conserve water and energy; uses space, materials and resources efciently; minimizes construction waste; creates a healthful indoor environment horizontal footcandles: light on a horizontal surface Hospitality: is the business of providing temporary residence to customers, such as a hotel HVAC systems: equipment, distribution systems and terminals that provide the processes of heating, ventilating and air conditioning HVAC&R systems: Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration systems inside a building hybrid vehicles: use a gasoline engine to drive an electric generator and use the electric generator to drive the vehicles wheels hydro energy: energy supplied by water fowing hydrochlorofourocarbons (HCFCs): cooling chemicals used in building equipment; they damage the ozone layer, but not to the extent of CFCs hydrofourocarbons (HFCs): cooling chemicals that do not damage the ozone layer but may contribute to global warming hydrology: the study of water occurrence, movement and balances in an ecosystem hydropower: electricity produced from the downhill fow of water impervious surfaces: have a perviousness of less than 50% and promote runof of water instead of infltration into the subsurface imperviousness: the resistance of a material to penetration by a liquid such as water incinerator: furnace for burning waste individual occupant spaces: where workers use standard workspaces to conduct individual tasks indoor adhesive, sealant or primer: an adhesive or sealant product applied on-site, inside the buildings weatherproofng system indoor air quality (IAQ): the nature of air inside a space that afects the health and well being of building occupants; it is considered acceptable when there are no known contaminants at harmful concentrations and when the majority (80%) of the occupants do not express dissatisfaction indoor carpet systems: carpet, carpet adhesive or carpet cushion products installed inside the buildings weatherproofng system indoor paints or coating products: applied inside a buildings weatherproofng system SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 166 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | Acronyms & Glossary of Terms indoor composite wood or agrifbre: product installed inside the buildings weatherproofng system infltration: air leakage into conditioned spaces through cracks in foors, ceilings and walls from unconditioned spaces or the outdoors infltration basins and trenches: devices that help stormwater settle into the ground infrared (or thermal) emittance: a parameter between 0 and 1 that indicates the ability of a material to shed infrared radiation (heat) in situ remediation: involves treating contaminants in place using injection wells, reactive trenches or other technologies that take advantage of the natural hydraulic gradient of groundwater installation inspection: examines components of the building systems to determine whether they are installed properly and ready for systems performance testing integrated design team: all the individuals involved in a building project from early in the design process integrated pest management (IPM): the coordinated use of knowledge about pests, the environment and pest prevention and control methods to minimize pest infestation and damage interior lighting power allowance: maximum lighting power allowed for the interior of a building and expressed in watts Interior nonstructural components reuse: determined by dividing the area of retained components by the larger area of the prior condition or the area of the completed design invasive plants: aggressive, reproduce rapidly and tend to overrun areas, forcing out native species. irrigated land: land watered by artifcial means irrigation efciency: percentage of water used by irrigation equipment that is efective for irrigation that does not evaporate, blow away or fall on hardscape surfaces laminate adhesive: adhesives used in wood or agrifbre products lamp life: useful operating span of a lamp lamps: products that use electricity to produce light landflls: disposal site where waste is buried landscape area: total site area used for landscaping purposes excluding the building footprint, hardscape areas, water bodies, parking, etc. leakage rate: the speed at which an appliance loses refrigerant, measured between refrigerant changes or over 12 months, whichever is shorter LEED Accredited Professionals (LEED APs): people who have passed the LEED professional test. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | 167 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms LEED credit: an optional LEED Green Building Rating System component whose achievement results in the earning of points toward certifcation LEED Credit Interpretation Request (CIR): a formal USGBC process in which a project team experiencing difculties in the application of a LEED prerequisite or credit can seek and receive clarifcation LEED intent: the primary goal of each LEED prerequisite or credit LEED Rating System: a voluntary, consensus based, market driven building rating system based on existing proven technology LEED prerequisite: a required LEED Green building Rating System component whose achievement is mandatory and does not earn any points LEED project boundary: portion of the project site submitted for LEED certifcation. For single building developments, this is the entire project scope and is limited to the site boundary. For multiple building developments, the LEED project boundary may be a portion of the development as determined by the project team LEED Technical Advisory Group (TAG): a committee consisting of industry experts who assist in interpreting credits and developing improvements to the LEED Green Building Rating System legionella pneumophilia: a waterborne bacterium that causes Legionnaires disease life cycle assessment: analyzes a product, process or services environmental aspects and impacts. life cycle cost analysis: calculates expected future operating, maintenance and replacement costs of designs and features to assist owners in developing a realistic design and budget estimate light pollution: waste light produces glare or is directed into the night sky or of-site light trespass: unobtrusive light that causes annoyance, discomfort or loss of visibility lighting power density (LPD): the installed lighting power per unit area local zoning requirements: local government regulations imposed to promote orderly development of private lands and prevent land use issues low emitting vehicles: classifed as zero emission vehicles (ZEVs) by the California Air Resources Board lumen: a unit of luminous fux equal to the light emitted in a unit solid angle by a uniform point source of 1 candle intensity luminaire: a complete lighting unit consisting of a lamp and housing luminaire opening: the part of the luminaire that allows light to be emitted makeup water: water used by cooling systems to replace that which has been lost SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 168 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | Acronyms & Glossary of Terms management staf: employees or contractors involved in operating and maintaining a building or site manufacturing: the fnal assembly of components into the building product that is furnished and installed by the trade workers market value: a value presumed to be less than the replacement value, the amount paid or would have been paid mass transit: designed to transport large groups of people in a single vehicle master plan: the overall design or development concept for the buildings and site Material Data Safety Sheets (MSDS): detailed instructions documenting a method to achieve uniformity of performance measures of energy use: three primary measures of energy consumption associated with buildings expressed in kilowatt hours of electricity, therms of natural gas and gallons of liquid fuel mechanical (active) ventilation: air circulated through mechanical means such as fans and blowers metering controls: controls that limit the time water can fow, typically installed on bathroom faucets and showers and are generally manual-on and automatic-of devices microirrigation: irrigation using small sprinklers, microjets and drippers designed to apply small amounts of water minimum efciency reporting value (MERV): mechanical system air flter efciency rating ranging from 1 to 16 mixed (active and passive) mode ventilation: combines natural and mechanical ventilation, using one method or the other, or a combination of the two mixed use: project that involves a combination of residential and commercial or retail components mycotoxins: toxic substances produced by fungus National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES): permit program to control water pollution by regulating point sources that discharge pollutants into the waterways native (or indigenous) plants: are adapted to a given area during a defned time period and are not invasive natural (passive) ventilation: air circulated by natural means and without the aid of fans or blowers neighborhood: synonymous with residential area net metering: metering and billing arrangements that allows on-site generators to send excess electricity fows to the regional power grid SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | 169 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms net project material value: includes the construction material value and the CSI Division 12 (Furniture and Furnishings) material value, less the material values for mechanical and electrical components and the salvage value identifed in the MR credits noise reduction coefcient (NRC): the arithmetic average of absorption coefcients at 250, 500, 1,000 and 2,000 Hz for a material nonoccupied spaces: includes all rooms used by maintenance personnel that are not open for use by occupants nonporous sealant: a substance used as a sealant on nonporous materials nonpotable water (aka gray water): refers to water unft for human consumption that has not come into contact with human waste, but is adequate for other uses such as irrigation nonregularly occupied spaces: hallways, corridors, lobbies, break rooms and other areas where people do not spend extended periods of time nonrenewable resource: a resource that can be depleted over time nonwater (or composting) toilet systems: dry plumbing fxtures and fttings that contain and treat human waste via microbiological processes nonwater (or dry) urinal: replaces a water fush with a trap containing a layer of buoyant liquid that foats above the urine, blocking sewer gas and odors occasional furniture: furniture located in lobbies and in conference rooms occupants: workers in a commercial building who either have a permanent ofce or workstation in the building or typically spend a minimum of 10 hours per week in the building. In residential building, occupants include all people who live in the building. In schools, occupants include students, faculty, support staf, administration and maintenance employees. of gassing: the emission of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) of-site salvaged materials: items recovered from a source diferent from the project site on-demand (tankless) heaters: heaters that heat water only when needed and applies only the amount of heat required to meet the demand ongoing commissioning: applies the commissioning process continually to maintain optimal building performance ongoing consumables: products that have a low unit cost and regularly used and replaced during the course of business on-site renewable energy: energy derived from renewable sources located within the project site perimeter on-site salvaged materials: Items recovered and reused at the same location on-site wastewater treatment: transport, storage, treatment and disposal of wastewater generated on the project site SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 170 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | Acronyms & Glossary of Terms open grid pavement: is less than 50% impervious and accommodates vegetation between the open cells open space area: if no local codes defne open space, LEED defnes as the property area minus the development footprint owners project requirements: document detailing the ideas, concepts and criteria that are determined by the owner to be important to the success of the project outdoor air: ambient air from the outside that enters a building through a ventilation system ozone: a chemically unstable and highly reactive gas (each molecule of which consists of three atoms of oxygen in contrast with the usual two) found mainly at ground level in cities and in the stratosphere; at ground level, ozone can be a lung irritant. In the stratospheric ozone layer, the gas plays an important role in protecting the Earths surface from high levels of biologically damaging ultraviolet (UV) radiation, which is known to be a signifcant risk factor for skin cancers, eye cataracts, and the suppression of mammalian immune systems ozone layer: the region of the stratosphere (lying approximately 15-40 km above the Earths surface) that contains the bulk of the worlds atmospheric ozone paint: a liquid, liquefable or mastic composition that is converted to a solid protective, decorative or functional adherent flm after application as a thin layer parking footprint: the site area occupied by parking structures partially shielded light fxtures: outside light fxtures built so light travels horizontally or downward, but not upward particulates: solid particles or droplets in the atmosphere; the chemical composition varies depending on location and time of the year passive ventilation: uses the building layout, fabric and form to provide natural ventilation to a conditioned space using nonmechanical forms of heat transfer and air movement pedestrian access: allows people to walk to services without being blocked by walls, freeways or other barriers percentage improvement: measures the energy cost savings for the proposed design as defned in ASHRAE 90.1-2007, Appendix G perviousness: percentage of a paved area that is open and allows water to soak into the ground pheno-formaldehyde: a combination of urea and formaldehyde that is used in glues and may emit formaldehyde at room temperature photovoltaic cell: a device incorporating a semiconductor that generates electricity when exposed to (sun) light; the technology may be further sub-divided into crystalline, multi- crystalline, thin-flm and concentrator variants photovoltaic (PV or solar) energy: energy from the sun converted by photovoltaic cells into electricity SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | 171 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms plug load: synonymous with receptacle load pollutant: any substance introduced into the environment that adversely afects the usefulness of a resource or the health of humans, animals or the ecosystem; common pollutants include carbon dioxide (CO2), sulfur dioxide (SO2), nitrogen oxide (NOx), mercury (Hg), small particulates (PM25) and large particulates (PM10) porous materials (aka permeable): having tiny openings which can absorb or discharge fuids porous pavements and permeable surfaces: allows runof to infltrate into the ground postconsumer fber: paper, paperboard and fbrous wastes that are collected from municipal solid waste systems postconsumer material: recycled from consumer waste postconsumer recycled content: the percentage of material in a product that was consumer waste. The recycled materials was generated by household, commercial, industrial or institutional end users and can no longer be used for its intended purpose. It includes returns from the distribution chain potable water: water that meets or exceeds EPAs drinking water quality standards and is approved for human consumption by the state or local authorities having jurisdiction PPM: parts per million, a measurement commonly used for distribution of an element in a gas or liquid preconsumer recycled content (also known as post-industrial content): the percentage of material made from recycled manufacturing waste; reclaimable items that are reworked, regrind or scrap generated in a process that be reused in the same process are not included predicted mean vote: an empirical equation for predicting the mean vote on a rating scale of thermal comfort of a large population of people exposed to a certain environment preferred parking: parking spaces that provide advantages to vehicle drivers, such as being close to buildings or being covered Preproject: before the LEED project was initiated, but not necessarily before any development or disturbance took place. Pre-project conditions describe conditions on the date the developer acquired rights to a majority of the buildable land on the project site through purchase or option to purchase preventive maintenance: routinely scheduled inspection, cleaning and repairs previously developed sites: sites that have previously been built upon, graded or altered by human activities prime farmland: undeveloped land that has been determined to be suitable for agricultural use primer: material applied to a substrate to improve adhesion of subsequently applied coats prior condition: the state of the project space at the time it was selected SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 172 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | Acronyms & Glossary of Terms prior condition area: total area of the fnished ceilings, foors and full height walls that existed when the project was selected. It does not include doors or windows Private or private use : plumbing fxtures in residences, apartments, and dormitories, to private (non-public) bathrooms in transient lodging facilities (hotels and motels), and to private bathrooms in hospitals and nursing facilities process water: water used for industrial processes and building systems such as boilers, cooling towers and chillers project boundary: portion of the project site submitted for LEED certifcation. For single building developments, this is the entire project scope and is limited to the site boundary. For multiple building developments, the LEED project boundary may be a portion of the development as determined by the project team property area: the total area within the legal property boundaries of a site property manager: the person in charge of building operations and maintenance proposed building performance: annual energy cost calculated for a proposed design as defned in ASHRAE 90.1-2007, Appendix G Protected Harvest certifcation standards: refects the requirements and environmental considerations of diferent crops and bioregions public transportation: bus, rail, light rail and other services designed to move large numbers of people on a regular basis and route Public or public use: applies to all buildings, structures, or uses that are not defned as private or private use Rainforest Alliance certifcation: award for farms that protects wildlife by planting trees, controls erosion, limits agrichemicals, protects native vegetation, hires local workers and pays fair wages rain garden: a stormwater management feature consisting of an excavated depression and vegetation that collects and infltrates runof to reduce peak discharge rates rainwater harvesting: the collection and storage of precipitation from a catchment area rapidly renewable materials: agricultural products that can be grown or raised and harvested within a ten year cycle rated power: the nameplate power on equipment representing its maximum draw receptacle (aka plug) load: the current drawn by all equipment that is plugged into the electrical system recirculated air: air that has been used then reconditioned for further use reclaimed water: wastewater that has been treated and purifed for reuse recommissioning: applies to previously commissioned buildings undergoing new construction or renovation SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | 173 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms recovered fber: postconsumer and waste fber from the manufacturing process recycled content: percentage (by volume or weight) of material in a product that has been recycled from the manufacturing waste stream (preconsumer) or the consumer waste stream (postconsumer) and used to manufacture new materials recycling: collection, reprocessing and reuse of materials recovered or diverted from waste stream recycling collection area: an area located in a regularly occupied space in the building for the collection of occupants recyclable materials refrigerants: the working fuids of refrigeration cycles that absorb heat from a reservoir at low temperatures and reject heat at higher temperatures refurbished materials: used products that are updated and/or repaired to increase their lifespan regional materials: percentage (total material costs of the building) of a buildings materials that have been extracted, processed and manufactured within a 500 mile radius of the project site regionally extracted materials: materials taken from within a 500 mile radius of the project site regionally manufactured products: materials assembled as fnished products within a 500 mile radius of the project site regular building occupants: Those people who spend 10 hours or more per week in a building, including those who live there regularly occupied spaces: in commercial buildings are where people sit or stand as they work. In residential applications these spaces include all living and family rooms and exclude bathrooms, closets or other storage or utility areas. In schools, they are areas where students, teachers or administrators are seated or standing as they work or study relative humidity: the ratio of partial density of airborne water vapor to the saturation density of water vapor at the same temperature and total pressure remanufactured materials: Items made into other products, such as plastic bottles turned into clothing remediation: the process of cleaning up a contaminated site by physical, chemical or biological means renewable energy (aka green power): Refers to energy sources that are not depleted by use; derived from incoming solar radiation, wind, hydropower, waves and tidal, lake and pond thermal diferences, from decomposition of waste material such as methane gas from landflls, from processes that use regenerated materials such as wood and biobased products and from the internal heat of the earth SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 174 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | Acronyms & Glossary of Terms renewable energy certifcates (RECs): tradable commodities that verify electricity was generated by a renewable source renewable resource: a resource that is capable of being replenished through natural processes or its own reproduction, generally within a time span that does not exceed a few decades; metal bearing ores are not renewable, but metals themselves can be recycled indefnitely replacement value: estimated cost of replacing a used product Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA): legislation allows the EPA to control hazardous waste from cradle to grave residential area: land zoned primarily for housing at a density of 10 units per acre or greater retained components: portions the fnished ceilings, fnished foors and full height walls and demountable partitions, interior doors and built in case goods that existed in the prior condition area and remain in the completed design retention ponds: designed to capture stormwater and clear it of pollutants before its release retroft: any change to an existing building return air: air removed from a space and then recirculated or exhausted reuse: percentage (total material costs of the building) that have been salvaged and reused in the same or related use reused area: the total area of the building structure, core and envelope that existed in the prior condition and remains in the completed design reverberation: an acoustical phenomenon that occurs when sound persists in an enclosed space because of its repeated refection or scattering upon the enclosing surfaces or objects within the space reverberation time (RT): measure of the amount of reverberation in a space and equal to the time required for the level of a steady sound to decay by 60dB after the sound has stopped ridesharing: synonymous with carpooling safety and comfort light levels: meets local code requirements and must be adequate to provide a safe path of egress salvaged materials or reused materials: construction items recovered from existing buildings or construction sites and reused sealant: an adhesive used to fll, seal or waterproof gaps or joints between two surfaces sealant primer: a substance applied to a substrate prior to the application of a sealant to enhance the bonding surface seating: task and guest chairs used with systems furniture secure bicycle storage: an internal or external secured location for keeping bikes safe from theft sedimentation: the addition of soil particles to bodies of water, which decreases water quality SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | 175 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms and clarity sensors: devices that undergo a measurable change in response to environmental changes and communicate this to the appropriate equipment or control system sequence of operations: detailed system level document for each building system covering all stages of operation and variable setpoints: normal operating ranges for building systems and indoor environmental quality shielding: devices or techniques used as part of a luminaire to limit glare, light trespass or sky glow sick building syndrome (SBS): a combination of symptoms that appear to be linked to time spent in a building but cannot be traced to a specifc cause site area: synonymous with property area and total area within a project boundary, both built and natural portions site assessment: an investigation of a sites above ground and subsurface characteristics including its structures, geology and hydrology site disturbance: portion of the site which has been disturbed due to the project requirements site energy: the amount of heat and electricity consumed by a building sky glow: caused by stray light from unshielded light sources and light refecting of surfaces that enter the atmosphere and illuminate of dust, debris and water vapor soft costs: Indirect construction costs such as architectural, engineering and permit fees solar refectance (albedo): is the ability of a surface material to refect sunlight and measured on a scale from 0 to 1; black has a solar refectance of 0; white has a solar refectance of 1 solar refex index (SRI): measure of a materials ability to reject heat from the surface of a material, with the index ranging from 0, black and less refective, to 100, white and highly refective. solar thermal systems: systems that collect or absorb sunlight via solar collectors to heat water that is then circulated to the buildings hot water tank sound absorption: the portion of sound energy striking a surface that is not returned as sound energy sound absorption coefcient: the ability of a material to absorb sound, expressed as a fraction of incident sound sound absorption class (STC): a single number rating for the acoustic attenuation of airborne sound passing through a partition or other building element source energy: raw fuel used by a building source reduction: reduces the amount of unnecessary material brought into a building, such SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 176 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | Acronyms & Glossary of Terms as packaging species factor: coefcient used to adjust the Evapotranspiration Rate to refect features of a specifc plant species spores: microscopic cells used by mold to reproduce square footage: the total area of a building including all rooms, corridors, elevators, stairwells and shafts standard operating procedures: detailed instructions documenting a method to achieve uniformity of performance stewardship: stewardship is assuming responsibility for taking good care of resources; these resources may be individual, communal, commercial, or environmental, and form part of any communitys natural capital stormwater: runof water resulting from precipitation that fows over surfaces and usually to storm sewers or waterways stormwater pollution prevention plan: describes all measures to prevent stormwater contamination, control sedimentation and erosion during construction and comply with the requirements of the Clean Water Act stormwater runof: water from precipitation that fows over surfaces into sewer systems or receiving water bodies stratifed random sampling: categorizes members of a population into discreet subgroups, based on characteristics that may afect their responses to a survey stratosphere: the layer of the earths atmosphere just above the troposphere, extending from 10 km to about 50 km above the earth street grid density: neighborhood density calculated as the number of centerline miles per square mile. Centerline miles are the length of a road down its center submetering: measuring energy consumption by specifc mechanical or electrical systems, such as heating or air-conditioning supply air: air delivered to a space by mechanical or natural ventilation sustainable development: a development path along which the maximization of human well- being for todays generations does not lead to declines in future well-being sustainable forestry: process of managing forest resources by maintaining the biodiversity of the forests sustainable purchasing policies: policies that prefer products with limited environmental impacts sustainability: meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | 177 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms sustainable forestry: management of forest resources to meet the long term forest product needs of humans while maintaining the biodiversity of forested landscapes sustained yield forestry: management of a forest to produce in perpetuity a high level annual or regular periodic output through a balance between increment and cutting systemic sampling: surveys every xth person in a population using a constant skip interval systems furniture: panel based workstations systems narrative: A general description of each major building heating, cooling, ventilation, humidifcation/dehumidifcation and lighting system systems performance testing: determining the ability of commissioned systems to perform in accordance with the owners project requirements (OPR) tertiary treatment: highest level of water treatment that removes organics, solids and other pollutants thermal comfort: temperature, humidity and air fow range for human comfort when occupants express satisfaction tipping fees: charges by a landfll for disposal of waste total phosphorus (TP): organically bound phosphates, polyphosphates and orthophosphates in stormwater, commonly attributed to fertilizers total suspended solids (TSS): particles too small or light to be removed from stormwater via gravity settling transient users: occupants who do not use a facility on a consistent, regular, daily basis transportation demand management: process of reducing peak period vehicle trips two year, 24-hour design storm: rate that represents the largest amount of rainfall expected over a 24 hour period during a 2 year interval undercover parking: underground or under a deck, roof or building where the hardscape surfaces are shaded underground parking: parking beneath a stacked structure such as a building universal notifcation: notifying building occupants not less than 72 hours before a pesticide is applied in a building or on surrounding grounds under normal conditions and within 24 hours after application in emergency conditions upstream equipment: all heating or cooling systems, equipment and controls that are associated with a district energy system but are not part of the project buildings thermal connection or do not interfere with the district energy system. It includes the central energy plant and all transmission and distribution equipment associated with transporting thermal energy to the project building and site SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 178 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | Acronyms & Glossary of Terms urea formaldehyde: combination of two materials often found in glue that can emit formaldehyde at room temperature USDA organic: USDAs certifcation for products that contain at least 95% organically produced ingredients. Remaining ingredients must contain nonagricultural substances or be nonorganically produced agricultural products that are not commercially available in organic form U value: the measure of heat fow through materials that separate the building facade, slab or roof from the exterior environment in units vapor barrier: material used to prevent moisture penetration through wall, ceiling, foor and roof assemblies and the potential condensation that can result from temperature diferentials between the buildings interior and exterior temperatures vegetation containing artifces: planters, gardens or other constructions that hosts fora vehicle miles traveled (vmt): transportation demand measurement of vehicle miles associated with a project ventilation: the process of supplying air to or removing air from a space for the purpose of controlling air contaminant levels, humidity or temperature within the space ventilation rated: amount of air circulated in a space measured in air changes per hour; ASHRAE standard 62 determines the proper amount to ensure that a sufcient quantity of air is supplied for the number of occupants to prevent carbon monoxide and other pollutant accumulation verifcation: range of checks and tests carried out to determine whether components, subsystems, systems and interfaces between systems operate in accordance with the contract documents vertical footcandles: light on a vertical surface visible light transmittance (T vis ): the ratio of total transmitted light to the total incident light. The amount of visible spectrum light passing through a glazing surface divided by the amount of light striking the glazing surface vision glazing: that portion of exterior windows between 26 and 76 above the foor that permits a view to the exterior volatile organic compounds (VOC): a carbon-containing compound, such as gasoline or acetone, that vaporizes at a relatively low temperature, generally below 40C; VOCs can contaminate water, and in the atmosphere can react with other gases in the presence of sunlight to form ozone or other photochemical oxidants walking distance: the length of the walkable pathway between the building and public transportation waste: all materials that fow from the building to fnal disposal waste disposal: eliminates waste by means of burial in a landfll, combustion through incineration or any other way that is not reuse or recycling SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 13 | 179 Acronyms & Glossary of Terms waste diversion: activity that disposes of waste other than landflls or incinerators waste reduction program: a program to reduce waste fowing from a project to landflls and/ or incinerators; includes a list of steps that will be taken to reduce the fow and increase reuse and recycling; tracking and review procedures are also part of the plan waste stream: overall fow of waste from a building or site wastewater: the spent or used water from a home, farm, community or industry that contains dissolved or suspended matter water meters: devices that measure water usage wave and tidal power systems: energy captured by wave and tidal action that is turned into electricity and primarily used for desalination, water pumping and electricity generation weighted decibel (dBA): sound pressure level measured with a conventional frequency weighting that approximates how the human ear hears diferent frequency components of sounds at typical listening levels for speech wet ponds: elevated areas that detain stormwater and slow runof and hold water all the time wetland vegetation: plants that require saturated soils to survive or can tolerate prolonged wet soil conditions wind energy: electricity generated by wind turbines window -to-foor ratio (WFR): the total area of the window, measured vertically from 30 inches above the fnished foor to the top of the glass, multiplied by the width of the glass divided by the foor area xeriscaping: a landscaping method that makes routine irrigation unnecessary, allowing plants to be watered from rain and or use compost to retain moisture SUSTAINABLEIDEALS Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 181 C H A P T E R | 1 4 Green Resource Links: Websites, Publications & Blogs LEED Certifcation Overview USGBC & GBCI & LEED USGBC & GCBI Responsibilites Six Steps to Certifcation Flow Chart Project Checklist Sample Credit Form Sample Certifcation Fee Chart Certifcation Application Timeline Split Application Combined (Standard) Application Appeal Process Commissioning Process Tasks & Responsibilities for EAp1 & EAc3 CxA Qualifcations Credit Charts Referenced Standards Credit Interactions LEED Rating Systems & Reference Guide Chart Detailed LEED Rating Systems Core Credits: Intents, Requirements, Strategies, Referenced Standards, Team Members Appendix SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 182 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Green Resources Websites USGBC Home Page www.usgbc.org/ Green Building Research www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=1718 LEED resources www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=75 LEED rating system selector http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=222 USGBC courses www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=283 USGBC Green Building Resource Links http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=76& USGBC Minimum Program Requirements http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=2014 GBCI Home Page www.gbci.org/ GBCI Green Associate Candidate Handbook (additional resource links) www.gbci.org/ShowFile. aspx?DocumentID=3571 Credentialing resources www.gbci.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=93 Certifcation resources www.gbci.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=138 LEED Online www.leedonline.com/ LEED CIRs www.gbci.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=142 LEED sample credit forms www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=1447 LEED White Paper on Sustainable Building Design Technical Manual www.gbci.org/ShowFile. aspx?DocumentID=3591 LEED White Paper on Environmental Impact of Refrigerants www.gbci.org/ShowFile.aspx?DocumentID=3592 USGBC Regional Chapters USGBC Cincinnati Regional Chapter Home Page www.usgbc-cincinnati.org/ USGBC Colorado Regional Chapter Home Page http://www.usgbccolorado.com/index.html Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) www.epa.gov/ Harvard Green Building Resource website www.green.harvard.edu/theresource/ Stormwater Glossary of Terms www.stormwaterauthority.org/glossary.aspx McGraw-Hill green website www.greensource.construction.com/Default.asp HOK green website http://hoklife.com/category/archives/sustainable-design/ Sustainable Connections resource website www.sustainableconnections.org/ Inhabitat sustainable website www.inhabitat.com/ LEED credit analysis www.leeduser.com/ Publications Environmental magazine lists http://www.deb.uminho.pt/Fontes/enviroinfo/publications/ http://local444.caw.ca/docs/enviromaglist-may2008.pdf http://www.city.stratford.on.ca/naturally/envmag.asp Environmental Design + Construction www.edcmag.com/ Green Builder www.greenbuildermag.com/ Blogs Green blog directory www.bestgreenblogs.com// SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 183 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | USGBC & GBCI Responsibilities Professional Accredidtaion Building Certifcation LEED Online LEED USGBC GBCI Rating Systems Education Programs Reference Guides Reference Guides: Green Building Design and Construction Reference Guide Green Interior Design and Construction Reference Guide Green Building Operations and Maintenance Reference Guide Green Building and LEED Core Concepts Guide Rating Systems: New Construction and Major Renovations Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance Commercial Interiors Core & Shell Schools Retail* Healthcare* Homes Neighborhood Development* * : Pilot Program Education Programs: 100 Level: Awareness 200 Level: Understanding 300 Level: Application & Implementation 400 Level: Mastery Professional Accredidation: Tier I: LEED Green Associate Tier II: LEED AP+ (BD&C): Building Design & Construction LEED AP+ (ID&C): Interior Design & Construction LEED AP+ (O&M): Operations & Maintenance LEED AP+ Homes LEED AP+ (ND): Neighborhood Development Tier III: LEED Fellow: (TBD) Building Certifcation: LEED for New Construction LEED for Schools LEED for Core & Shell LEED for Existing Buildings LEED for Commercial Interiors LEED for Homes SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 184 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Step 1: Determine appropriateness of LEED Form a charrette and gather information to determine if, and at what level, LEED is appropriate Step 2: Registration via LEED OnLine www.gbci.org Step 3: Prepare Application Assign team members and prepare all documents required for prerequisites and credits being sought (minimum number of credits are required for Certifcation) Step 4: Submit Application via LEED OnLine Upload Credit Forms with all required documentation Step 5: Application Review Upon receipt of a completed submittal application, a formal review will be initiated Step 6: Certifcation Certifcation is the fnal step in the LEED Review Process. Once the fnal review is complete, the project team can either accept or appeal the fnal decision. If accepted, LEED Certifed Projects:: will receive a formal certifcate of recognition will receive information on how to order plaques, certifcates, photo submissions and marketing May be included in an online directory and US Dept. of Energy High Performance Bldgs. Database NOTE: Project certifcation requires all Minimum Program Requirements (MPRs) and prerequisites in each sustainable category be met along with a minimum total number of credit points Visit this link for current Steps to Certifcation process: http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage.aspx?CMSPageID=1991 http://www.usgbc.org/DisplayPage. aspx?CMSPageID=1991 Six Steps to Certifcation Is LEED Right for You Prepare Application Submit Application Application Review Registration Certifcation Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Sustainable Sites 26 Water & Efciency 10 Energy & Atmosphere 35 Materials & Resources 14 Indoor Environmental Quality 15 * Out of a possible 100 pts + 10 bonus pts ** Certifed 40-49 pts; Silver 50-59 pts; Gold 60-79 pts; Platinum80+ pts Innovation in Design 6 Regional Priority 4 LEED for New Construction Total Possible Points** 110* Sustainable Sites 26 Water & Efciency 14 Energy & Atmosphere 35 Materials & Resources 10 Indoor Environmental Quality 15 * Out of a possible 100 pts + 10 bonus pts ** Certifed 40-49 pts; Silver 50-59 pts; Gold 60-79 pts; Platinum80+ pts Innovation in Operations 6 Regional Priority 4 LEED for Existing Buildings Total Possible Points** 110* Sustainable Sites 28 Water & Efciency 10 Energy & Atmosphere 37 Materials & Resources 13 Indoor Environmental Quality 12 * Out of a possible 100 pts + 10 bonus pts ** Certifed 40-49 pts; Silver 50-59 pts; Gold 60-79 pts; Platinum80+ pts Innovation in Design 6 Regional Priority 4 LEED for Core & Shell Total Possible Points** 110* Sustainable Sites 21 Water & Efciency 11 Energy & Atmosphere 37 Materials & Resources 14 Indoor Environmental Quality 17 * Out of a possible 100 pts + 10 bonus pts ** Certifed 40-49 pts; Silver 50-59 pts; Gold 60-79 pts; Platinum80+ pts Innovation in Design 6 Regional Priority 4 LEED for Commercial Interiors Total Possible Points** 110* Sustainable Sites 24 Water & Efciency 11 Energy & Atmosphere 33 Materials & Resources 13 Indoor Environmental Quality 19 * Out of a possible 100 pts + 10 bonus pts ** Certifed 40-49 pts; Silver 50-59 pts; Gold 60-79 pts; Platinum80+ pts Innovation in Design 6 Regional Priority 4 LEED for Schools Total Possible Points** 110* SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 185 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Project Checklist Sample SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 186 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Credit Form Sample (v3 Credit Forms were not available at time of printing) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 187 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Project Certifcation Fees < 50,000 sf 50,000 - 500,000 sf > 500,000 sf Appeals (if applicable) Fixed Rate Based on sf Fixed Rate Per Credit USGBC Members $2,000 $0.040 $2,000 $500 Non-Members $2,250 $0.045 $22,500 $500 $500 USGBC Members $500 $0.010 $5,000 $500 Non-Members $750 $0.015 $7,500 $500 $500 USGBC Members $2,250 $0.045 $22,500 $500 Non-Members $2,750 $0.055 $27,500 $500 $500 Fixed Rate Based on SF Fixed Rate Per Credit USGBC Members $1,500 $0.030 $15,000 $500 Non-Members $2,000 $0.040 $2,000 $500 $500 USGBC Members $750 $0.015 $7,500 $500 Non-Members $1,000 $0.020 $10,000 $500 $500 Fixed Rate Per Credit USGBC Members $3,250 $500 Non-Members $4,250 $500 Expedited Fee $500 $220 for all rating systems CIR's LEED 2009: EB O&M $10,000 regardless of sf $10,000 regardless of sf LEED 2009: Core & Shell Precertification $5,000 regardless of sf Expedited Fee Recertification Review Project Certification Fees Project Certification fees depend on USGBC membership status and the sf of the building Project Registration fees not included LEED 2009: NC, CS &CI $5,000 regardless of sf $5,000 regardless of sf Design Review Project Certification Rates: Effective 01 January, 2010 $5,000 regardless of sf Expedited Fee Expedited Fee Expedited Fee Expedited Fee Construction Review Combined Design & Construction Review Initial Certification Review SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 188 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Application Submittal Process Split Review Time 25 days 25 days 15 days 25 days 25 days 15 days GBCI shall review and return comments for all credits and prerequisites included in the response to the preliminary Design Review. The Owner shall then accept or appeal the final Design Review (see II. Appeals by Owner of CIRs and Credits/Prerequisites) "anticipated" "denied" Application for Construction Review Following completion of the Design Review phase and within 2 (two) years of substantial project completion, the Owner shall submit, via LEED Online, a complete application for Construction Review. A complete application for Construction Review must include payment of the Construction Review fee and complete submittal documentation for 1) all prerequisites not reviewed during the Design Review phase, 2) at least one construction credit. The application for Construction Review may also include complete submittal documentation for design credits not reviewed during the Design Review phase. The application for Construction Review must contain enough credits (including the credits marked as anticipated during the final Design Review) to result in the minimum number of points required for certification. Preliminary Construction Review GBCI shall review and return comments for all credits and prerequisites included in the application for Construction Review. Additionally, credits marked as anticipated during the Design Review will be marked as either awarded or denied. "awarded" "pending" "denied" Response to Preliminary Construction Review The Owner may submit, via LEED Online, a response to the preliminary Construction Review. Said response must include revised documentation for any prerequisite or credit submitted with the initial application for Design Review. Final Construction Review GBCI shall review and return comments for all credits and prerequisites included in the response to the preliminary Construction Review.The Owner shall then accept or appeal the final Construction Review (see II. Appeals by Owner of CIRs and Credits/Prerequisites) "awarded" "denied" Final Design Review LEED 2009: New Construction and Major Renovations, Schools and Core & Shell Application for Split Review: Design Review and Construction Review Ruling Application for Design Review Prior to substantial project completion (defined as the date on which the building receives a Certificate of Occupancy or similar official indication that it is ready for use), the Project Administrator, Project Manager, Project Owner or other Project Representative (hereinafter, the Owner) shall submit, via LEED Online, a complete application for Design Review. A complete application for Design Review must include payment of the Design Review fee and complete submittal documentation for at least one design credit or prerequisite. Preliminary Design Review GBCI shall review and return preliminary comments for all credits and prerequisites included in the application for Design Review. "anticipated" "pending" "denied" Response to Preliminary Design Review The Owner may submit, via LEED Online, a response to the preliminary Design Review. Said response must include revised documentation for any prerequisite or credit submitted with the initial application for Design Review. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 189 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Application Submittal Process Combined Review and Appeal Process Time 25 days 25 days 15 days If a Project Team wishes to challenge a GBCI determination as to the satisfaction of a Minimum Program Requirement, Prerequisite and/or Credit, or challenge a response to a project Credit Interpretation Request, the Project Team may initiate the appeal process. First Level Appeal To initiate this process, the Project Team must submit a first level appeal to GBCI within twenty-five (25) business days from the applicable action or determination by GBCI. All first level appeals must be provided to GBCI through LEED Online. The Project Team must remit the appeal fee as well as submit the following information to establish the basis for the appeal: 1) supplemental documentation supporting such Minimum Program Requirement, Prerequisite and/or Credit; as well as 2) an explanation addressing the issues in the technical advice provided with the denial of the Minimum Program Requirement, Prerequisite and/or Credit. If the appeal pertains to a response to a Credit Interpretation Request, the Project Team must include an explanation addressing the contested guidance provided with the Credit Interpretation Request response. GBCI will acknowledge filing of the appeal within five (5) business days. GBCI representatives not previously involved in evaluating the relevant requirement for the Project will review the appeal documentation and explanation provided by the Project Team. GBCI will render a decision on the appeal and notify the Project Team of such decision within twenty (20) business days from the initial filing of the appeal. GBCIs appeal decision shall include identification of the technical basis underlying such decision. Final Level Appeal A Project Team may initiate a final level appeal in order to challenge a first level appeal decision. The Project Team must submit the final level appeal, using LEED Online, within twenty-five (25) business days after receiving notice from GBCI as to the determination of the first level appeal. The Appeals Board will endeavor to meet within 60 calendar days. It shall render a decision, including a brief description of its reasons, based on the record below and written briefs (if any) without an oral hearing, within ten (10) business days of the meeting of the Appeals Board. Decisions of the Appeals Board shall be by majority vote. The decisions of the Appeals Board shall be final. Application for Combined (Standard) Review Ruling The Owner may submit, via LEED Online, a response to the preliminary Standard Review. Said response must include revised documentation for any prerequisite or credit submitted with the initial application for Design Review. Final Standard Review GBCI shall review and return comments for all credits and prerequisites included in the response to the preliminary Standard Review. The Owner shall then accept or appeal the final Construction Review (see II. Appeals by Owner of CIRs and Credits/Prerequisites) "awarded" "denied" Application for Operations & Maintenance O&M or Combined Design & Construction (D&C) Review (Hereafter Standard Review) Appeals Policy Within two (2) years of substantial project completion (Combined D&C only, see LEED-EB: O&M rating system for O&M timeline requirements), the Owner shall submit, via LEED Online, a complete application for Standard Review. A complete application for Standard Review must include payment of the Standard Review fee and complete submittal documentation for 1) all prerequisites and enough credits to result in the minimum number of points required for certification. Preliminary Standard Review GBCI shall review and return comments for all credits and prerequisites included in the application for Standard Review. "anticipated" "pending" "denied" Response to Preliminary Standard Review Project Certification Application Process LEED 2009: New Construction and Major Renovations, Schools and Core & Shell SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 190 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Commissioning Process Commissioning Authority Party Acting as Commissioning Authority (CxA) Enhanced Commissioning Credit 3 4 5 < 50,000 (sf) >= 50,000 (sf) Employee or subcontractor of general contractor with construction responsibilities Yes Employee or subcontractor, with construction responsibilities, of construction manager who holds construction contracts Yes Employee or subcontractor, with project design responsibilities, of the architect or engineer of record Yes Disinterested employee or subcontractor of general contractor or construction manager 1 Yes Yes Disinterested employee of architect or engineer 1 Yes Yes Disinterested subcontractor to architect or engineer 1 Yes Yes Yes Construction manager not holding construction contracts Yes Yes Yes Independent consultant contracted to Owner Yes Yes Yes Owner employee or staff Yes Yes Yes 5 Regardless of who employees the CxA, the CxA "shall have documented commissioning authority experience in at least two building projects" and ideally meet the minimum qualifications of having "a high level of experience in energy systems design, installation and operation, commissioning planning and process management, hands on field experience with energy systems performance, interaction, startup, balancing, testing, troubleshooting, operation and maintenance procedures and energy systems automation control knowledge." Fundamental Commissioning Prerequisite 2 4 5 1 "Disinterested" means an employee or subcontractor who has no project responsibilities other than commissioning 2 EAp1 requirements 3 EAc3 requirements (the CxA must review the owner's project requirements (OPR), basis of design (BOD) and design documents prior to midconstruction documents phase and perform a back check) 4 The came CxA overseeing the enhanced commissioning tasks must also oversee the fundamental commissioning tasks SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 191 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Commissioning Process Tasks and Responsibilities Project Phases Rating System Tasks Fundamental Enhanced Request for proposal Architect and engineer selection 1 Designate commissioning authority (CxA) EAp1, Task 1 EAc3, Task 1 Owner or Project Team Owner or Project Team Owner's project requirements (OPR); basis of design (BOD) 2 Document owner's project requirements (OPR); Develop basis of design (BOD) EAp1, Task 2 Owner or CxA* Design Team Owner or CxA* Design Team Schematic design 3 Review owner's project requirements (OPR) and basis of design (BOD) EAp1, Task 2 EAc3, Task 2 CxA** CxA Design development 4 Develop and implement commissioning plan EAp1, Task 4 Project Team or CxA* Project Team or CxA Construction documents 5 Incorporate commissioning requirements into construction documents EAp1, Task 3 Project Team or CxA* Project Team or CxA Construction documents 6 Conduct commissioning design review prior to midconstruction documents EAc3, Task 2 N/A CxA Equipment procurement Equipment installation 7 Review contractor submittals applicable to systems being commissioned EAc3, Task 3 N/A CxA Functional testing Test and balance Performance testing acceptance 8 Verify installation and performance of commissioned systems EAp1, Task 5 CxA CxA Operations and Maintenance (O&M) manuals 9 Develop systems manual for commissioned systems EAc3, Task 4 N/A Project Team or CxA O&M training 10 Verify that requirements for training are completed EAc3, Task 5 N/A Project Team or CxA Substantial completion 11 Complete a summary commissioning report EAp1, Task 6 CxA CxA Systems monitoring 12 Review building operation within 10 months after substantial completion EAc3, Task 6 N/A CxA RED indicates EAc3, Enhanced Commissioning, tasks only ** Some commissioning tasks can be performed by the owner or other project team members. However, the review of the owner's project requirements (OPR) and basis of design (BOD) must be performed by the CxA. For EAp1, Fundamental Commissioning, this may be performed at any time before verification of equipment installation and acceptance. Predesign/Design Phase Construction Phase Occupancy Commissioning Tasks 1 - 12 * Although EAp1 does not require the CxA to be on the project team until just before the equipment installation phase, if brought in earlier the CxA can also help the owner develop the project requirements and assist with other commissioning tasks. SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 192 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Referenced Standards SUSTAINABLE SITES (SS) SSp1 Construction Activity Pollution Prevention 2003 EPA Construction General Permit: A set of provisions construction operators must follow to comply with NPDES stormwater regulations OR Local Codes if more stringent SSp2 Environmental Site Assessment ASTM E1527-05 Phase I Environmental Assessment: A report prepared that identifies potential or existing environmental contamination liabilities but does not collect physical samples or chemical analysis ASTM E1903-97 Phase II Environmental Site Assessment: An investigation that collects samples of soil, groundwater or building materials to analyze for quantitative values of various contaminants SSc1 Site Selection U.S. Department of Agriculture, United States Code of Federal Regulations Title 7, Volume 6, Parts 400 to 699, Section 657.5: Standard that defines prime farmland Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Definition of 100 Year Flood: The flood elevation that has a 1% chance of being reached or exceeded each yea Endangered Species List (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, List of Threatened and Endangered Species): Addresses threatened and endangered wildlife and plants National Marine Fisheries Services, List of Endangered Marine Species: In addition to this federal list, state agencies provide state specific lists United States Code of Federal Regulations, 40 CFR, Parts 230 -233, and Part 22, Definition of Wetlands: Addresses wetlands and discharges of dredge or filled material into water regulated by states SSc2 Development Density and Community Connectivity No Referenced Standards SSc3 Brownfield Redevelopment U.S. EPA, Definition of Brownfields (EPA Sustainable Redevelopment of Brownfields Program) ASTM E1527-05 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment: A report prepared that identifies potential or existing environmental contamination liabilities but does not collect physical samples or chemical analysis ASTM E1903-97 Phase II Environmental Site Assessment: An investigation that collects samples of soil, groundwater or building materials to analyze for quantitative values of various contaminants SSc4.1 Alternative Transportation Public Transportation Access No Referenced Standards SSc4.2 Alternative Transportation Bicycle Storage & Changing Rooms No Referenced Standards SSc4.3 Alternative Transportation Low-Emitting & Fuel-Efficient Vehicles No Referenced Standards SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 193 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Referenced Standards SUSTAINABLE SITES (SS) SSc4.4 Alternative Transportation Parking Capacity Institute of Transportation Engineers, Parking Generation Study, 2003: Database of studies for various types of parking demands SSc5.1 Site Development Protect or Restore Habitat No Referenced Standards SSc5.2 Site Development Maximize Open Space No Referenced Standards SSc6.1 Stormwater Design Quantity Control No Referenced Standards SSc6.2 Stormwater Design Quality Control No Referenced Standards SSc7.1 Heat Island Effect Nonroof ASTM E408-71(1996) e1, Standard Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of Surfaces Using Inspection Meter Techniques: Describes how to measure total normal Emittance of surfaces ASTM C1371-04a, Standard Test Method for Determination of Emittance of Materials Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers: Technique for determination of the emittance of typical materials ASTM E903-96, Standard Test Method for Solar Absorptance, Reflectance and Transmittance of Materials Using Integrating Spheres: Energy Star roofing standard for initial reflectance measurement ASTM E1918-97, Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar Reflectance of Horizontal and Low Sloped Surfaces in the Field: Measures solar reflectance in the field ASTM C1549-04, Standard Test Method for Determination of Solar Reflectance Near Ambient Temperatures Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer: Technique for determining the solar reflectance of flat, opaque materials SSc7.2 Heat Island Effect Roof ASTM E1980-01, Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal and Low Sloped Opaque Surfaces: Describes how surface reflectivity and emissivity are combined to calculate solar reflectance index (SRI) for a roofing material or other surface ASTM E408-71(1996)e1, Standard Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of Surfaces Using Inspection Meter Techniques: Describes how to measure total normal Emittance of surfaces ASTM E903-96, Standard Test Method for Solar Absorptance, Reflectance and Transmittance of Materials Using Integrating Spheres: Energy Star roofing standard for initial reflectance measurement ASTM E1918-97, Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar Reflectance of Horizontal and Low Sloped Surfaces in the Field: Measures solar reflectance in the field ASTM C1371-04a, Standard Test Method for Determination of Emittance of Materials Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers: Technique for determination of the emittance of typical material ASTM C1549-04, Standard Test Method for Determination of Solar Reflectance Near Ambient Temperatures Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer: Technique for determining the solar reflectance of flat, opaque materials SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 194 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Referenced Standards SUSTAINABLE SITES (SS) SSc8 Light Pollution Reduction ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007, Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low Rise Residential Lighting, Section 9 (without amendments): Establishes exterior lighting power densities (LPD) for buildings SSc9 Tenant Design & Construction Guidelines No Referenced Standards SSc9 Site Master Plan No Referenced Standards SSc10 Joint Use of Facilities No Referenced Standards WATER EFFICIENCY (WE) WEp1 Water Use Reduction The Energy Policy Act (EPAct) of 1992 (and as amended): Addresses energy and water use in commercial, institutional and residential facilities The Energy Policy Act (EPAct) of 2005: Statute that became U.S. law in August 2005 International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials Publication/American National Standards Institute IAPMO/ANSI UPC 1-2006, Uniform Plumbing Code 206, Section 402.0, Water Conserving Fixtures and Fittings: PC defines water conserving fixtures and fittings for water closets, urinals and metered faucets International Code Council, International Plumbing Code 2006, Section 604, Design of Building Water Distribution System: Defines maximum flow rates and consumption for plumbing fixtures and fittings, including public and private lavatories, showerheads, sink faucets, urinals and water closets WEc1 Water Efficient Landscaping No Referenced Standards WEc2 Innovative Wastewater Technologies WEc3 Water Use Reduction WEc4 Process Water Use Reduction No Referenced Standards The Energy Policy Act (EPAct) of 1992 (and as amended): Addresses energy and water use in commercial, institutional and residential facilities The Energy Policy Act (EPAct) of 2005: Statute that became U.S. law in August 200 International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials Publication/American National Standards Institute IAPMO/ANSI UPC 1-2006, Uniform Plumbing Code 206, Section 402.0, Water Conserving Fixtures and Fittings: UPC defines water conserving fixtures and fittings for water closets, urinals and metered faucets International Code Council, International Plumbing Code 2006, Section 604, Design of Building Water Distribution System: Defines maximum flow rates and consumption for plumbing fixtures and fittings, including public and private lavatories, showerheads, sink faucets, urinals and water closets SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 195 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Referenced Standards ENERGY & ATMOSPHERE (EA) EAp1 Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems No Referenced Standards EAp2 Minimum Energy Performance ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007: Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low Rise Residential: Establishes minimum requirements for the energy efficient design of buildings using mandatory provisions and additional prescriptive requirements California T-24-2005: granted parallel equivalency to ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2007 ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide for Small Office Buildings, 2004: Achieves advanced levels of energy savings without having to perform calculations or analysis for office buildings up to 20,000 sf ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide for Small Warehouses and Self Storage Buildings, 2008: Achieves advanced levels of energy savings without having to perform calculations or analysis for warehouses up to 50,000 sf and self storage buildings that use unitary heating and air conditioning equipment ASHRAE Advanced Energy Guide for K-12 School Buildings: Achieves advanced levels of energy savings without having to perform calculations or analysis for elementary, middle and high school buildings New Building Institute, Advanced Buildings Core Performance Guide: Provides a predictable New Building Institute, Advanced Buildings Core Performance Guide: Provides a predictable alternative to energy performance modeling and a simple set of criteria for increasing building energy performance Energy Star Program, Target Finder Rating Tool: A government partnership managed by the EPA and DOE as an online tool that can establish energy performance goals for a project EAp3 Fundamental Refrigerant Management U.S. EPA Clean Air Act, Title VI, Section 608, Compliance with the Section 608 Refrigerant Recycling Rule: Regulations on using and recycling ozone depleting compounds SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 196 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Referenced Standards ENERGY & ATMOSPHERE (EA) EAc1 Optimize Energy Performance ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007: Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low Rise Residential: Establishes minimum requirements for the energy efficient design of buildings using mandatory provisions and additional prescriptive requirements California T-24-2005: granted parallel equivalency to ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2007 ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide for Small Office Buildings, 2004: Achieves advanced levels of energy savings without having to perform calculations or analysis for office buildings up to 20,000 sf ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design Guide for Small Warehouses and Self Storage Buildings, 2008: Achieves advanced levels of energy savings without having to perform calculations or analysis for warehouses up to 50,000 sf and self storage buildings that use unitary heating and air conditioning equipment ASHRAE Advanced Energy Guide for K-12 School Buildings: Achieves advanced levels of energy savings without having to perform calculations or analysis for elementary, middle and high school buildings New Building Institute, Advanced Buildings Core Performance Guide: Provides a predictable alternative to energy performance modeling and a simple set of criteria for increasing building energy performance EAc2 On-Site Renewable Energy ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2007: Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low Rise Residential: Establishes minimum requirements for the energy efficient design of buildings using mandatory provisions and additional prescriptive requirement California T-24-2005: granted parallel equivalency to ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2007 Energy California T-24-2005: granted parallel equivalency to ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2007 EAc3 Enhanced Commissioning No Referenced Standards EAc4 Enhanced Refrigerant Management No Referenced Standards EAc5 Measurement & Verification International Performance Measurement and Verification Protocol, Volume III, EVO 30000.1- 2006, Concepts and Options for Determining Energy Savings in New Construction, effective January, 2006: IPMVP Volume III describes best practice techniques for verifying the energy performance of new construction projects EAc5.1 Measurement & Verification Base Building International Performance Measurement and Verification Protocol, Volume III, EVO 30000.1- 2006, Concepts and Options for Determining Energy Savings in New Construction, effective January, 2006: IPMVP Volume III describes best practice techniques for verifying the energy performance of new construction projects EAc5.2 Measurement & Verification Tenant Submetering International Performance Measurement and Verification Protocol, Volume III, EVO 30000.1- 2006, Concepts and Options for Determining Energy Savings in New Construction, effective January, 2006: IPMVP Volume III describes best practice techniques for verifying the energy performance of new construction projects EAc6 Green Power Center for Resource Solutions, Green-e Product Certification Requirements: Certifies products that meet environmental and consumer protection standards developed un conjunction with environmental, energy and policy organizations. Three types of renewable energy are eligible for Green-e certification: renewable energy certificates, utility green pricing programs and competitive electricity products products SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 197 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Referenced Standards MATERIALS & RESOURCES (MR) MRp1 Storage & Collection of Recyclables No Referenced Standards MRc1.1 Building Reuse Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof No Referenced Standards MRc1 Building Reuse Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof No Referenced Standards MRc1.2 Building Reuse Maintain Interior Nonstructural Elements No Referenced Standards MRc2 Construction Waste Management No Referenced Standards MRc3 Materials Reuse No Referenced Standards MRc4 Recycled Content International Standard ISO 14021-1999, Environmental Labels and Declarations - Self Declared Environmental Claims (Type II Environmental Labeling): Specifies requirements for self declared environmental claims including statements, symbols and graphics for products MRc5 Regional Materials No Referenced Standards MRc6 Rapidly Renewable Materials No Referenced Standards MRc7 Certified Wood MRc6 Certified Wood INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ) IEQp1 Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007: Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality: Specifies minimum standard ventilation rates and IAQ levels IEQp2 Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASTM-E779-03, Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization: Standard for measuring air leakage rates through a building envelope under controlled pressurization and depressurization Residential Manual for Compliance with California's 2001 Energy Efficiency Standards (For Low Rise Residential Buildings),Chapter 4: Standard for the quality of design and construction of mechanical ventilation systems and air distribution systems Forest Stewardship Council Principles and Criteria: Seal of approval awarded to forest managers who adopt environmentally and socially responsible forest management practices and to companies that manufacture and sell products made from certified wood SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 198 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Referenced Standards INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ) IEQp3 Minimum Acoustical Performance American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard S12.60-2002, Acoustical Performance Criteria, Design Requirements, and Guidelines for Schools: Standard for acoustical performance criteria and design requirements for classrooms and other learning spaces ASHRAE Handbook, Chapter 47, Sound and Vibration Control, 2003 HVAC Applications: Addresses sound and vibration from mechanical equipment IEQc1 Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007: Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality: Specifies minimum standard ventilation rates and IAQ levels IEQc2 Increased Ventilation American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007: Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality: Specifies minimum standard ventilation rates and IAQ levels Chartered Institute of Building Services Engineers (CIBSE) Application Manual 10-2005, Natural Ventilation in Non-Domestic Buildings: CIBSE Applications Manual 10-2005 provides guidance for implementing natural ventilation in nonresidential buildings IEQc3.1 Construction IAQ Management Plan During Construction IEQc3 Construction IAQ Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings under Construction, 2nd edition, Chapter 3, November 2007: Guidelines for maintaining healthful indoor air quality during demolitions, renovations and construction American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 52.2-1999: Method of Testing General Ventilation Air Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size: Standard for methods for testing air cleaners for 2 performance characteristics: the device's capacity for Construction IAQ Management Plan During Construction IEQc3.2 Construction IAQ Management Plan Before Occupancy U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Compendium for the Determination of Air Pollutants in Indoor Air: Provides regional, state and local environmental regulatory agencies with step-by-step sampling and analysis procedures for the determination of selected pollutants in indoor air IEQc4.1 Low Emitting Materials Adhesives and Sealants South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Amendment to South Coast Rule 1168, VOC Limits, effective January 7, 2005: VOC limits for adhesives, sealants and sealant primers Green Seal Standard GC-36, effective October 19,2000: VOC limits for aerosol adhesives IEQc4.2 Low Emitting Materials Paints and Coatings South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113, Architectural Coatings: VOC limits for paints and coatings Green Seal Standard GC-03: VOC limits for anti-corrosive and anti-rust paints Green Seal Standard GS-11: VOC limits for commercial flat and nonflat paints Standard for methods for testing air cleaners for 2 performance characteristics: the device's capacity for removing particles from the air stream and the device's resistance to airflow SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 199 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Referenced Standards INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ) IEQc4.3 Low Emitting Materials Flooring Systems Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI) Green Label Plus and Green Label Testing Program: CRI is a trade organization representing the carpet and rug industry. Green Label Plus is an independent testing program that identifies carpet and carpet cushions with low VOC emissions. Green Label addresses carpet cushions South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1168, VOC Limits: VOC limits for adhesives South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113, Architectural Coatings : VOC limits for paints and coatings FloorScore Program: Tests and certifies flooring products for compliance with indoor air quality emission requirements. Products include vinyl, linoleum, laminate flooring, wood flooring, ceramic flooring, rubber flooring and wall base California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers, including 2004 Addenda: Testing practice that applies to any newly manufactured material generally used within an enclosed indoor environment. Excluded is testing of all products that cannot be tested whole or by representative sample in small scale environmental chambers State of California Standard 1350, Section 9, Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers, Testing Criteria : Specifies testing criteria for carpet emissions that will satisfy the credit requirements FOR SCHOOLS: IEQc4.4 Low Emitting Materials Composite Wood & Agrifiber Products FOR SCHOOLS: California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers, including 2004 Addenda: Testing practice that applies to any newly manufactured material generally used within an enclosed indoor environment. Excluded is testing of all products that cannot be tested whole or by representative sample in small scale environmental chambers IEQc4.5 Low Emitting Materials Furniture and Furnishings American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/Business and Institutional Furniture Makers Association (BIFMA) X7.1-2007 Standard for Formaldehyde and TVOC Emissions of Low Emitting Office Furniture Systems and Seating: Standard for Formaldehyde and TVOC Emissions of Low Emitting Office Furniture and Seating BIFMA International: Defines the criteria for office furniture VOC emissions to be classified as low emitting products Environmental Technology Verification (ETV) Large Chamber Test Protocol for Measuring Emissions of VOCs and Aldehydes, effective September 1999: Protocol that requires the placement of the seating product or furniture assembly to be tested in a climatically controlled chamber Greenguard Certification Program: Performance based standards to define goods with low chemical emissions for use indoors, primarily for building materials; interior furnishings; furniture; electronics; and cleaning, maintenance and personal care products SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 200 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Referenced Standards INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ) IEQc4.6 Low Emitting Materials Ceiling and Wall Systems California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers, including 2004 Addenda: Testing practice that applies to any newly manufactured material generally used within an enclosed indoor environment. Excluded is testing of all products that cannot be tested whole or by representative sample in small scale environmental chambers IEQc5 Indoor Chemical & Pollutant Source Control American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 52.2-1999: Method of Testing General Ventilation Air Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size: Standard for methods for testing air cleaners for 2 performance characteristics: the device's capacity for removing particles from the air stream and the device's resistance to airflow IEQc6.1 Controllability of Systems Lighting No Referenced Standards IEQc6.2 Controllability of Systems Thermal Comfort IEQc6 Controllability of Systems American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2007: Ventilation Rate for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality: Standard providing minimum requirements for operable openings at 4% of the net habitable floor area American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 55-2004: Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy: Identifies the factors of thermal comfort and the process for developing comfort criteria for a building space and its occupants. Indoor space environmental and personal factors that will produce thermal environmental conditions acceptable to 80% of the occupants within a space. The environmental factors addressed are: temperature, thermal Controllability of Systems Thermal Comfort IEQc7.1 Thermal Comfort Design IEQc7 Thermal Comfort Design IEQc7.2 Thermal Comfort Verification American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 55-2004: Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy: Identifies the factors of thermal comfort and the process for developing comfort criteria for a building space and its occupants. Indoor space environmental and personal factors that will produce thermal environmental conditions acceptable to 80% of the occupants within a space. The environmental factors addressed are: temperature, thermal radiation, humidity and air speed. The personal factors are: activity and clothing 80% of the occupants within a space. The environmental factors addressed are: temperature, thermal radiation, humidity and air speed. The personal factors are: activity and clothing American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard 55-2004: Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy: Identifies the factors of thermal comfort and the process for developing comfort criteria for a building space and its occupants. Indoor space environmental and personal factors that will produce thermal environmental conditions acceptable to 80% of the occupants within a space. The environmental factors addressed are: temperature, thermal radiation, humidity and air speed. The personal factors are: activity and clothing Chartered Institute of Building Services Engineers (CIBSE) Application Manual 10-2005, Natural Ventilation in Non-Domestic Buildings: CIBSE Applications Manual 10-2005 provides guidance for implementing natural ventilation in nonresidential building SCHOOLS: ASHRAE HVAC Applications Handbook, 2003 edition, Chapter 4 (Places of Assembly), Typical Natatorium Design Conditions: ASHRAE handbook to help design engineers use equipment and systems SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 201 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Referenced Standards INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ) IEQc8.1 Daylight and Views Daylight ASTM D1003-07e1, Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous Transmittance of Transparent Plastics: Tests the specific light transmitting and wide angle light scattering properties of planer sections of materials IEQc8.2 Daylight and Views Views No Referenced Standards IEQc9 Enhanced Acoustical Performance American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ASHRAE Standard S12.60-2002, Acoustical Performance Criteria, Design Requirements, and Guidelines for Schools: Standard for acoustical performance criteria for classrooms and other learning spaces ASHRAE Handbook, Chapter 47, Sound and Vibration Control, 2003 HVAC Applications: Addresses sound and vibration from mechanical equipment IEQc10 Mold Prevention Building Air Quality: A Guide for Building Owners and Facility Managers, EPA Reference Number 402-F-91-102, effective December 1991:Provides information on factors affecting IAQ and how to develop and manage an IAQ profile INNOVATION in DESIGN (ID) IDc1.1 Innovation in Design No Referenced Standards IDc1.2 Innovation in Design No Referenced Standards Innovation in Design IDc1.3 Innovation in Design No Referenced Standards IDc1.4 Innovation in Design No Referenced Standards IDc1.5 Innovation in Design No Referenced Standards IDc2 LEED Accredited Professional No Referenced Standards IDc3 The School as a Teaching Tool No Referenced Standards REGIONAL PRIORITY (RP) RPc1.1 Regional Priority Refer project zip code applicable Regional Priority credits RPc1.2 Regional Priority Refer project zip code applicable Regional Priority credits RPc1.3 Regional Priority Refer project zip code applicable Regional Priority credits RPc1.4 Regional Priority Refer project zip code applicable Regional Priority credits SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 202 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Credit Interactions SSp1 Construction Activity Pollution Prevention Minimizing site disturbance and preventing soil and erosion assists SSc5.1 & SSc5.2 Limiting disturbance of natural hydrology assists SSc6. & SSc6.2 SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control Ssp2 Environmental Site Assessment Projects conducting environmental site assessments are eligible to achieve SSc3 SSc3: Brownfield Redevelopment SSc1 Site Selection Previously developed sites are likely to public transportation and connectivity and have an opportunity to remediate a contaminated site SSc2, SSc3 & SSc4.1 Limiting development footprint protects sensitive areas, SSc5.1 & SSc5.2 Credit SSc1 can assist stormwater design SSc6.1 & SSc6.2 SSc2: Development Density and Community Connectivity SSc3: Brownfield Redevelopment SSc4.1: Alternative Transportation - Public Transportation Access SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control SSc2 Development Density and Community Connectivity Channeling development toward urban areas increases the likelihood of locating on a previously developed site, SSc1, and near public transportation SSc4.1 SSc1: Site Selection SSc4.1: Alternative Transportation - Public Transportation Access SSc3 Brownfield Redevelopment Projects developing on Brownfield sites are likely to qualify for SSc1 SSc1: Site Selection SSc4.1 Alt. Transportation - Public Transportation Access Sites located near public transportation are likely to be previously developed sites, SSc1, and near urban areas SSc2 SSc1: Site Selection SSc2: Development Density and Community Connectivity SSc4.2 Alt. Transportation - Bicycle Storage and Changing Rooms Paving materials added for paving bicycle lanes can affect stormwater design SSc6.1 & SSc6.2 and alter heat island effects, SSc7.1 SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof SSc4.3 Alt. Transportation - Low-Emitting and Fuel-Efficient Vehicles Projects that provide preferred parking without increasing the parking capacity may be eligible for SSc4.4 SSc4.4: Alternative Transportation - Parking Capacity SSc4.4 Alt. Transportation - Parking Capacity Minimizing surface parking can enhance the qualities of open space, SSc5.1 & SSc5.2 Change the stormwater design, SSc6.1 & SSc6.2 Reduce heat island effects, SSc7.1 SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof SSc5.1 Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat Protecting or restoring habitat provides open space, SSc5.2 Reduces impervious areas, thereby reducing the quantity and increasing the quality of stormwater, SSc6.1 & SSc6.2 Reduces heat island effects, SSc7.1 & SSc7.2 Allows for the use of native vegetation to reduce landscaping irrigation requirements, WEc1 SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect - Roof WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping SSc5.2 Site Development - Maximize Open Space Maximizing open spaces may improve stormwater quantities and qualities, SSc6.1 & SSc6.2 Increasing the amount of open space can reduce heat island effects, SSC7.1 & SSc7.2 SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect - Roof LEED 2009: New Construction and Major Renovations, Schools and Core & Shell SUSTAINABLE SITES (SS) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 203 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Credit Interactions SSc6.1 Stormwater Design - Quantity Control Reducing the rate and quantity of stormwater reduces filtration requirements, SSc6.2 Reducing impervious surfaces by using pervious surfaces, vegetated roofs and vegetated open spaces can contribute to SSc5.1, SSC5.2, SSc7.1 & SSc7.2 Harvesting rainwater reduces stormwater runoff and can be reused for irrigation, WEc1, and nonpotable needs inside the building, WEc3 Projects in dense urban areas that earn SSc2 may have difficulty achieving credit SSc6.1 SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect - Roof WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping WEc3: Water Use Reduction SSc2: Development Density and Community Connectivity SSc6.2 Stormwater Design - Quality Control Projects Using best management practices (BMP) to capture and treat runoff reducing the runoff volume, affects the stormwater quality, SSc6.2 Reducing impervious surfaces by using pervious surfaces, vegetated roofs and vegetated open spaces can contribute to SSc5.1, SSC5.2, SSc7.1 & SSc7.2 Using BMPs for rain gardens, vegetated swales, rainwater harvesting, etc. can assist with earning WEc1 SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect: Roof WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping SSc7.1 SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof Locating parking structures underground will assist with SSc5.2 The use of open grid pavements to capture and treat stormwater runoff can contribute to SSc6.1 & SSc6.2 Vegetation used to shade hardscapes can also help reduce landscaping irrigation requirements, WEc1 SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping SSc7.2 Heat Island Effect - Roof Vegetated roofs help capture and treat stormwater, SSc6.1 & SSc6.2 Using highly reflective roofing materials can reduce cooling loads, EAc1 Vegetated roofs can also reduce the amount of rainwater harvesting that can be used for nonpotable purposes, thereby making it more challenging to achieve WEc3 SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control SSc6.2: Stormwater Control - Quality Control EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance WEc3: Water Use Reduction SSc8 Light Pollution Reduction Energy savings beyond the baseline lighting power density (LPD) established by ASHRAE 90.1 may contribute to EAc1 Automatic occupancy controls to shut off interior perimeter lighting assists IEQc6.1 EAc1: Optimize energy Performance IEQc6.1: Controllability of Systems - Lighting SSc9 Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines Credit SSc9 is related to all these LEED Core & Shell credits the project pursues WEc3: Water Use Reduction EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning EAc5: Measurement and Verification IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control IEQc2: Increased Ventilation IEQc3: Construction IAQ Management Plan IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control IEQc6: Controllability of Systems IEQc7: Thermal Comfort IEQc8: Daylighting and Views SSc9 Site Master Plan LEED for Schools requires the achievement and recalculation of (4) of these (7) credits for compliance: SSc1, 5.1, 5.2,6.1,6.2, 7.1 and 8.1 Possible community partnerships may result from pursuit of this credit, SSc10 SSc1: Site Selection SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof SSc8: Light Pollution Reduction SSc10: Joint Use of Facilities SSc10 Joint Use of Facilities This credit likely will place the project in the proximity of the school to services and institutions within the neighborhood, SSc2 SSc2: Development Density and Community Connectivity LEED 2009: New Construction and Major Renovations, Schools and Core & Shell SUSTAINABLE SITES (SS) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 204 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Credit Interactions WEp1 Water Use Reduction Efforts to increase rainwater harvesting, increase greywater use and decrease in demand on local water aquifers may support SSc6.1, SSc6.2, WEc1, WEc2, WEc3 and WEc4 Additional energy use may be needed for certain reuse strategies requiring EAp1, EAc3 and EAc5 SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping WEc2: Innovative Wastewater Technologies WEc3: Water Use Reduction WEc4: Process Water Use Reduction (Schools) EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning EAc5: Measurement and Verification WEc1 Water Efficient Landscaping Using native or adaptive vegetation can assist with SSc5.1, SSc5.2 and SSc7.2 Rainwater capturing can help managing stormwater runoff, SSc6.1 and SSc6.2 Landscaping can mitigate climate conditions and reduce building energy consumption by shading hardscapes and south facing windows and aiding passive solar design, contributing to SSc7.1, EAp2 and EAc1 SSc5.1: Site Development - Protect or Restore SSc5.2: Site Development - Maximize Open Space SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control SSc7.1: Heat Island Effect - Nonroof SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect - Roof EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance WEc2 Innovative Wastewater Technologies Efforts to increase rainwater harvesting, increase greywater use and decrease in demand on local water aquifers may support SSc6.1, SSc6.2, WEp1, WEc1, WEc2, WEc3 and WEc4 Additional energy use may be needed for certain reuse strategies requiring EAp1, EAc3 and EAc5 SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control WEp1: Water Use Reduction WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping WEc3: Water Use Reduction WEc4: Process Water Use Reduction (Schools) EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning EAc5: Measurement and Verification WEc3 Water Use Reduction Efforts to increase rainwater harvesting, increase greywater use and decrease in demand on local water aquifers may support SSc6.1, SSc6.2, WEc1, WEc2, WEc3 and WEc4 Additional energy use may be needed for certain reuse strategies possibly requiring credits EAp1, EAc3 and EAc5 SSc6.1: Stormwater Design - Quantity Control SSc6.2: Stormwater Design - Quality Control WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping WEc2: Innovative Wastewater Technologies WEc3: Water Use Reduction WEc4: Process Water Use Reduction (Schools) EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning EAc5: Measurement and Verification WEc4 Process Water Use Reduction Some water saving technologies affect energy performance and may require commissioning and measurement/verification, EAp1 and EAc5 EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems EAc5: Measurement and Verification LEED 2009: New Construction and Major Renovations, Schools and Core & Shell WATER EFFICIENCY (WE) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 205 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Credit Interactions EAp1 Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems LEED encourages the commissioning of energy using systems in these credits: SSc8, WEc1, WEc2, WEc3, EAc1, EAc2, EAc5, IEQp1, IEQc1, IEQc2, IEQc5, IEQc6 and IEQc7 EAp1 establishes the minimum threshold for commissioning that is used for enhanced commissioning, EAc3 SSc8: Light Pollution Reduction WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping WEc2: Innovative Wastewater Technologies WEc3: Water Use Reduction EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance EAc2: On-site Renewable Energy EAc5: Measurement and Verification IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance IEQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring IEQc2: Increased Ventilation IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control IEQc6: Controllability of Systems IEQc7: Thermal Comfort EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning EAp2 Minimum Energy Performance LEED for NC, Schools and CS address building energy efficiency in 2 places:EAp2 and EAc1 Energy consumption can be reduced by ensuring the project exceeds building code requirements for the envelope, lighting and HVAC systems, EAc1, using climatically appropriate roofing materials, SSc7.2, and optimizing exterior lighting, SSc8 Energy use can be mitigated by using renewable energy, EAc3 and EAc6 Building energy performance and indoor environmental issues such as increased ventilation, occupant controllability and the amount of daylight must be carefully coordinated. Increased ventilation may require additional energy use, which in turn can cause air and water pollution. The additional need for energy may be mitigated by considering these strategies: IEQp1, IEQc1, IEQc2, IEQc6, IEQc7 and IEQc8 Because water use, especially domestic hot water, requires significant energy use, water use reductions can lead to energy savings, WEc3 and WEc4 EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect - Roof SSc8: Light Pollution Reduction EAc2: On-site Renewable Energy EAc6: Green Power IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance IEQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring IEQc2: Increased Ventilation IEQc6: Controllability of Systems IEQc7: Thermal Comfort IEQc8: Daylight and Views WEc3: Water Use Reduction WEc4: Process Water Use Reduction (Schools) EAp3 Fundamental Refrigerant Management EAp3 establishes minimum thresholds for refrigerant selection while greater environmental benefits can be achieved by using environmentally preferable or no refrigerants, EAc4 EAc4: Enhanced Refrigerant Management EAc1 Optimize Energy Performance LEED for NC, Schools and CS address building energy efficiency in 2 places:EAp2 and EAc1 Energy consumption can be reduced by ensuring the project exceeds building code requirements for the envelope, lighting and HVAC systems, EAc1using climatically appropriate roofing materials, SSc7.2, and optimizing exterior lighting, SSc8 Energy use can be mitigated by using renewable energy, EAc3 and EAc6 Building energy performance and indoor environmental issues such as increased ventilation, occupant controllability and the amount of daylight must be carefully coordinated. Increased ventilation may require additional energy use, which in turn can cause air and water pollution. The additional need for energy may be mitigated by considering these strategies: IEQp1, IEQc1, IEQc2, IEQc6, IEQc7 and IEQc8 Because water use, especially domestic hot water, requires significant energy use, water use reductions can lead to energy savings, WEc3 and WEc4 EAp2: Minimize Energy Performance SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect - Roof SSc8: Light Pollution Reduction EAc2: On-site Renewable Energy EAc6: Green Power EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance IEQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring IEQc2: Increased Ventilation IEQc6: Controllability of Systems IEQc7: Thermal Comfort IEQc8: Daylight and Views WEc3: Water Use Reduction WEc4: Process Water Use Reduction (LEED for Schools only) LEED 2009: New Construction and Major Renovations, Schools and Core & Shell ENERGY AND ATMOSPHERE (EA) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 206 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Credit Interactions EAc2 On-Site Renewable Energy The installation of renewable energy equipment usually has only a small effect on the achievement of other credits but does require commissioning, EAp1, and measurement and verification, EAc5 The achievement of on-site renewable energy, EAc2, is a percentage of the building's energy use and tied to the building's energy performance, EAp2 and EAc1 EAc2 reduces the amount of green power needed, EAc6 EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance EAc5: Measurement and Verification EAc6: Green Power EAc3 Enhanced Commissioning LEED encourages the commissioning of energy using systems in these credits: SSc8, WEc1, WEc2, WEc3, EAc1, EAc2, EAc5, IEQp1, IEQc1, IEQc2, IEQc5, IEQc6 and IEQc7 EAc3 goes beyond the minimum threshold established by EAp1 SSc8: Light Pollution Reduction WEc1: Water Efficient Landscaping WEc2: Innovative Wastewater Technologies WEc3: Water Use Reduction EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance EAc2: On-site Renewable Energy EAc5: Measurement and Verification IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance IEQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring IEQc2: Increased Ventilation IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control IEQc6: Controllability of Systems IEQc7: Thermal Comfort EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of the Building Energy Systems EAc4 Enhanced Refrigerant Management EAc4 encourages the use of no refrigerants or environmentally preferable refrigerants and goes beyond the baseline prerequisite EAp3 Since building cooling equipment consumes a large part of the energy use, HVAC&R equipment plays a significant role in the building's energy performance, EAp2 & EAc1 Systems addressed by EAc4 can help meet the thermal comfort needs of the building occupants, IEQc7, IEQc7.1 and IEQc7.2 EAp3: Fundamental Refrigerant Management EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance IEQc7.1: (CS IEQc7): Thermal Comfort - Design IEQc7.2: Thermal Comfort - Verification EAc5 Measurement and Verification Implementation of a measurement & verification (M&V) plan can contribute to realizing optimal energy performance, EAp2 & EAc1 On-site renewable energy generation systems are considered within an M&V plan Commissioning uses measurement devices and often tracks building performance and can serve as a basis for a M&V plan, EAp1 & EAc3 EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance EAc2: On-site Renewable Energy EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of the Building Energy Systems EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning EAc5.1 Measurement and Verification - Base Building refer EAc5 EAc5.2 Measurement and Verification - Tenant Submetering refer EAc5 EAc6 Green Power Replacing conventional energy sources with renewable energy sources works synergistically with efforts to reduce energy costs, EAc1 Replacing roofing materials with roof mounted renewable energy sources reduces heat island effect, SSc7.2 Renewable energy sources should be commissioned, EAp1 & EAc3 EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance SSc7.2: Heat Island Effect - Roof EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of the Building Energy Systems EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning LEED 2009: New Construction and Major Renovations, Schools and Core & Shell ENERGY AND ATMOSPHERE (EA) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 207 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Credit Interactions MRp1 Storage and Collection of Recyclables Projects can seek ID credit for educational outreach CS projects should address recycling within tenant guidelines, SSc9 IDc1: Innovation in Design SSc9: Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines MRc1.1 Building Reuse - Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof Develop a comprehensive reuse management plan on an adaptive reuse project If reuse is not enough to meet the requirements of MRc1, these materials may be applied to MRc2 or MRc3, but not both MRc2: Construction Waste Management MRc3: Materials Reuse MRc1 Building Reuse - Maintain Existing Walls, Floors and Roof refer MRc1.1 MRc1.2Building Reuse - Maintain Interior - Nonstructural Elements refer MRc1.1 MRc2 Construction Waste Management Projects that reuse existing buildings but do not meet the threshold requirements for MRc1 may apply the reused portions toward achievement of MRc2 If the building is found to contain contaminated substances, these materials should be remediated per EPA, SSc3 MRc1: Building Reuse SSc3: Brownfield Redevelopment MRc3 Materials Reuse Develop a comprehensive reuse management plan to evaluate materials meeting the requirements for MRc1 & MRc2 Remanufactured materials are not considered a reuse of the material but can contribute toward MRc2 & MRc4 The project material costs used for MRc3 must be consistent with those costs used in MRc4, MRc5 & MRc6 MRc1: Building Reuse MRc2: Construction Waste Management MRc4: Recycled Materials MRc5: Regional Materials MRc6: Rapidly Renewable Materials MRc4 Recycled Content Coordinate recycled procurement with a waste management plan to make use of salvaged deconstruction and demolition waste, MRc2 & MRc3 Purchasing new recycled content materials using local waste products that are remanufactured locally can take advantage of synergies with MRc5 The project material costs used for MRc4 must be consistent with those costs used in MRc3, MRc5 & MRc6 Recycled content materials may contain high VOCs, IEQc4 MRc2: Construction Waste Management MRc3: Materials Reuse MRc5: Regional Materials MRc6: Rapidly Renewable Materials IEQc4: Low-Emitting Materials MRc5 Regional Materials The project material costs used for MRc5 must be consistent with those costs used in MRc3, MRc4 & MRc6 Using regional materials may affect the levels of achievement of MRc3, MRc4 & MRc5 MRc3: Materials Reuse MRc4: Recycled Materials MRc6: Rapidly Renewable Materials MRc6 Rapidly Renewable Materials The project material costs used for MRc65 must be consistent with those costs used in MRc3, MRc4 & MRc5 Using rapidly renewable materials may affect the levels of achievement of MRc3, MRc4 & MRc5 Rapidly renewable materials may contain high VOCs, IEQc4 MRc3: Materials Reuse MRc4: Recycled Materials MRc5: Regional Materials IEQc4: Low-Emitting Materials MRc7 Certified Wood Certified wood (FSC) may be sourced locally, MRc5 Mixed certified wood products may contain urea-formaldehyde, IEQc4.4 MRc5: Regional Materials IEQc4.4: Low-Emitting Materials - Composite Wood and Agrifiber MRc6 Certified Wood refer MRc7 LEED 2009: New Construction and Major Renovations, Schools and Core & Shell MATERIALS AND RESOURCES (MR) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 208 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Credit Interactions IEQp1 Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance Commissioning and measurement & verification can improve IAQ while minimizing energy efficiency losses, EAp1, EAc3 & EAc5 Specify materials and furnishings that do not release VOCs, IEQc4 Occupant activities such as chemical handling and smoking can affect indoor air quality, IEQc5 & IEQp2 Dense neighborhoods and heavy traffic can affect ventilation, SSc4, where sites could be contaminated, SSc3 EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning EAc5: Measurement and Verification IEQc4: Low Emitting Materials IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollution Source Control IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control SSc4: Alternative Transportation SSc3: Brownfield Redevelopment IEQp2 Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control Using separate ventilation systems to isolate smoking requires additional energy, commissioning and measurement & verification, EAp1, EAc1, EAc3 and EAc5 Indoor and outdoor smoking affects the IAQ performance and is related to IEQp1, IEQc1 & IEQc2 Project should address smoking related contaminants in conjunction with other sources of air pollutants, IEQc4 & IEQc5 EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning EAc5: Measurement and Verification IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance IEQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring IEQc2: Increased Ventilation IEQc4: Low Emitting Materials IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control IEQp3 Minimum Acoustical Performance Additional strategies to achieve effective acoustical performance, IEQc9 IEQc9: Enhanced Acoustical Performance IEQc1 Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring Monitoring airflow can alert building operators of potential IAQ problems that requires increased ventilation, IEQc2 and help the commissioning process and enable measurement & verification, EAp1, EAc3 & EAc5 Dense neighborhoods, heavy traffic and site contamination can raise CO2 levels where alternative transportation methods can help alleviate, SSc4 IEQc2: Increased Ventilation EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning EAc5: Measurement and Verification SSc4: Alternative Transportation IEQc2 Increased Ventilation Ventilation strategies influence energy performance and requires commissioning as well as measurement & verification, EAp1, EAc3 & EAc5 Increased mechanical ventilation increase energy consumption and affect EAp2 & EAc1 Installing ventilation monitoring can facilitate the achievement and maintenance of increased ventilation, IEQc1 EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning EAc5: Measurement and Verification IEQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring IEQc3.1 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan During Construction Construction activities can affect a building after occupancy. Reduce levels of indoor contaminants by implementing a construction IAQ management plan, IEQc3.2, selecting low emitting finish materials and furnishings, IEQc4, and isolating indoor pollutant sources, IEQc5 IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy IEQc4: Low Emitting Materials IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control IEQc3 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan During Construction CS projects are eligible for exemplary performance under ID when an indoor IAQ management plan is enforced for 100% of the tenants There are a number of credit synergies between CS and CI offered as incentives for CS projects to pursue CI certification IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy IEQc4: Low Emitting Materials IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control IEQc3.2 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan Before Occupancy Comprehensive IAQ management plans consists of best practices both during construction and after construction prior to occupancy, IEQc3.1 Materials specified and installed within the external moisture barrier, as well as filtration, can affect air quality and influence the results for air quality testing, IEQc4 & IEQc5 Dilution of indoor air contaminants can be achieved by introducing outdoor air, IEQp1 & IEQc2 IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction IEQc4: Low Emitting Materials IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance IEQc2: Increased Ventilation LEED 2009: New Construction and Major Renovations, Schools and Core & Shell INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 209 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Credit Interactions IEQc4.1 Low Emitting Materials - Adhesives and Sealants The credit intent is to reduce odorous, irritating or harmful indoor air contaminants, IEQc4.2, IEQc4.3, IEQc4.4, IEQc4.5 & IEQc4.6 Indoor environmental quality also includes occupant's auditory comfort and well being, IEQp3 & IEQc9 Scheduling strategies and the use and tracking of building materials are part of the contractor orientation training, IEQc3.1 & IEQc3.2 Indoor air quality is affected by sources generated within the building IEQp2 & IEQc5 IEQc4.2: Low Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings IEQc4.3: Low Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems IEQc4.4: Low Emitting Materials - Composite Wood & Agrifiber IEQc4.5: Low Emitting Materials - Furniture & Furnishings (Schools) IEQc4.6: Low Emitting Materials - Ceiling and Wall Systems (Schools) IEQp3: Minimum Acoustical Performance (Schools) IEQc9: Enhanced Acoustical Performance (Schools) IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control IEQc4.2 Low Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings The credit intent is to reduce odorous, irritating or harmful indoor air contaminants, IEQc4.1, IEQc4.3, IEQc4.4, IEQc4.5 & IEQc4.6 Scheduling strategies and the use and tracking of building materials are part of the contractor orientation training, IEQc3.1 & IEQc3.2 Indoor air quality is affected by sources generated within the building IEQp2 & IEQc5 IEQc4.1: Low Emitting Materials - Adhesives and Sealants IEQc4.3: Low Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems IEQc4.4: Low Emitting Materials - Composite Wood & Agrifiber IEQc4.5: Low Emitting Materials - Furniture & Furnishings (Schools) IEQc4.6: Low Emitting Materials - Ceiling and Wall Systems (Schools) IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control IEQc4.3 Low Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems The credit intent is to reduce odorous, irritating or harmful indoor air contaminants, IEQc4.1, IEQc4.2, IEQc4.4, IEQc4.5 & IEQc4.6 Scheduling strategies and the use and tracking of building materials are part of the contractor orientation training, IEQc3.1 & IEQc3.2 Indoor air quality is affected by sources generated within the building IEQp2 & IEQc5 IEQc4.1: Low Emitting Materials - Adhesives and Sealants IEQc4.2: Low Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings IEQc4.4: Low Emitting Materials - Composite Wood & Agrifiber IEQc4.5: Low Emitting Materials - Furniture & Furnishings (Schools) IEQc4.6: Low Emitting Materials - Ceiling and Wall Systems (Schools) IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control IEQc4.4 Low Emitting Materials - Composite Wood and Agrifiber Products The credit intent is to reduce odorous, irritating or harmful indoor air contaminants, IEQc4.1, IEQc4.2, IEQc4.3, IEQc4.5 & IEQc4.6 Indoor environmental quality also includes occupant's auditory comfort and well being, IEQp3 & IEQc9 Scheduling strategies and the use and tracking of building materials are part of the contractor orientation training, IEQc3.1 & IEQc3.2 Indoor air quality is affected by sources generated within the building IEQp2 & IEQc5 IEQc4.1: Low Emitting Materials - Sealants and Adhesives IEQc4.2: Low Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings IEQc4.3: Low Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems IEQc4.5: Low Emitting Materials - Furniture & Furnishings (Schools) IEQc4.6: Low Emitting Materials - Ceiling and Wall Systems (Schools) IEQp3: Minimum Acoustical Performance (Schools) IEQc9: Enhanced Acoustical Performance (Schools) IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control LEED 2009: New Construction and Major Renovations, Schools and Core & Shell INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 210 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Credit Interactions IEQc4.5 Low Emitting Materials - Furniture and Furnishings The credit intent is to reduce odorous, irritating or harmful indoor air contaminants, IEQc4.1, IEQc4.2, IEQc4.3, IEQc4.4 & IEQc4.6 Scheduling strategies and the use and tracking of building materials are part of the contractor orientation training, IEQc3.1 & IEQc3.2 Indoor air quality is affected by sources generated within the building IEQp2 & IEQc5 IEQc4.1: Low Emitting Materials - Adhesives and Sealants IEQc4.2: Low Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings IEQc4.3: Low Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems IEQc4.4: Low Emitting Materials - Composite Wood & Agrifiber IEQc4.6: Low Emitting Materials - Ceiling and Wall Systems (Schools) IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control IEQc4.6 Low Emitting Materials - Ceiling and Wall Systems The credit intent is to reduce odorous, irritating or harmful indoor air contaminants, IEQc4.1, IEQc4.2, IEQc4.3, IEQc4.4 & IEQc4.5 Indoor environmental quality also includes occupant's auditory comfort and well being, IEQp3 & IEQc9 Scheduling strategies and the use and tracking of building materials are part of the contractor orientation training, IEQc3.1 & IEQc3.2 Indoor air quality is affected by sources generated within the building IEQp2 & IEQc5 IEQc4.1: Low Emitting Materials - Sealants and Adhesives IEQc4.2: Low Emitting Materials - Paints and Coatings IEQc4.3: Low Emitting Materials - Flooring Systems IEQc4.4: Low Emitting Materials - Composite Wood & Agrifiber IEQc4.5: Low Emitting Materials - Furniture & Furnishings (Schools) IEQp3: Minimum Acoustical Performance (Schools) IEQc9: Enhanced Acoustical Performance (Schools) IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy IEQp2: Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control IEQc5 Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control Filtration media can remove contaminants from the air during construction and during operation, IEQc3.1 & IEQc3.2 Exhausting air can require additional fan energy and require commissioning, EAc1 & EAp2, EAp1 & EAc3 Filtration systems must be capable of accommodating the filtration media, IEQp1 & IEQc1 IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction IEQc3.2: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - Before Occupancy EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance EAp1: Fund. Commissioning of the Building Energy Systems EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Delivery Monitoring IEQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring IEQc6.1 Controllability of Systems - Lighting Lighting systems are affected by window placement, glazing selection for daylight and views, IEQc8, and zoning strategies employed for thermal comfort controllability,IEQc6.2 Lighting systems affect energy performance, EAp2 & EAc1and are required to be commissioned, EAp1 and EAc3 IEQc8: Daylight and Views IEQc6.2: Controllability of Systems - Thermal Comfort EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance EAp1: Fund. Commissioning of the Building Energy Systems EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning IEQc6.2 Controllability of Systems - Thermal Comfort The intent of this credit is to enable individuals and groups in multioccupant spaces to control their thermal comfort, systems and maintenance EAp1: Fund. Commissioning of the Building Energy Systems EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning Eac5: Measurement and Verification IEQc5: Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control IEQc6.1: Controllability of Systems - Lighting (NC & Schools) IEQc8: Daylight and Views IEQc6 Controllability of Systems - Thermal Comfort refer IEQc6.2 LEED 2009: New Construction and Major Renovations, Schools and Core & Shell INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 211 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Credit Interactions IEQc7.1 Thermal Comfort - Design Thermal comfort is affected by environmental conditions (air temperature, radiant temperature, relative humidity and air speed), personal factors (metabolic rate and clothing) and personal preferences. Thermal comfort can be controlled by active (HVAC) and passive (natural ventilation. Using both active and passive systems, the building's energy consumption can be reduced as well as optimizing comfort levels, EAp2, EAc1, EAc5 Thermal comfort systems should be commissioned, EAp1 & EAc3 Addressing and maintaining thermal comfort are also covered by IEQp1, IEQc2, IEQc6.2 & IEQc7.2 EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance EAc5: Measurement and Verification EAp1: Fund. Commissioning of the Building Energy Systems EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Delivery Monitoring IEQc2: Increased Ventilation IEQc6.2: Controllability of Systems - Thermal Comfort IEQc7.2: Thermal Comfort - Verification IEQc7 Thermal Comfort - Design refer IEQc7.1 IEQc7.2 Thermal Comfort - Verification Thermal comfort is affected by environmental conditions (air temperature, radiant temperature, relative humidity and air speed), personal factors (metabolic rate and clothing) and personal preferences. Thermal comfort systems should be measured & verified, EAc5, monitored, IEQp1, and commissioned, EAp1 & EAc3 Achieving thermal comfort by ventilation, IEQc2, and controlling, IEQc6.2 per system design parameters, IEQc7.1 EAc5: Measurement and Verification EAp1: Fund. Commissioning of the Building Energy Systems EAc3: Enhanced Commissioning IEQp1: Minimum Indoor Air Delivery Monitoring IEQc2: Increased Ventilation IEQc6.2: Controllability of Systems - Thermal Comfort IEQc7.1: Thermal Comfort - Design IEQc8.1 Daylight and Views - Daylight Increasing the area of vision glazing can increase access to views from the building, IEQc8.2 Increased window-to-wall ration can alter energy performance, EAc1 & EAp2 Daylighting controls can maximize energy savings, IEQc6.1 IEQc8.2: Daylight and Views - Views EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance IEQc6.1: Controllability of Systems - Lighting IEQc8.2 Daylight and Views - Views Increasing the area of vision glazing can increase access to views from the building, IEQc8.1 Increased window-to-wall ration can alter energy performance, EAc1 & EAp2 Daylighting controls can maximize energy savings, IEQc6.1 IEQc8.1: Daylight and Views - Daylight EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance IEQc6.1: Controllability of Systems - Lighting IEQc9 Enhanced Acoustical Performance This credit is directly related to strategies and measures to achieve effective acoustical performance, IEQp3 IEQp3: Minimum Acoustical Performance (Schools) IEQc10 Mold Prevention Abating mold through preventative design and construction measures is treated in IEQc3.1, IEQc7.1 & IEQc7.2 IEQc3.1: Construction IAQ Mgt Plan - During Construction IEQc7.1: Thermal Comfort - Design IEQc7.2: Thermal Comfort - Verification IDc1.1 Innovation in Design IDc1.2 Innovation in Design IDc1.3 Innovation in Design IDc1.4 Innovation in Design IDc1.5 Innovation in Design IDc2 LEED Accredited Professional IDc3 The School as a Teaching Tool RPc1.1 Regional Priority RPc1.2 Regional Priority RPc1.3 Regional Priority RPc1.4 Regional Priority Regional Priority (RP) LEED 2009: New Construction and Major Renovations, Schools and Core & Shell INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (IEQ) Innovation in Design (ID) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 212 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Reference Guides LEED Rating System Applies To Reference Guide LEED for New Construction (NC) New Buildings and Major Renovations New Buildings: Offices, institutional buildings (libraries, museums, churches, etc.), hotels, and residential buildings of 4 or more habitable stories Major Renovations: Major HVAC replacement or modifications; Building core (major mechanical systems) & shell (building envelope and structural) renovation; Project occupies greater than 50% of leasable space LEED for Core & Shell (CS) Developer controls core (major mechanical systems) & shell (building envelope and structural) but not leasable tenant spaces Commercial office buildings, medical office buildings, retail centers, warehouses, institutional buildings and laboratory facilities; Project occupies 50% or less of leasable area LEED for Schools Must be used for the construction or major renovation of an academic building on K12 school grounds Other projects on a school campus may qualify under 2 or more LEED rating system project scopes: Nonacademic buildings on a school campus, such as administrative offices, maintenance facilities or dormitories are eligible for either LEED for New Construction or LEED for Schools Projects involving postsecondary academic buildings or prekindergarten buildings may also choose to use either LEED for New Construction or LEED for Schools LEED for Commercial Interiors (CI) Tenant spaces primarily in office, retail, and institutional buildings: Tenant spaces that do not occupy the entire building Designed to work hand in hand with LEED Core & Shell projects LEED 2009 Reference Guide for Green Interior Design and Construction LEED for Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance (EB O&M) For the ongoing operations and maintenance of existing commercial and institutional buildings Also used for buildings certified under NC, Schools or C&S LEED 2009 Reference Guide for Green Building Operations & Maintenance LEED for Homes New Residences Single Family: Attached and Detached Multifamily: Low rise 1 to 3 stories and include 2 or more dwelling units Rehabilitation Manufactured and Modular Mixed Use if at least 50% of the floor area is residential LEED 2009 Reference Guide for Green Homes LEED 2009 Reference Guide for Green Building Design and Construction SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 213 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | LEED for New Construction (NC) LEED for New Construction was designed primarily for new commercial ofce buildings, but it has been applied to many other building types by LEED practitioners. All commercial buildings, as defned by standard building codes, are eligible for certifcation as LEED for New Construction buildings. Examples of commercial occupancies include ofces, institutional buildings (libraries, museums, churches, etc.), hotels, and residential buildings of 4 or more habitable stories. LEED for New Construction addresses design and construction activities for both new buildings and major renovations of existing buildings. A major renovation involves major HVAC renovation, signifcant envelope modifcations, and major interior rehabilitation. For a major renovation of an existing building, LEED for New Construction is the appropriate rating system. If the project scope does not involve signifcant design and construction activities and focuses more on operations and maintenance activities, LEED for Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance is more appropriate because it addresses operational and maintenance issues of working buildings. Some projects are designed and constructed to be partially occupied by the owner or developer, and partially occupied by others tenants. In such projects, the owner or developer has direct infuence over the portion of the work that they occupy. For such a project to pursue LEED for New Construction certifcation, the owner or tenant must occupy more than 50% of the buildings leasable square footage. Projects in which 50% or less of the buildings leasable square footage is occupied by an owner should pursue LEED for Core & Shell certifcation. LEED for Core & Shell (CS) The LEED for Core & Shell Rating System is a market-specifc application that recognizes the unique nature of core and shell development. The LEED for Core & Shell Rating System acknowledges the limited level of infuence a developer can exert in a speculatively developed building. LEED for Core & Shell was developed to serve the speculative development market, in which project teams do not control all scopes of a whole buildings design and construction. Depending on how the project is structured, this scope can vary signifcantly from project to project. The LEED for Core & Shell Rating System addresses a variety of project types and a broad project range. LEED for Core & Shell can be used for projects in which the developer controls the design and construction of the entire core and shell base building (e.g., mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and fre protection systems) but has no control over the design and construction of the tenant ft-out. Examples of this type of project can be a commercial ofce building, medical ofce building, retail center, warehouse, and lab facility. If a project is designed and constructed to be partially occupied by the owner or developer, then the owner or developer has direct infuence over that portion of the interior build-out work. For these projects to pursue LEED for Core & LEED Rating Systems: Detailed (taken from USGBCs website) SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 214 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Shell certifcation, the owner must occupy 50% or less of the buildings leasable square footage. Projects in which more than 50% of the buildings tenant space is occupied by a owner should pursue LEED for New Construction certifcation. LEED for Commercial Interiors (CI) LEED 2009 for Commercial Interiors addresses the specifcs of tenant spaces primarily in ofce, retail, and institutional buildings. Tenants who lease their space or do not occupy the entire building are eligible. LEED for Commercial Interiors was designed to work hand-in- hand with the LEED for Core & Shell certifcation system. LEED for Core & Shell is used by developers to certify the core and shell of a project; it prepares the building for environmentally conscious tenants. LEED for Schools, LEED for Healthcare and LEED for Retail are all derivatives of LEED for New Construction and LEED for Commercial Interiors. These rating systems are customized to the unique nature of each market segment. LEED for Schools LEED for Schools rating system recognizes the unique nature of the design and construction of K-12 schools. Based on the LEED for New Construction rating system, it addresses issues such as classroom acoustics, master planning, mold prevention and environmental site assessment. By addressing the uniqueness of school spaces and childrens health issues, LEED for Schools provides a unique, comprehensive tool for schools that wish to build green, with measurable results. LEED for Schools is the recognized third-party standard for high-performance schools that are healthy for students, comfortable for teachers, and cost-efective. As of April 20, 2007, all new construction and major renovations of K-12 school facilities seeking LEED certifcation must use the LEED for Schools Rating System. LEED for New Construction can no longer be used to certify K-12 school building projects. LEED for Schools is recommended for Early Education, Daycare, and Higher Education facilities. LEED for Healthcare LEED for Healthcare Green Building Rating System was developed to meet the unique needs of the health care market, including inpatient care facilities, licensed outpatient care facilities, and licensed long term care facilities. LEED for Healthcare may also be used for medical ofces, assisted living facilities and medical education & research centers. LEED for Healthcare addresses issues such as increased sensitivity to chemicals and pollutants, traveling distances from parking facilities, and access to natural spaces. LEED Rating Systems: Detailed SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 215 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | LEED for Retail LEED for Retail recognizes the unique nature of the retail environment and addresses the diferent types of spaces that retailers need for their distinctive product lines. LEED for Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance (EB O&M) LEED for Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance is the tool for the ongoing operations and maintenance of existing commercial and institutional buildings. LEED helps building owners and managers solve building problems, improve building performance, and maintain and improve this performance over time. LEED reduces cost streams associated with building operations, reduces environmental impacts, creates healthier and more productive employee workplaces, and provides public recognition for leadership in sustainability. The majority of requirements for LEED for Existing Building certifcation are operations and maintenance best practices. LEED for Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance encourages owners and operators of existing buildings to implement sustainable practices and reduce the environmental impacts of their building over their functional life cycles. LEED for New Construction and Commercial Interiors Rating Systems focus largely on the construction and/or major renovation phase of a building. When the project is complete and the building is in operation, LEED for New Construction and Commercial Interiors have performed their intended task. The intent of LEED for Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance is to certify the operations and maintenance of the building and create a plan for ensuring high performance over time. The rating system captures both a buildings physical systems (equipment, design, land use, etc.) and the way the building is occupied and operated by its managers (waste management, temperature monitoring, commuting programs, etc.). A key goal of LEED for Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance is to institutionalize a process of reporting, inspection and review over the lifespan of the building. So when LEED is applied to new construction and commercial interiors, the one time act of renovating, constructing or tenant ft-out is certifed. LEED for Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance certifes the completed and operated building as it functions on an ongoing basis. LEED for Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance helps building owners and managers solve building problems, and improve building life cycle performance. The rating system is targeted at single buildings, whether owner occupied, multi-tenanted, or multiple-building campus projects and requires three months of operational data for an initial certifcation; any building construction must be complete for at least a three month span before LEED Certifcation can be pursued. Historic properties can also become certifed under the rating system, and the USGBC has been working collaboratively with the National Trust for Historic Preservation to outline specifc metrics that highlight and promote preservation activities as green building strategies. LEED Rating Systems: Detailed SUSTAINABLEIDEALS 216 Studio4 | LEED Illustrated LEED Green Associate Study Guide 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved 2009 Studio4, LLC All Rights Reserved Chapter 14 | Existing buildings undergoing substantial renovations are eligible to become certifed under LEED for Commercial Interiors, Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance (upon completion of the renovation and three months of occupancy/operation) or New Construction. Comparing the requirements of LEED for Existing Buildings: Operations & Maintenance to other LEED Rating Systems will help you determine which rating system is better suited to your project type. LEED for Homes LEED for Homes is a rating system that promotes the design and construction of high-performance green homes. A green home uses less energy, water and natural resources, creates less waste, and is healthier and more comfortable for occupants. Benefts of a LEED home include lower energy and water bills; reduced greenhouse gas emissions; and less exposure to mold, mildew and other indoor toxins. The net cost of owning a LEED home is comparable to that of owning a conventional home. LEED for Homes, for single family and small multifamily homes, includes two additional categories: Location and Linkages Awareness and Education LEED for Neighborhood Development (ND) The LEED for Neighborhood Development rating system integrates the principles of smart growth, urbanism and green building into the frst national system for neighborhood design and addresses the land use planning of an entire neighborhood, including buildings, infrastructure, street design and open space. LEED Certifcation provides independent, third-party verifcation that a developments location and design meet accepted high levels of environmentally responsible, sustainable development. LEED for Neighborhood Development is a collaboration among USGBC, the Congress for the New Urbanism and the Natural Resources Defense Council and is organized into entirely diferent categories: Smart Location and Linkage Neighborhood Pattern an Design Green Infrastructure and Buildings LEED Rating Systems: Detailed